Operation and Maintenance Manual

Operation and
Maintenance Manual
For
HUARA
TP-49K TAP PURE
REVERSE OSMOSIS UNIT
UR01211-OM-00
Dec. 29, 2008
Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc.

2660 Columbia Street
Torrance, CA 90503
310-618-9700
310-531-7008 Fax
2660 Columbia Street
Torrance, CA 90503
310-618-9700
310-531-7008 Fax
www.severntrentservices.com
Thank you for your purchase of the new Severn Trent Services Product.
It is important to us that you are completely satisfied with the purchase of this equipment. Severn
Trent Water Purification, Inc. has made every effort to meet or exceed industry standards for
machinery safety standards and to manufacture the machine, using the most modern in
manufacturing technology, components and materials.
To properly assist your Company with the product that you have purchased from us, we ask that you
keep handy the following information, so that if you need to troubleshoot, ask any technical
question, or need any technical assistance you will have the list of contacts for future reference.
Project Number: UR01211
Model: TP-49K
Serial Number: 91623
Date of Manufacture: DEC 2008
Severn Trent Contact Information: 310-618-9700

2660 Columbia St.
Torrance, CA 90503
Phone: (310) 618-9700

Fax: (310) 531-7008
Email: UATService@severntrentservices.com
Registration Form-UAT.doc
10-23-08
HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 Introduction SECTION 11 Data Sheets
11.1 Major Equipment
SECTION 2 Functional & Process Description
High Pressure Pump
2.1 5 Micron filtration
Pressure Vessels
2.2 Reverse Osmosis System
Membranes
2.3 Clean In Place (CIP) System
CIP Pump
SECTION 3 System Design Parameters 11.2 Instruments
3.1 Design Parameters Flow Sensors
3.2 Equipment Specifications Conductivity Sensors
pH & ORP Sensors
SECTION 4 System Installation
Pressure Switches
4.1 Unpacking the Equipment
4.2 Plumbing Connections SECTION 12 LOG SHEETS
4.3 Electrical Connections
SECTION 5 Start-Up and Operation

5.1 First time Start-up after installation
5.2 Regular Start-up
SECTION 6 Maintenance and Service

6.1 Preventative Maintenance
SECTION 7 Membrane Chemistry and Cleaning

7.1 What is R.O. Membrane Fouling
7.2 R.O. Membrane Cleaning
SECTION 8 Troubleshooting
SECTION 9 Warranty
SECTION 10 Drawings
10.1 P&ID
10.2 General Arrangement & BOM
10.3 Wiring Specification
O&M
HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
1
INTRODUCTION
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 1 of 257

1 INTRODUCTION
This User’s Manual outlines installation, operating, maintenance and troubleshooting
details vital to the performance of your system. The Water Treatment System described
herein consists of three (3) individual unit operations. The system design is based on a
well water analysis from the customers’ facility SDI<3 (see section 3). A Reverse
Osmosis system operating at 50% recovery concentrates nearly all impurities 2x. When
the feed water contains slightly soluble minerals such as calcium sulfate, silica, fluoride
or colloidal clay, an antiscalant should be considered. Precipitation of sparingly soluble
salts or colloids on the RO membrane surface can lead to reduced water production,
frequent membrane cleaning and premature failure of the membranes. Material must not
be allowed to precipitate in the permeators. The system is designed to provide an
uninterrupted supply of Reverse Osmosis treated water to the Product Water Storage tank
when operated according to the specifications described in this manual. All operations are
controlled through a PLC (customer supplied). The projected results which are included
with this User’s Manual (see section 3) indicate your systems permeate (product)
performance. If your system is altered at the site of operation or if the feed water
conditions change, please contact your local dealer or distributor to determine the proper
recovery for your application.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 2 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
2
FUNCTIONAL & PROCESS
DESCRIPTION
2.1 5 Micron filtration

2.2 Reverse Osmosis System
2.3 Clean In Place (CIP) System
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 3 of 257

2.0 - FUNCTIONAL & PROCESS DESCRIPTION
This section of the manual describes each of the Unit Operations of this system,
explaining their functions, features and contribution to the overall process.
2.1 Five (5) Micron Filtration (CF-401)
The 5 Micron Cartridge Filter is in the pretreatment section as a polishing filtration step
for removal of fine particulate substances down to a nominal 5 microns. The system is
provided with one (1) 316SS multi cartridge housing with (24) 10-inch 5 micron
cartridges. Pressure gauges located upstream and downstream of the filter housings allow
for monitoring of filter differential pressure.
2.2 Reverse Osmosis system
The reverse osmosis process uses semi-permeable, spiral-wound membranes to separate

and remove dissolved solids, organics, pyrogens, submicron colloidal matter and
bacteria from water. Feed water is delivered under pressure to the permeators where
water passes through the minute pores of the membrane and is delivered as purified
product water. Impurities in the water are concentrated in the reject stream and flushed to
drain. Reverse osmosis is capable of removing 90-98% of the total dissolved solids
(TDS), 99% of the organics (including pyrogens), and 99% of all bacteria. Note that
removal of pure water from the feed stream causes an increase in concentration of
impurities and as the impurities concentrate they may reach saturation and precipitate.
The RO unit is designed to supply a minimum of 34 GPM of finished water at < 30 PPM TDS
when operated at 117 PSI, 25 deg C and 60% recovery. As the membranes age or the
temperature changes these initial operating conditions will also change.
The major components on this skid mounted system are:
- High Pressure Pump with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)

- (2) 8-inch 300 PSI Four element Pressure Vessels
- (8) 8-inch Brackish water elements
- NEMA 12 control panel with terminal connections to user PLC
- all switches, relays and electrical equipment to properly operate the system.
- Main Power Panel (MPP)
- ORP monitor (raw feed water)
- Temperature monitor (raw feed water)
- Conductivity monitor (product water)
- High & Low pressure switches (high pressure pump)
- Flow monitors (reject and product water)
- pH monitor – (product water)
- All piping, valves and plumbing required.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 4 of 257

2.3 Portable Clean in Place (CIP) Unit
Periodic in-place cleaning of the RO unit to remove accumulated salts, suspended solids
and bio-fouling from the membrane surfaces is required to extend membrane life and
provide a consistent supply of water. This unit allows in-place cleaning of the RO
membranes as an alternative to membrane removal and off-site cleaning. The primary
components of the cleaning skid include: Solution mixing tank with low level switch,
recirculation pump, cartridge filter, gauges, valves & plumbing. The cleaning skid is
designed to be compatible with both high pH and low pH cleaning agents. A regular
preventative cleaning program should be developed based upon operational experience.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 5 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
3
SYSTEM DESIGN PARAMETERS
3.1 Design Parameters

3.2 Equipment Specifications
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 6 of 257

3.1 DESIGN PARAMETERS:
This section of the manual describes the technical specifications pertaining to this System. The
system was designed based on the following raw water analysis: (without chemical dosing)
DESIGN SPECIFICATION
Feed Water Salinity 1,574 PPM TDS
RO pre-membrane Feed Water Pressure 65 PSI
Pressure Require For membrane inlet 117 PSI
Feed Water Flow Rate 57 GPM
Product Water Flow Rate 34 GPM
Concentrate (reject) Flow rate 23 GPM
Recovery 60 %
Product TDS <30 PPM
Based on Temperature of 25 C
01. Any oil content in the inlet water to the system is harmful and as such water to our plant
inlet battery limit should be absolutely free from oil. Otherwise the warranty of the
system performance would be void.
02. The feed quality is same as considered for design. In case of any change in quality
of raw water, it may have implications on operating parameters or on end result of
the system.
03. The operation of water treatment plant is strictly followed as per “STWP"
operation manual and instructions.
04. Pure chemicals, original spares and consumables specified by supplier are to be
used in water treatment plant and sufficient inventory of essential spares shall be
maintained.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 7 of 257

3.2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
This section describes the technical specifications of some of the major equipment,
components and instrumentation.
Micron Filtration (5μ)

Quantity 12
Replacement Filters U190715
Type 5 micron 10-inch
High Pressure Pump

Quantity 1
Flow rate 57 GPM
Operating pressure 183 PSI
Part # of Motor/Pump U125486
Fluid end 316 stainless steel
Motor 10 HP TEFC 380/50/3
PRESSURE VESSELS
Model 80A30-4
Quantity 3
Part # U105348
R.O. MEMBRANES
Model LE-400
Part # U124243
Quantity 18
Size of Membrane Elements 7.9 (200mm) Dia. X 40” long
Type of membrane Spiral wound membrane
Material of construction Polyamide-thin film composite
UR01211-0M-00 Page 8 of 257

CIP Pump
Quantity 1
Flow rate 40 GPM
Operating pressure 45 PSI
Part # of Motor/Pump U123551
Fluid end 316 stainless steel
Motor 3 HP TEFC 380/50/3
ORP/pH Sensor(s)
Tag Location Part #

AE442 RO Feed Water U111128
Conductivity Sensor(s)
Tag Location Part #

CE643 RO Permeate U123937
Flow Sensor(s)
Tag Location Part #

FE651 Reject U123939
FE652 Permeate U123939
Pressure Switches(s)
Tag Location Part #

PSL571 Cartridge Filter Outlet U110545
PSH572 Pre-membrane U107962
UR01211-0M-00 Page 9 of 257

UR01211-0M-00 Page 10 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 11 of 257
HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
4
SYSTEM INSTALLATION

4.2 Plumbing Connections
4.3 Electrical Connections
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 12 of 257

4.0 System Installation
All Equipment has been specially packaged for the maximum protection during
transportation. Please carefully unpack the system. Once the system has been
unpacked, please check carefully that nothing is broken or damaged during
transportation.
Please perform an immediate check of the following items:
- PVC pipe, Valves and fittings

- Control panels & instrumentation
- Pumps & Motors
NOTE:
Any visible surface rust or corrosion could be a result of the deposition of saline mist
from ocean freight transportation.
If anything is found broken or missing, immediately advise and file a complaint with the
transportation company. Please inform us also at the earliest. It is the responsibility of
the client to advise and claim any damage or lost goods with the local delivery carrier or
company within 24 hours after the receipt of the goods. No responsibility for the physical
damage of goods can be taken once the system leaves our works.
4.2 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
One of the most important factors contributing to the operation and serviceability of a
commercial unit is the care in which piping is installed. Following a few simple guidelines
can solve many problems before they occur.
• Use the correct size pipe. Undersizing pipes or drains will interfere with the correct
operation of the unit.
• Keep the installation clean. Metal shavings, flux, glue, cement, pipe joint
compound, Teflon* tape, and other contaminating materials will interfere with the
operation of the commercial unit.
• Allow adequate workspace for future servicing of the system and its components.
The illustrated service parts manuals provided with each control valve suggest various
plumbing configurations. Use this as a guide for the installation.
1. Please review the drawings carefully before plumbing the piping and fittings together.
a) Never use smaller piping than required

b) If in doubts about using the correct piping for plumbing, consult the factory
immediately and do not proceed without a confirmed answer.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 13 of 257

2. Make sure that the piping going from RO outlet to storage tank is absolutely
unobstructed. No valves or other mechanical equipment should be connected in this
line that might restrict or obstruct the flow of water. Any kind of restriction in this line,
may result in a back pressure on the membrane, and may result in damaging the
membranes permanently.
3. If any of the system components is damaged as a result of restrictions in piping, then

the warranty would be void.
4.3 Electrical Connection
1. Typically this requires connecting of the main power line into the main control panel.
2. Always provide a separate fused disconnect main power supply that is dedicated
only to the Reverse Osmosis equipment.
3. Make sure that this fused disconnect power supply has enough capacity to handle
both the operating and the start up amperage draw.
4. Double check that the correct voltage, cycles and phase is being fed to the main
control panel. If any components get damaged because of incorrect electrical hook
up, it will void the warranty.
5. In case of doubts or questions, please contact the factory.
6. Before proceeding with the start up procedure, if you have not done it already,
please read the "Process Description" section of this manual, and familiarize yourself
with the main components within the RO system. This will facilitate the start up
procedures.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 14 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
5
START-UP AND OPERATION
5.1 First time Start-up after installation

O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 15 of 257

5.1 Start Up-Operation
Before starting up the system make sure that the raw feed pumps, or any other pre-
treatment devices supplied by the manufacturer or separately by the buyer are properly
connected to the system. All motors and pumps should be tested for proper rotation (3
phase only!). Before proceeding with the start-up procedures, make sure that there is a
sufficient water supply to the RO system.
To start up the operation of a plant, following procedures must be followed at all times.
5.1 First Time Start up After Installation: Check the rotation of High Pressure
motors. See the rotation arrow imprinted on the top of the pump body, for correct
direction. Prime the pump before startup.
NOTE: R.O. is equipped with a low-pressure switch. In case the feed water pressure is
insufficient the high pressure pump will not start, or if it is already ON, it will shut down
automatically.
Warning: If the motor is rotating incorrectly, switch any 2 of the three high voltage wires
that you connected to the main electric power line (3 phase only).
1. All feed-water inlet valves, including valves outside RO skid, must be in the normal
operating position. All RO product valves must be open. If closed, then membranes
might get damaged.
2. Normally you turn on the main disconnect switch located on front panel, to the "ON"
position.
3. When the system is started, the inlet feed water actuator valve will open. At this point
observe the pre-filter gauge. It should read minimum 40 PSI.
4. Make sure the pump is primed before it starts by loosening the prime nut on the
pump. We suggest you stop the RO after 10 seconds, then closing it when you see a
continuous flow from the nut. Close the nut, then restart the RO.
5. Normally the system will start the flush cycle, and a brief delay happens before the
high pressure pump will turns on.
6. Check product, reject and recycle (optional) flow meters for compliance with the
design specifications.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 16 of 257

The following steps should be followed in any start-up:
1. All RO product and concentrate valves MUST be open.
2. The system is equipped with a low pressure switch. The RO will not start unless there
is sufficient water pressure is detected (about 30PSI).
Check RO unit membrane computer projection array in the enclosed manual. For correct
pressure readings, flow readings, and product water quality.
WARNING: During the warranty period, should the findings of the manufacturing
engineers determine that the cause of a malfunctioning system was the lack of
required maintenance or a change in water quality; the cost of a factory authorized
engineer will be billed to the client at the quoted daily rate and expenses.
Equipment : Pumps
Operation : Inspect all pipe connections to confirm the proper liquid flow
direction. The system should be completely filled with water
before starting. Be sure that the motor is properly wired in
accordance with the motor manufacturer’s requirements and in
conformity with safe procedures.
CAUTION: THE PUMP WILL BE DAMAGED IF IT IS

OPERATED WITHOUT WATER.
Starting -Immediately after starting the pump, verify the following:

- Pumps discharge pressure is normal.
- Motor amperage is normal.
- No pipe leaks and no unusual noise or vibration.
If any of the above conditions are not normal then shut down the
system and take corrective actions described in the “Trouble
Shooting” Section.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 17 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
6
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE
6.1 Preventative Maintenance
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 18 of 257

6.0 Maintenance and Service :
This section consists of summary of system maintenance tasks which include scheduled
maintenance and regular repairs. This section is to be read in conjunction with the
detailed maintenance/trouble shooting/repair instructions in the respective manuals
supplied by various manufacturers. All maintenance should be documented in a
maintenance log, as to maintain a chronological history of all maintenance tasks
performed, .while attempt has been made to make this section as exhaustive as possible,
site specific problems are not included here. Need to evolve and establish detailed
maintenance schedule specific to the site may exist and instruction for handling such
situations may be added to this section, in consultation with the manufacturer, where
necessary.
6.1 Preventative Maintenance :
Regular preventive maintenance tasks are recommended on a periodic basis. The critical
aspects are summarized below.
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE REMARKS
Complete RO System General inspection of the entire system

(Daily) to check for any leaks or
malfunctioning.
Clean any visible surface corrosion.

Clean and paint any surface skid frame
corrosion as required.
Take water samples at different stages

and locations in the Reverse Osmosis
plant and especially before and after the
RO skid.
Check for TDS, Chlorine, Organics.
Write in the log of all relevant
Fill out daily log instrumentation readings such as total Fax these filled out details to
hrs, all pressure readings taken the manufacturer on weekly
periodically, flow meter readings, pH basis.
and temperature as well as TDS
readings.
RO Skid Cleaning Organic as well as Inorganic membrane Follow steps in the membrane
cleaning. cleaning section. We
recommend keeping a stock of
the cleaning chemicals.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 19 of 257

Cartridge Filters Replace cartridge filter as required We recommend keeping a
stock of cartridge filters as
they get consumed very fast.
Under no circumstances should
the unit be allowed to run
without cartridge filters
UR01211-0M-00 Page 20 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
7
MEMBRANE CHEMISTRY AND
CLEANING
7.1 What is R.O. Membrane Fouling

7.2 R.O. Membrane Cleaning
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 21 of 257

7.0 RO MEMBRANE CHEMISTRY AND CLEANING
7.1 What is RO Membrane Fouling?
The deposition of insoluble or sparingly soluble compounds is termed as fouling when

this occurs in the RO system, an additional resistance to water flow is created which
lowers the flow of water through the membrane itself; and /or increase the pressure drop
across the elements. Either of these occurrences result in inefficiencies in the system
which require more energy (due to increased applied pressure) to do the same work. To
reverse this effect, it is necessary to remove the scale and/or foulant from the system.
This is accomplished by cleaning the system. The effectiveness of cleaning will depend
upon the technique and chemicals used as well as the severity of the conditions.
Types of Fouling:
In a spiral wound membrane RO system, fouling can occur in two places, in the brine
channel and /or the membrane surface. All fouling situations will be one of these types of
combination of the two.
Each water source in general has its own fouling materials furthermore; each will tend to
have its own fouling rate. Foulants falls into two broad categories, Inorganic and organic.
A. Inorganic Foulants:
They occur as a result of inadequate or poorly operated pre-treatment or by exceeding the

solubility limits of a sparingly salt.
i. Heavy Metal Hydrates:

Hydrated metal oxides are a group of chemical compound that include iron,
manganese, aluminum and chromium. In water, these compounds form hydrates with
the water and are characterized by a fluffy appearance when allowed to agglomerate.
Hydrated iron oxide is frequently encountered as a membrane foulant and easily
identified by its reddish brown appearance.
ii. Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3):

Calcium carbonate precipitation or scaling can be generally expected when Calcium
and bicarbonate alkalinity are present in the water at pH above 7. As permeate is
removed from the feed-stream with the consequent concentration of salts and as the
bicarbonate- carbonate equilibrium shifts due to the transfer of carbon dioxide
through the membrane, the following reaction occurs.
ca++ + 2 hco3 co2 + caco3 + h2o
Calcium carbonate precipitation on the membrane surface can cause a significant loss
of water flux. It is easily removed by flushing with acidified water.
iii. Calcium and other insoluble Sulfates
UR01211-0M-00 Page 22 of 257

Calcium sulfate is probably the most common sparingly soluble salt that limits the
recovery of R.O. Systems. Others are barium and strontium salts. Any or all of these
three salts. As foulants can cause failure at the Reverse Osmosis system. Generally
due to excessive pressure drops and ultimate physical damage to the elements. Once
precipitated. These are difficult to remove as they go into solution very slowly.
B. Organic Foulants:
Organic foulants includes oil and grease, algae and trace organic compounds causing
biological growth. Biological foulants are most commonly encountered and are also
the most difficult to control.
i. Algae:
Algae if grows in the feed water supply system can seriously jeopardize a systems
performance. Typically, the pre-treatment equipment would be overloaded due to this
additional load of suspended solids leading to break through from channel causing
increase in pressure drop. If allowed to proceed without corrective action can cause
irreversible physical damage to the elements.
ii. Bacteria:
Bacteria have a unique ability to adapt to their environment, develop resistant strains
and suddenly multiply and go out of control. If left unchecked the foulant layer can
totally occupy the available space in the feed flow channel. Resulting into substantial
loss of water flux and increase in pressure drop ultimately leading to physical
damage. The effects of fouling are however apparent much earlier and hence data
collection and interpretation are important factors in successful operation of R.O.
Plants.
iii. Lubricants, Grease and Oil:
Normally grease and oils are not present in naturally occurring waters. These foul the
membranes by forming an impervious layer on the surface. Small amounts of these
foulants cause substantial reduction in the flux and permanent damage. Under no
circumstances membranes must be exposed to any of the above.
In summary, RO Membranes need to be protected specially from the following:
• Residual Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine.

• Suspended particles.
• Oil and grease
• Hot water more than 40°C
• Iron, Aluminum or heavy metal.
• Dry condition. (storage)
UR01211-0M-00 Page 23 of 257

7.2 RO Membrane Cleaning
Procedure for Organic Cleaning
Cleaning PV-601 thru PV-602
1. Fill the Cleaning Tank with RO Permeate (make sure valve BV-815 & BV-817 are
closed)
Note: The cleaning tank should only be filled with dechlorinated water or RO
Permeate.
2. Open fully valves BF-814, BV-816, BV-811, GV-611
3. Close valves BV-812, BV-513 & BV-616
4. Start the cleaning pump & adjust flow to 40 GPM (this operation will flush the RO
membranes of untreated water)
5. Continue flushing the Membranes and filling the Cleaning Tank with RO Permeate
until the reject water to drain is “close” to the RO Permeate.
6. Stop the Cleaning Pump
7. Close valves BV-816 & GV-611
8. Open fully valves BV-812, BV-815
9. Start the Cleaning Pump (make sure cleaning tank is full)
Pour the chemical cleaner 411 into the tank as the cleaning pump is recirculating
the water. A ratio of 1 lb chemical to 5 gallons of water is used (include volume of
water contained in piping and membrane vessels). Recirculate for 10 minutes
or until the powder is completely dissolved. Check and record pH in Cleaning
Tank.
Warning: The cleaning powder must be completely dissolved or else

it will clog up the membrane pores and cause irreversible damage to the
membranes. This kind of damage will not be covered under our warranty.
10. Slowly open valve BV-816 while closing BV-815 and adjust flow to 120 GPM.
(refer to membrane Cleaning Proceedures manual for more detailed information
and precautions)
11. Let the cleaning cycle run for 1 hour.
12. Shut off the Cleaning Pump
UR01211-0M-00 Page 24 of 257

Drain the Cleaning Solution & Flush Membranes
1. Open drain valve BV-817
2. Allow cleaning tank to drain completely
3. Close valves BV-817 & BV-812
4. Open fully valve GV-611
5. Fill the Cleaning tank with RO permeate.
6. Start the Cleaning Pump & adjust flow to 40 GPM (this operation will flush the RO
membranes of untreated water)
7. Continue flushing the Membranes and filling the Cleaning Tank with RO Permeate
until the reject water to drain has a near neutral pH.
8. Stop the Cleaning Pump
Procedure for Cleaning Chemical 403
Follow exactly the same procedures above using chemical cleaner 403.
Securing the CIP System
Change cartridge filters.
Close valves BV-811 & BV-812 & BV-813
Open valves BV-513, BV-616, GV-611
Start-up RO as in Section 5.1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 25 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
8
TROUBLESHOOTING
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 26 of 257

8.0 Trouble Shooting:
Reverse Osmosis
Sr. Symptom Possible cause Action

No.
1. High pressure pump. (a) Feed water supply a) Correct inadequate
inadequate condition.
(b) Cartridge filter plugged
b) Remove blockage or change
cartridges as required.
2. High motor current a) Defective motor or low a) i) Correct low voltage
operation voltage at motor condition.
terminals. ii) Check motor for proper.
b) High pressure pump or b) i) Check all components for
system defective. any failures leading to
over load. Repair /
c) RO recovery too low or replace
flows too high. if required.
c) Adjust to specified
values
03. High pressure at pump a) Pressure control valve a) Check & rectify.
discharge. malfunction.
04. High permeate TDS a) Unable flows or a) Check & adjust to

pressure in RO section. specified levels.
b) O’ ring leakage (inter- b) i) Test sample from each

connector) pressure tube
ii) When problem tube is
located, probe the tube
to identify the problem
iii) Replace the Ò’ ring at
the location identify.
c) Membrane fouling c) i) Clean and flush

Membrane element.
ii) Replace membrane
element, if it cannot be
cleaned in feed.
d) Change in raw water
T.D.S. d) Consult manufacturer.
05. Low brine flow a) Flows & pressure Check recovery & valve flows
imbalanced. & adjust to specified levels.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 27 of 257

06. High permeate flow a) Change in feed pressure a) Check recovery & valve
adjust to specified levels
b) Feed water temp. b) Reduce feed pressure &
adjust recovery
c) Inter connector Ò’ c) Refer to 4(b) above
ring leakage.
d) Membrane element d) i) Check individual
break-down membrane element
performance.
iii) Replace faulty
elements.
07. Low permeate flow a) Change in feed pressure a) Check recovery & adjust
to specified level.
b) Feed-water temp. Low
b) Increase feed pressure &
c) Membrane fouling readjust recovery.
c) Refer to 4(c) above.
PUMP:
I. Problem : Suction Pressure Low
Danger : Operating the pump with low suction pressure can damage the
pump and result in low efficiency and low discharge pressure.
Action : - Verify that pre-treatment filters are not plugged or excessively

dirty.
II. Problem : Discharge Pressure Low
Danger : If the flow is too high this will cause the discharge pressure to be
low. This condition can overload the motor and may cause other
damage to the pump and other components in the system.
Action : - Verify that the motor RPM is as expected.

- Verify that the flow rate is at the expected level.
- Verify that the motor rotation is in the proper direction.
III. Problem : Water Mist appears around the Pump sheave
UR01211-0M-00 Page 28 of 257

Comment : If mist appears around the hub then a part of the bearing flow is
escaping along the shaft and into the pump hub. The rotating hub
throws the water out as a fine mist. This must is not steam. The
pump can continue to operate. However, the mist is a nuisance and
should be corrected at the first opportunity. A large increase in the
bearing leakage rate compared with the rate when the pump was
new indicates that the pump needs to be overhauled.
Here are the general system operation guidelines. This should provide you as a quick
check DO AND DO NOT list to keep the system under control.
TO DO:
9 To follow the guide lines provided in the Operation Manual for proper starting and
shut down of the plant.
9 The plant to be operated by the trained and experienced personnel in Reverse

Osmosis.
9 To check the SDI of the feed water every day before the HP Pump.
9 To change the CF cartridges if the pressure difference exceeds more than 1.0 kg./cm²
OR 15-20 PSI OR once in three months whichever earlier.
9 Before starting HPP, keep the system full of water and free of air.
9 To check for any abnormality of HPP.
9 To monitor the system pressure at different level of the process as per the
recommendation provided in the Operation Manual.
9 To correctly balance the RO Product and reject flow rate as per the plant design and
specifications.
9 To ensure system interlocks are in line as a protection to the plant equipments.
9 To closely observe the pressure difference across the RO Module, quality of product
water produced.
9 To calibrate at regular intervals as per our recommendation all the instruments for
accuracy and reliability of data for ensuring overall integrity and efficiency of the
plant.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 29 of 257

9 To keep proper record keeping such as daily operational log sheets, review the plant
status, recording of daily events, activities carried out and to maintain the equipment
history record to carry out necessary service in time.
9 Always maintain minimum inventory of original spares and regular consumables to

reduce down time of the plant equipments.
DO NOT :
1 Not to operate the plant when the SDI of the feed water is more than the limiting
factor specified.
1 Not to operate the plant when the pressure difference across 5 micron filter is more
than 20 percent.
1 Not to operate the plant when the feed water conductivity is more than the limiting
factor specified.
1 Not to run the High Pressure Pump with insufficient suction pressure.
1 Not exceed the product recovery rate more than the specified
1 Not to open and dismantle the HPP during the Warranty Period without prior
information to the manufacturer.
1 Not to open the RO module incase of any deviations of the plant parameters without
prior information to the manufacturer during the Warranty period.
1 Not to operate the plant without checking the presence of any oxidizing agents such
as ozone, chlorine before the RO feed.
1 Not to use duplicate spare parts / regular consumables which may impair the long life
of system and equipment.
Note: The list provided above is provided as a quick guideline. It should not be considered as
'complete' and exhaustive' information on system operation.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 30 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
9
WARRANTY
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 31 of 257

9.0 WARRANTY
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE LIMITED TO THE TERMS AND PERIODS
OF WARRANTY SET FORTH BELOW, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
LAW ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXTENDED IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, AGREEMENTS OR OBLIGATIONS, EXPRESSED OR IMPIED,
COVERING SEVERN TRENT WATER PURIFICATION – UNIVERSAL AQUA
(STWP/UAT) COMPONENTS. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA
SHALL GOVERN THIS WARRANTY.
THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER DAMAGES, INCIDENTAL AND/OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DUE TO THE FAILURE OF STWP/UAT’S EQUIPMENT.
1. FACTORY SERVICE / REPLACEMENT-EXCHANGE. STWP/UAT WILL

REPAIR, OR REPLACE, AT ITS OPTION, COMPONENTS FOUND TO BE
DEFECTIVE DUE TO FAULTY MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP, WHEN
SUCH COMPONENTS, EXAMINED BY AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE
DEALER OR A FACTORY AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN, ARE FOUND TO
HAVE A DEFECT FOR WHICH THE COMPANY IS RESPONSIBLE.
STWP/UAT WARRANTS ALL PARTS REPLACED DURING FACTORY
SERVICE PERFORMED AT ITS PLANT OF MANUFACTURE FOR A
PERIOD OF TWELVE (12) MONTHS FROM DATE OF DELIVERY OR (18)
MONTHS FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT (WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST),
AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP WHEN
USED IN COMPLIANCE WITH STWP/UAT'S OPERATING MANUALS OR
INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STWP/UAT ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND GUARANTEES TO REPAIR OR
REPLACE, WITHIN THAT PERIOD, AT ITS OPTION, ANY PRODUCT
WHICH PROVES, UPON EXAMINATION TO THE SATISFACTION OF
STWP/UAT, AT STWP/UAT'S PLANT OF MANUFACTURE,
TRANSPORTATION CHARGES PREPAID BY BUYER, TO BE
DEFECTIVE, OR, AT ITS OPTION, THE NET SALES PRICE OF SAID
PRODUCT WILL BE REFUNDED, PROVIDED THE DEFECT OCCURRED
IN MANUFACTURE AND NOT FROM ANY OTHER CAUSE
WHATSOEVER. NO LABOR IS INCLUDED. LABOR COSTS ARE NOT
COVERED UNDER THIS WARRANTY. THE STWP/UAT WARRANTY
WILL ONLY COVER THE ORIGINAL PARTS ACTUALLY
UR01211-0M-00 Page 32 of 257

MANUFACTURED BY STWP/UAT. STWP/UAT WILL PASS ONTO THE
BUYER THE ACTUAL WARRANTY OF THE THIRD PARTY WHO
ACTUALLY SUPPLIED OR BUILT THE COMPONENT/EQUIPMENT IN
QUESTION.
2. RECOMMENDATIONS AND ADVICE AS TO PROPERTIES AND USAGES

OF MATERIALS, DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND USE OF PRODUCTS,
ENGINEERING AND OTHER MATTERS ARE PROVIDED AS AN
ACCOMMODATION AND ARE INTENDED ONLY AS SUGGESTIONS.
STWP/UAT ASSUMES NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY FOR ANY
RESULTS OBTAINED IN THEIR USE OR APPLICATION, AND THEY
ARE NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS ESTABLISHING ANY WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
3. IF THE COMPONENT HAS TO BE EXAMINED AT THE FACTORY, THEN

THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE TO SHIP THE COMPONENT IN
QUESTION BACK TO THE FACTORY, FREIGHT PREPAID. IF THE
CUSTOMER, PRIOR TO EXAMINATION OF THE COMPONENT,
REQUESTS A REPLACEMENT OF THE COMPONENT IN QUESTION,
THEN THE CUSTOMER WILL BE CHARGED FOR THE REPLACEMENT
COMPONENT. ONCE THE COMPONENT IN QUESTION IS RECEIVED
AND EXAMINED, THE CUSTOMER WILL BE INFORMED IF THE ITEM
FALL UNDER THE WARRANTY CRITERIA. IF THE COMPONENT IS TO
BE REPLACED UNDER WARRANTY, AND THE CUSTOMER HAS
ALREADY PAID FOR A REPLACEMENT, THEN A CREDIT WILL BE
ISSUED BACK TO THE CUSTOMER. IF THE COMPONENT DOES NOT
FALL UNDER THE STWP/UAT WARRANTY CRITERIA, THEN THE
CUSTOMER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF THE
REPLACEMENT.
4. WARRANTY ON MEMBRANES:
STWP/UAT WARRANTS THAT MINIMUM PERMEATE FLOW,

WHEN OPERATED UNDER STANDARD CONDITIONS SHALL BE
AT LEAST 15% PLUS OR MINUS THE SPECIFIED INITIAL
AVERAGE FLOW SHOWN IN THE STWP/UAT OFFER. THE
MEMBRANES WILL HAVE A 12-MONTH PRO-RATED
WARRANTY. STWP/UAT WILL ON CONFIRMATION OF LOSS OF
PERFORMANCE DURING THIS WARRANTY PERIOD, CREDIT
1/12 OF THE REPLACEMENT PRICE OF THE ELEMENT FOR EACH
UNUSED MONTH OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD TOWARD THE
PURCHASE OF A REPLACEMENT MEMBRANE ELEMENT AT THE
CURRENT PREVAILING RETAIL PRICE.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 33 of 257

THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR THE MEMBRANE
SYSTEMS SHALL BE NULL AND VOID IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
CONDITIONS ARE NOT MET:
I. THE FEEDWATER TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 40

DEGREES C.
II. CHANGES IN FEED WATER QUALITY BASED ON THE
ORIGINAL FEED WATER QUALITY THE SYSTEM WAS SOLD
AND DESIGNED FOR.
III. DURING SHUTDOWNS, THE EQUIPMENT HAS TO BE
PRESERVED AGAINST MICROBIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION.
IV. THE MEMBRANES HAVE TO BE CLEANED PERIODICALLY
FOLLOWING THE EXACT INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN THE
OPERATION MANUAL.
V. FEEDWATER TO THE EQUIPMENT SHALL CONTAIN NO
CHLORINE, OZONE, PERMANGANATE OR OTHER STRONG
OXIDIZING AGENTS.
VI. MEMBRANES ARE ALLOWED TO FREEZE.
VII. THE SYSTEM DAILY LOG SHEETS MUST BE FILLED OUT AND
SAVED BY THE BUYER. ONCE A WEEK A SUMMARY COPY
MUST BE FAXED TO STWP/UAT TORRANCE CA USA (310)618-
1204 ATTN: STWP-UAT SERVICE MANAGER.
5. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO:

A) FAILURES DUE TO NORMAL WEAR, ACCIDENT, MISUSE,
NEGLIGENCE, OR
IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR LACK OF REASONABLE AND
NECESSARY MAINTENANCE.
B) PRODUCTS, WHICH ARE MODIFIED, REPAIRED OR ALTERED IN A
MANNER NOT AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY STWP/UAT.
C) INADEQUATE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES.
D) SERVICE PERFORMED BY AN UNAUTHORIZED SERVICE DEALER

WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM STWP/UAT.
E) ANY LABOR AND TRAVEL EXPENSES.
F) TELEPHONE, TELEFAX, OR OTHER COMMUNICATION EXPENSES.
6. STWP/UAT WILL NOT PAY FOR ANY CUSTOM DUTIES FOR REPAIR OR
REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS.
7. FREIGHT CHARGES FOR COMPONENTS RETURNED TO STWP/UAT
MUST BE SHIPPED BACK TO STWP/UAT FREIGHT PREPAID. PARTS
RETURNED WITH COLLECT FREIGHT CHARGES WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTED AND WILL BE RETURNED TO SHIPPER.
8. A RETURN GOODS AUTHORIZATION NUMBER “RGA” HAS TO BE
ISSUED TO THE BUYER BY STWP/UAT FOR THE DEFECTIVE PART (S)
TO BE RETURNED.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 34 of 257

9. DEFECTIVE PARTS ARE TO BE RETURNED FREIGHT PREPAID BY
BUYER TO STWP/UAT WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF RECEIPT OF
REPLACEMENT PART BY BUYER, IF SO REQUESTED BY STWP/UAT.
10. NO PERSON, DEALER OR COMPANY IS AUTHORIZED TO EXTEND
ANY OTHER WARRANTIES OR TO ASSUME OTHER LIABILITIES ON
BEHALF OF STWP/UAT.
11. THE FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE LIST OF NORMAL RE-OCCURRING
SRVICE/MAINTENANCE PARTS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED BY THIS
LIMITED WARRANTY, OTHER ITEMS MAY BE INCLUDED THAT ARE
NOT LISTED HERE:
a) ALL CARTRIDGE FILTER ELEMENTS

b) PUMP SEALS
c) PUMP PACKING
d) PUMP VALVE ASSEMBLIES
e) BELT DRIVES
f) GAUGE INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION
g) CHEMICAL INJECTION POINTS
h) AUXILIARY TUBING
i) FUSES AND RELAYS
j) ALL INSTRUMENT TRANSMITTERS AND PROBES
k) INDICATION LAMPS
l) ALL O-RINGS AND SEALS
m) MEMBRANE CLEANING CHEMICALS
n) FEEDWATER PRETREATMENT CHEMICALS
o) ALL BEARINGS
p) MOTORS
q) PNEUMATIC COMPONENTS, VALVES, AND PISTONS
(MOVING PARTS)
A. THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE WARRANTY AND

REPRESENTS THE BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY HEREUNDER. NO
OTHER WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. STWP IS NOT
LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR CLAIMS FOR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (WHETHER DIRECT, IMMEDIATE,
FORESEEABLE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL) SUFFERED BY BUYER
OR ANYONE ELSE ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH BY STWP.
CAUTION: USE OF NON – SEVERN TRENT WATER PURIFICATION – UAT

PARTS AND PARTS NOT SUPPLIED DIRECTLY BY STWP/UAT, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO MAINTENANCE PARTS, CHEMICALS, LUBRICANTS,
SPARE PARTS, REPLACEMENT PARTS, SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND OR
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES, SHALL IMMEDIATELY NULL AND VOID ALL
WARRANTIES
UR01211-0M-00 Page 35 of 257

HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
10
DRAWINGS
10.1 P&ID
10.2 General Arrangement & BOM
10.3 Wiring Specification
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 36 of 257

UR01211-0M-00 Page 37 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 38 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 39 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 40 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 41 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 42 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 43 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 44 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 45 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 46 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 47 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 48 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 49 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 50 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 51 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 52 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 53 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 54 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 55 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 56 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 57 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 58 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 59 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 60 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 61 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 62 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 63 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 64 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 65 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 66 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 67 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 68 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 69 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 70 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 71 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 72 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 73 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 74 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 75 of 257
HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
11
DATA SHEETS
11.1 Major Equipment
High Pressure Pump

Pressure Vessels
Membranes
CIP Pump
11.2 Instruments
Flow Sensors
Conductivity Sensors
pH & ORP Sensors
Pressure Switches
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 76 of 257

!,/( )- #(-.,/.#)(-
, ,# ,( ,.

#uu} ux )yu}{ #w}
*yuy yuy |yy }w} }|

|y z zy yzyywy
UR01211-0M-00 Page 77 of 257

- .3 1,(#(!
yw}wu 1
yyw}wu |x vy yzyx v u u}z}yx yyw}w}u }
uwwxuwy }| |y uy yx}} z |y (u}u yw}wu xy
wu wxy ux y{u}
-|w "uux
zu }}{ wu wuy yyw}wu |w |u wx vy zuu
|y|y w|yx x}yw wxwyx |{| ux}{ uy |}
yu y {x}{ z |y |y y a {x}{
y}u } y}yx z uzy }uu} ux yu}
# u }uu} |y uvy{x yu v}{ |x vy
wywyx |y y {x u xyw}vyx } }wy âåàèà
z |y (u}u yw}wu xy
(uyuy uu
.y y
, ,# ,( á á ã å áà áå ux âà
, ã áà !$ "++ 1 .y xy}{u}
uy
1 2 'xy uy}u vy
Type range:
2 xw} vy
CR, CRI, CRN 3 "yux } zyy u }u z
3 4
4 (}u "*
Rated flow rate in [m³/h] (x 5=GPM) 5 6 5 "yux u y z
Number of impellers 7 8 6 ,uyx ,*'
Code for pump version 9 10 7 (}u z
Code for pipe connection 11 8 ,uyx zyyw
9 'u} yy ux
Code for materials u} z}x yyuy
Code for rubber parts 10 }yw} z u}
11 *xw} w
Code for shaft seal
, ,2 ,( è ux áæ

uy , áæ ãà â / ! //
Type range:
CR, CRN
Rated flow rate in [m³/h] (x 5=GPM)
Number of stages x 10
Number of impellers (used only Q GPM H FEET RPM
if the pump has fewer impellers
than stages) P HP N PSI °F max
Code for pump version

Code for pipe connection
Code for materials 'xy %y
Code for shaft seal and
rubber parts
, ,( ãâ äå æä ( éà

uy , ãâ â á / ! %/"
Type range:
CR, CRN
Rated flow rate in [m³/h] (x 5=GPM)
Number of impellers
Number of reduced diameter impellers
Code for pump version
Code for pipe connection
Code for materials
Code for rubber pump parts
Code for shaft seal
UR01211-0M-00 Page 78 of 257

xy
uy
* y}
/ !$ "++
pu}w y}
/ p(' y}
)y}y
y zu{y }y v}{{y "++
-|uz yu
, z |}{| )}{ yu }| z}yx x}y
yyuy .D
,vvy vy yu
" "}u y}
)}{ yu vuuwyx
"- "}{| yy }|
yw| yyx ux u}x{y yu }| )}{
yyyx x}yw} z u} " uuwyx wu}x{y yu }| )}{
# }zzyy yy u}{ % u}x{y |uz yu }|
% & (*-" yu vy
' 'u{y}w x}y ) vy yu vuw vuw
* /xy}y * vy yu uxy
, "}u y} }| , )}{ yu }| yxwyx zuwy
vyu}{ vuwy 2 -yw}u y}
- "}{| yy }|
yyyx w|uvy uw ux uv |y}w
x}yw} z u} y}}y{uyx
. )y}y " yyyx {y wuv}xy
zu{y }y v}{{y yvyxxyx |v}x
2 pp-yw}u y} + -}}w wuv}xy
*}y wyw} / yyyx {y wuv}xy
)u zu{y
(*. |yux *'
u w}{ 2' uB
y}u % %' %uyB
2 .}u 0 %' 0}B
#( zu{y
! (-# zu{y
p # { âààã |y (' wxy u
$ $#- zu{y x}w}yx z u uy}u vy wyuyx
( |u{yx x}uyy z v !,/( )- uzuw}{ wu}y }
) yu |yuxyx } (| y}wu .|y (' y} wxy
* *$ w}{ } } yu} } yzzyw z y}}{ uy}u
2 -yw}u y} vy (' y} v} } (|
'uy}u y}wu uzy |} w|u{y } |uy y}|y u
u}w y} / u |y y} wxy xyyx}{
uv{u|}y z}yx *.
vyu}{ |y xuy |y uy}u vy u wyuyx
! -u}y yy u z ãáæ -- pp #z u }wuy y |u
!# uy uy ux zu{y z y} |y wxy z |y y} } 2
ãáæ --
# -u}y yy u z ãàä --
2 u }x}wuy yw}u y}
## uy uy ux zu{y z ãàä -- }yx uvy
% y vyu}{
- -} vyu}{ }{ *. yw
}{ , ,( ãâ éà
. .}u}
2 -yw}u y}
xy z vvy u

*'
2' uB
% %' %uyB
0 %' 0}B
UR01211-0M-00 Page 79 of 257

*y}uu} |yw}
á z} |uy |y }{|
,yux |y uyuy uy y } } |y y xyyx
, ] y}z{u }| uxux wu } ux ãàä u}y yy ww}
,# ,2 ] y}z{u u u } wuw }| uy uy ãàä u}y yy ww}
,( ] y}z{u u u } wuw }| uy uy ãáæ u}y yy ww}
,. ] y}z{u u u } wuw }| uy uy }u} ww}
, ] y}z{u }| u !xz '& 0 uuw|yx
â |yw |y wx}} z |y

.|y |}}{ wu wuy } } yw}u xy}{yx ux x}{ xw} yy xuu{y u
ywu} |y |x yu} } |y wu } uy yux }u } u}y |y z u xuu{y |u u |uy
wwyx x}{ |}}{ u}y u |y u z |y |}y u y z u }}vy xuu{y
#z |y } |}yx u u wyy } uuw|yx yx |y }} z |y w}{ |u wyw |y |uz
|y |uz } y u zuw yw}z}wu} ( ux~y } y}yx #z |y } } xy}yyx u u yx z |y
ux~y wyxy u{y áàáá
* }| ' ,#( á á ã å áà áå ux âà ) #z w|uyx u }| u |y |uz yu |u vyy y v
|y zuw y |y |yy y wy |y |uz yu |y uuw|}{ |y
* }| ' ,( ãâ äå æä éà ) #z w|uyx u }| u }u |y yu .|y yu }
ywyx } } v v}{ }|} |y uwu{}{ wuy . yw |y |uz ux vyu}{ x}{ |}y u |uz |xy
yw}y xy}wy } yx .|} xy}wy vy yyx } }uu} z |y yu ,yux |y yu }uu} }w} |}w|
uy }wxyx } |y uwu{y
ã 0y}z yyw}wu y}yy

0y}z}wu} z |y yyw}wu |x vy uxy vy wyu} |y u{y |uy ux zyyw uw| |u z |y
.|y y yu}{ u{y ux |y yyw}wu }zu} wu vy zx |y uyuy .|yy uy xy}{yx
Gáà z |y uyuyuyx u{y xuu{y |y |x vy }yu wywyx yuy
|y u{y wy |y áà u}{ }y u âàè u{y }yx y |y âàè wyw} x}u{u .|y }}{ wyw}
x}u{u wu vy zx y}|y u uy uuw|yx |y u x}u{u }}xy |y y}u v wy #z u{y u}u} uy
u{y |u Gáà x yuy |y
ä # |y u}wu} wyw z |}

uy |y a uyuy xuu } yzuwy wy }| |y u}wu} } |}w| u }u } 1} } yz |y
u u } yz uy y |y u}wu} zu }|} |y z}{ }}
.y y}{yx
, " ux w|}yx uy v}y zyyx wxyuy y {w ux u |yu z}x
,#,(,2 y}}yx xy}yu}yx ux x}}yx uy uw}| uy ux |y }}x }uvy z
wuw }| } wy u uzuwy z yw}z}w }}x wu}v}}}y
,(- "}{| yy u|x yyy } |y |}{| yy u}wu}
,. -u uy w|}xy vuyx z}x ux z}x uyx z }u}
)yu}{ x}}
* }x .yyuy
,#( á ã å áà áå ux âà ä âäè? âà áâà?

p,( ãâ äå æä ux éà ââ .) âäè? ãà .) áâà?
,(2. â ä è áæ ä âäè? âà áâà?
,(- ä ââá? áå áàå?
}| .D ãåæ? áèà?
uy xy}{yx z w} x } áàä? äà? uv}y u} wx}} |}{|y uv}y yyuy wx}}
w !xz
p / -|uz -yu uy ywyxyx z yyuy uvy âàà? * }| |v}x |uz yu wu yuy
âàà? éà? * }| // |uz yu wu vy yuyx x äà? äà? |yy ^_ } |y yu y
UR01211-0M-00 Page 80 of 257

*y}uu} |yw} w}yx
'}} #y *yy 'u} )yu}{ *yy
, ,# ,2 ,( (*-", â zyy u âåà? áéä? z ,(-
,(- âé } â vu
åà " æà " 'u
'u} #y *yy * .yyw} -u{y -u{y } vu
åà " æà " 'u , ,# ,( á
* .yyw} -u{y -u{y } vu )u zu{y á âã á áç âãâ áæ
, ,# ,( á â ãæ â ãæ áäå áà !$ *$ á ãæ á âç ãæâ âå
âç âáç áå , ,# ,( á
, ,# ,( á â ãæ â ãæ áäå áà )u zu{y á âã á áç âãâ áæ
âç âáç áå !$ *$ á ãæ á âç ãæâ âå
, ,# ,( ã â âé â áå áäå áà , ,# ,( ã
ãá ãæ áç âå âáç áå )u zu{y á âã á áç âãâ áæ
, ,# ,( å ã áæ â é áäå áà !$ *$ á ãæ á âç ãæâ âå
áè ãæ áà âä âáç áå , ,# ,( å
, ,# ,( áà á æ á å ááæ è )u zu{y á ââ á áæ âãâ áæ
ç ââ æ áè áäå áà !$ *$ á ãæ á âä ãæâ âå
, ,# ,( áå á ã á â ááæ è , ,# ,( áà
ä áç ã áâ áäå áà )u zu{y á áà áäå áà
, ,# ,( âà á ã á ááæ è )u zu{y á áæ âãâ áæ
ä áç â áà áäå áà !$ !$ *$ á áæ á áà âãâ áæ
, ,( ãâ áá ä áá â åè ä !$ !$ *$ áç ââ áâ áç ãæâ âå
åâ áà ãâ æ áäå áà , ,# ,( áå
áá áä çâ ááâ âáç áå )u zu{y á ç á å áäå áà
!$ !$ *$ á áà á è âãâ áæ
, ,( äå áá â áá á åè ä
!$ !$ *$ áâ áç é áâ ãæâ âå
ãâ å ââ ã áäå áà
, ,# ,( âà
æâ áãâ äâ èá âáç áå
)u zu{y á ç á å áäå áà
, ,( æä áá ââ áá åè ä
!$ !$ *$ á áà á ç âãâ áæ
âá äâ á âá áäå áà
!$ !$ *$ áâ áç è áà ãæâ âå
äá èá â åâ âáç áå
, ,( ãâ áá ç áá å âãâ áæ
, ,( éà áá á åè ä
èâ áâ æâ è ãæâ âå
ââ ãâ áá á áäå áà
áãâ áä éâ ááâ åèà äà
ã æ ââ äá âáç áå
, ,( äå áá å áá äâ âãâ áæ
,. â â áá â æ áäå áà æâ é äá æ ãæâ âå
áã âæ ç áè âáç áå
áàâ áãâ çâ èá åèà äà
,. ä á áâ á ç áäå áà , ,( æä áá å áá ã âãâ áæ
áä ââ è áæ âáç áå æâ èá äâ åâ ãæâ âå
,. è á âà á áæ áäå áà , ,( éà áá ä áá ã âãâ áæ
,. áæ â áæ â áà áäå áà åâ æ äâ äá ãæâ âå
,(- u u çâ åp ,. â â âæ â áè ãàå âá
ãæâ âåpp ,. ä á ââ á áæ ãàå âá
p |}y } zz x}{ u ,. è á áâ á è âãâ áæ
pp x}{ yu} áä âà áà áæ ãæâ âå
/1 Úß á è á è âãâ áæ
áà áæ áà áâ ãæâ âå
!xz z |y }{ wx}}
-yyw wu}

.|y |x vy wuyx } u x yy}uyx uyu |}w| } v~yw zyy}{ yyy u}u} } yyuy uy vy uy
yy |y } yx u yu æ }w|y áåà wyu z u vw} | zuwy .|y y}y u uxyuy u}
yy y|yu}{ ux uxyuy y}wu uwy yy |y z yu} y y y}}{ w} }z |y |x vy
wuyx u wy |y uy wy u }vy yxwy }}{ y
xu}
wyy }}u zxu} uy}u |x vy yx }xy u ywy uvy
}{ vuy z |y |y wyy }y x}y} z |y u}
y uy {}y } }{y á -ywy |y |y zxu} }{ u z v ux
|} vuy uy |y } y}wu ux u z ux |y vuy uy y
yx /yy zuwy wu y } vuy vyuu{y |y }{ v uy
}{|yyx
.|y wu vy }uyx y}wu |}u yy xu}{ u }{| y |u
u uxyuy z w u} yuw|y |y w}{ zu .|y yy zu
vy |y |}u uy
|y vuy | |y x}yw} z z z }}x |{| |y
. }}}y }vy }y z |y } } ux}uvy z} yu} ~}
y}|y }xy z |y ux u}}vu} }{ vyyy |y zxu} ux |y
#u}{ uy |x vy z}yx y}|y }xy z |y u}x xu}}{ |y y }z |y yyx vy wyuyx yu}yx yuwyx
UR01211-0M-00 Page 81 of 257

*}y
Figure 1: Bolt Hole Centers
CR(I)(N) 1s, 1, 3, 5 & CRT 2, 4
(). .|y ,( uy |}yx }| wyyx w} ux x}w|u{y .|y
8 11/16" (220mm) Max wy vy yyx vyzy |y z}u }y zu{y wyw}
7 1/16" (180mm)
uy uxy
5 15/16" (150mm) Max

3 15/16" (100mm)
(4) 1/2" HOLES
(13mm)
-w} }y
.|y w} }y |x vy uxyuy }yx ux u u}{| ux | u }vy yy z}w}
y u }} }} z z }y x}uyy u}{| } |y w} zu{y }x }{
ywyu z}}{ uy uwwy }y yz {uy uy |x vy yx } |y w}
}y |y } } ywyu }uy u vywuy z u zxyx w} wx}} .|} x ww }z |y
CR(I)(N) 10, 15, 20 & CR(N)(X)(T) 8, 16
10 1/16" (256mm) Max.
uy wy } uvy |y -yy }{y â ux ã | }}{ } }uu} yy y
xyv}
8 1/2" (215mm)
xyx -w} -w} &}zp
7 7/8" (200mm) Max
Figure 2 Figure 3
5 1/8" (130mm)
(4) 1/2" HOLES

(13mm)
CR(N) 32
11 3/4" (298mm)
9 7/16" (240mm)
(170mm)
8 7/8" (226mm)
(4) 9/16" HOLES

(14mm)
p ,(- wu vy yx z w} }z .|y w}
11/16"
}y |x |uy u z}}{ } z }}{

6
'}} w} }y }y

CR(N) 45, 64 .|y z}{ ywyxyx w} }y }y uy |y uy }y |}w| |x vy yx }| u
13" (331mm) yw}z}w , y .|y w} }y }y |x vy y}z}yx }| yuw| }uu} yy {x
10 1/2" (266mm) }y uw}wy uy vy}{ vyyx ux ywy z}w} y uy ywyyx "}{| yyuy u
y}y u{y x}uyy }y yxwy z}w} ux }y (*"-
,#( á á ã ,. â á_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
9 7/8" (251mm)
7 1/2" (190mm)
(4) 9/16" HOLES

(14mm) ,#( å ,. ä á áä_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
,#(2 áà áå âà è áæ â_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
,( ãâ â áâ_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
,( äå ã_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
CR(N) 90 ,( æä ä_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
13 3/4" (348mm)
,( éà ä_ (}u x}uyy w| äà }y
11" (280mm)
}w|u{y }}{
10 5/16" (261mm)
7 7/8" (199mm)
(4) 9/16" HOLES

# } {{yyx |u u w|yw uy ux }u} uy vy }uyx } |y x}w|u{y }y *}y uy ux
(14mm) z}}{ |x vy u yu |y uy x}uyy u |y x}w|u{y }y }yx } uwwxuwy }| {x }}{
uw}wy yxwy ywy}y z}x yw}}y ux }y z}w} y *}y uy ux z}}{ |uy u
yy u}{ yu {yuy |u |y u} y yy yzy |y } }uyx } }
ywyxyx |u |y x}w|u{y }}{ vy yy w|ywyx u yu |y u} yy |y
} wuuvy z {yyu}{ u y}yx v wxy wu y{u}
1|yyy }vy u}x |}{| yy z}}{ w| u yv vuw| yy x}yw y}|y }xy z
|y .|y }}{ |x vy uxyuy yx yxwy |yu ux yw|u}wu yy |y
!x }uu} uw}wy ywyx |y y vy |{| wyuyx ux z|yx z u zy}{
uy}u ux yx}y } }uu} |yy |y |x yy vy }uyx u
|y y } z |y y xy |y uu uwwu} z x} ux yx}y #z |yy } ywy}y
yx}y yxyx u}wy yy } } ux}yx u u}y z}y vy yx !xz ywyx
|u yy {u{y vy }uyx }y ux x}w|u{y zu{y } }y w|yw ux y
yzuwy
(). . u}x vy }| uy|uy zu w}{ uy vy yx }
,(- u}wu}
UR01211-0M-00 Page 82 of 257

.uvy
'}} } ,uy z ,#2(.
}? áçæ? u âáà? u âäè? u ãåæ?
* .y
}? èà? u éé? u áâà? u áèà?
, ,# ,( á àå àç áâ áâp
, ,# ,( á àé áã âã âãp
, ,# ,( ã áæ âä äà äàp
, ,# ,( å ãà äå çå çåp
, ,# ,( áà åå èã áä áäp
, ,# ,( áå éå áä âä âäp
, ,# ,( âà áá áç âè âèp
, ,( ãâ áä âá ãå ãåp
, ,( äå ââ ãã åå ååp
, ,( æä ãä åá èå èåp
, ,( éà ää ææ ááà ááàp
,. â áã âà ãã (
,. ä ãà äå çå (
,. è äà æà áà (
,. áæ èà áâ âà (
p!xz . } uu}uvy } |y z}{ y

* .y , á , á , ã , å , áà , áå , âà , ãâ , äå , æä , éà
-uxux , • • • •
# 0y} ,# • • • • • • •
( 0y} ,( • • • • • • • • • • •
|yw uy
w|yw uy u vy y}yx |y x}w|u{y }xy z |y yy |y a }y yy z vy}{ ywyyxyx yuy
}z u }| w|yw uy } yx vywuy |yy } xyux |y y u uy uy wyx |y |}{| y yy |y
x}w|u{y }xy z |y } ^z}x_ } u vuw |y }y z |y #z |y y yy } {yuy |u |y a u} }y
yy u}{ |y }} z |y } vy ywyyxyx ux u w|yw uy yyx vy z}yx |y x}w|u{y }xy z |y yy |}
wx}} .|} } yyw}u w}}wu z ,(- u}wu} vywuy z |y y |}{| x}w|u{y yy }yx u y ,(- }uu}
y}y u w|yw uy |y x}w|u{y }}{
u
vu |x vy }uyx } |y x}w|u{y }y }z |yy } u }v}} |y u yuy u{u} u wyx uy } |y x}w|u{y }y
|{| |y } y}yx yy uxyuy w}{ ux v}wu} z |y } u}u}yx -yy .uvy z }} z uy v
|x vy u }} z áâ_ z |y }z}wy x}w|u{y yy y}
.yyuy }y
# u y}y vy ywyu |y z |{| u x}{ yu} .}y z .yyuy
* ,}y z áè? áà?
|zz |y y |y } uzyyx |y yx }}x u |yux wu}{ .y
-ywx '}y
u yyuy }y } |y }}x .|y y } } z ywy |yu}{ z ux wyy
xuu{y |y .|y } xyyx |y yyuy z |y yx }}x ux , á á ã âáà ãå
z | { |y } yu}{ }| z -yy yyuy }y w|u , å âäà äà
, áà âáà ãå
x}},yyu} , áå áåà âå
.|y }yx }y uy v~yw |y z}{ wx}}yyu}
, âà áâà âà
q ( yw|u{y z |yu }| |y x}{
Btu kJ , ãâ äå æä éà æà áà
q .|y yx }}x } uy }| u yw}z}w |yu z áà äáè
lb.°F kg°C
q * u w|uvy }yy ux |uz |uy |y uy |yu wuuw} u uy
q .|y uy } |y vuy ux |y |yux } }wxyx
.|yy yyu} |x {}y zz}w}y uzy u{} u{u} ywy}y yyuy }y
.|y u} yyuy ywyyyx |y u} u}{
UR01211-0M-00 Page 83 of 257

yw}wu
1,(#(!
." - )*,.#)( ) ."#- */'* ,+/#,- .". #. !,)/( #( ),( 1#." ." (.#)(& &.,#& ) ( &)&
!)0,(#(! )- ), ,!/&.#)(- )((. ." !,)/( 1#, .) ." !,)/(#(! -,1 #( ." .,'#(& )2 ( ."( .)
." *.& !,)/(#(! *)#(.
yyw}wu |x vy yzyx v u u}z}yx yyw}w}u } uwwxuwy }| |y uy yx}} z |y (u}u yw}wu xy wu wxy
ux y{u}
'
!xz , uy }yx }| |yux ây ãæàà ,*' }u )* . (' zuy yywyx }{}x
yw}z}wu} ' }| |y ywy y ux z |y u{y ux zyyw}y uy uu}uvy u yw}uxy vu} ,(-
uy }yx }| u # y}w y }| u yyy | vyu}{ #z uy yuw}{ |y }{ } v uy }{ u
y} yx u|y , vy y yux |y ^' ,yuwyy_ yw} u{y áà z y ux~y z |y w}{
|y}{|
*}} z .y}u ' .y}u *}}

.|y y}u v wu vy yx u z z }} } éà? y . uy |y y}u . 0}y
v yy |y z v yw}{ |y |y v x yy |y |uz w}{
|y |y xy}yx wu} yuwy ux ywy }{|y |y z v -yy }{y ä
}yx 1}}{
1}y }y |x vy vuyx |y wy wu}{ y}y z u wxw u y}yx v |y
uy yx}} z |y (u}u yw}wu xy wu y{u} }yw }y )& u}{
} uyx xy |y yyy zu }y z |y ux |y y z }y}u
z ux #z )& u}{ } uwwyuvy ux yxwyx u}{ wy } y}yx
u u uzy y}u uy z u |x vy yx # } {{yyx |u u zyx
x}wyw vy yx z yuw| |yy y}wy ux uxv uy }uyx
' *yw}
á -}{y*|uy '
1}| |y ywy} z ç áâ ux áà "* |}w| y}y yyu yw} }{y|uy , uy y}yx }| }u{y
}ywu{y }xw} }| v}} |yu yw}
â .|yy*|uy '
, }| |yy|uy vy yx }| |y y }y ux y z uy yy |y } ywyx u{u}
xuu{y z u{y |uy zu}y wy }vuuwy ux yux y }yx uy }| uu yy ux uv}y
wyuyx yu }w } } u |yy y{ |x vy yx .|y yux |x vy }yx ux ux~yx |y zux wy u}{ z |y
/xy w}wuwy |x |y yux vy y u |}{|y uy |u |y z ux wy | |y uyuy .|} } }x |y
uu )yux z u uzy ux y}u uy |x vy }yx } uwwxuwy }| |y ywyxu} z |y uzuwy
.|yy |uy '& ,* y}y zy u u w}w} vyuy .|y x y}y u uy |yw z |uy }vuuwy
|yy } }xyx u{y áå
(). -uxux uuvy |uy }vuuwy x}zzyywy } å
ã ,(-
.|y ,(- } }wu yuyx } y}y }| u zyyx ywuy |y u} uuvy }y yy z |y ,(- }wyuy z çã
} |y } zz ux x}{ u ãæå } x}{ yu} u w xy}wy vy yx u |y ,(- y ywx
vyzy |y zyyx u -}}u |y ,(- y ywx uzy |y zyyx
UR01211-0M-00 Page 84 of 257

Figure 5b
Figure 5a
-u}{ |y *
|y } .}y Priming Vent Plug
CR(I)(N) 1s, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20
CR(X)(N)(T) 2, 4, 8, 16
*}}{
. }y |y } u wyx y u y y |yy |y uy
wy } uvy |y wy |y }u} uy ux y |y Suction Discharge
}}{ { |y |yux -yy }{y å ux å !uxu y |y
}u} uy } |y w} }y } u yux yu z u}y uy
|y }}{ y |y { ux ywy }{|y yy y Drain Plug
|y }u} uy }| . yy u{y áã
# y y |yy |y uy yy } vy |y }y |y
w} }y ux vy z}yx ux yyx z u} vyzy u}{ |y y |y x}w|u{y
}u} uy ux yy |y }}{ { * uy |{| |y }}{ |y } |y w} }y ux
uy wyy z}yx }| uy #z |y w} }y xy y xux z |y ux
|y uy yy |y u} vy {yx |}y vy}{ z}yx ,yuwy |y }}{ { ux ywy }{|y
á -}w| y zz
â |yw uy y |y |u vyy z}yx ux yyx
ã ,yy |y w}{ {ux ux uy |y |uz v |ux vy wyu} } zyy
ä 0y}z |u |y yyw}wu wyw} uy } uwwxuwy }| |y }}{ x}u{u |y
å -}w| |y y ux vyy |y x}yw} z u} 1|y }yyx z |y |y |x uy wyww}y
ww}y z ,(-
æ . yyy |y x}yw} z u} z} }w| ) |y y
ç ) |yy|uy }yw|u{y u y yux u |y ux }xy z |y uy ) }{y|uy yy wyw}
x}u{u uyuy |u{y }}{ u y}yx
è -}w| |y y ux u{u} w|yw z y u} )wy u} |u vyy y}z}yx }w| zz y u{u}
uy y}u |y w}{ {ux }| |y yy{}yx ,yuwy |y w}{ {ux }z |y u} } wyw zy {ux
uy } uwy |y y wu vy yu}yx
(). ' |x vy uxyx wyx z

|y u u }y xuu{y |y vyu}{ } ww
,'#(, u |y vyzy }}{ y}{ |y
(yy yuy |y x
)yu}{ *uuyy
, }u{y wy}z{u }uyx } uwwxuwy }| |yy }w} ux }yx z wyw yzuwy } yuy yzz}w}y ux
}xy yu z y}wy .|y uy uyv}wuyx ux x y}y u yyu v}wu} }yw} .|y } y}y
y}x}w v}wu} u yx } |y z}{ 'u}yuwy -yw}
/xy w}wuwy |x |y vy yuyx z u {yx y}x z }y }| z |{| |y .|} wu y }
ux xuu{y xy y|yu}{ y }yx y}yz uy |x vy }uyx u zz}w}y uy w}wuy |{| |y
}xy uxyuy w}{ ux v}wu z |y vyu}{ ux yu
* ww}{
* ww}{ |x vy w|ywyx yy |y } u}{ y |u
âà }y y | áã å "* xy
áå }y y | ç áâ áå "* xy
áà }y y | âà æà "* xy
,u}x ww}{ } u u~ wuy z yuy zu}y xy }wyuyx |yu v}x } |y #z ywyu ux~ w yxwy |y
zyyw z u ux
}yzyyx }uu}
#z |y } vy}{ yx u u v}yzyyx uy y |y } wuuvy z }{ zz}w}y uy |{| } y}y yuu} ux
yy u{y 1|yy xu}{ w uy uy yx u vu ux |y vy }uyx yy v}wu} yy ^'}}
} ,uy_
yyy *yw}
#z |y } }uyx } u uyu |yy zyy}{ wx ww |y ux y |x vy xu}yx x}{ zyy}{ yyuy u}x
xuu{y . xu} |y wy |y }u} uy yy |y }}{ { ux xu} { u |y vuy z |y yuwy |y {
} |y } vy yx u{u} u yuwy |y xu} { }| |y }{}u yuw yuwyy yuwy }| u uxux { #yu
yw}wu} } ww yxw}{ |y yy ux z
UR01211-0M-00 Page 85 of 257

' #yw}
#yw |y u y{u }yu u}uy yy åàà | z yu} yy |yy | |}w|yy ww z} %yy |y
wyu ux |y y}u} y}{ wyu .|y z}{ y |x vy yzyx u yuw| }yw}
1,(#(!
) (). .)/" &.,#& )((.#)(- ), 3)/ #,-. (-/, .". *)1, "- ( #-)((. &.,#& -")% (
/- -,#)/- ), .& #($/,3 )(&3 +/&# *,-)((& -")/& ..'*. #(-.&&.#)( )*,.#)( ( '#(.(( ) ."#-
+/#*'(.
á |yw |u |y } wyu |yw |u |y }y} ux yy} z |y } zyy z x} } {yuy uy yw )} u uy
y}y } yw wu uwwuy ux vw y}u} #z |y } y y}uyx y|yu}{ wu ww ux
wuy yu zu}y
â /y u )|yy ^'y{{y_ y}x}wu yy |u |y }y{} z |y }x}{ }u} |u vyy u}u}yx ,ywx |y
)|yy yux}{ #yx}uy }y}{uy u }{}z}wu x } }u} y}uwy
ã |yw u yyw}wu wyw vy y |u |y uy }{|
' &v}wu}
yw}w uy yv}wuyx u |y zuw ux x y}y uxx}}u v}wu} u u ' }| yyu {yuy z}}{ |uy
yuyx vyu}{ |u wu vy yv}wuyx ' }| {yuy z}}{ |x vy v}wuyx }| uyx y z {yuy y
{yuy |y vyu}{ )y {yu}{ } wuy }wyuyx vyu}{ |yu ux wu y } vyu}{ zu}y } yy {yuy ux
}}w {yuy } vyu}{
yu}{ {yuy } y } v}wu}{ uv}} y }y xxy .|y v}wu}{ uv}} z u {yuy y }y xyyx }u} |y y z
{yuy |y }y z |y vyu}{ |y yyx u |}w| |y vyu}{ yuy ux |y yy} z |y yu}{ wx}} !x y wu vy vu}yx
}z |y z}{ ywyxu} uy yx } u}yuwy {u # |x u vy yx |u }| y u{y }{
|y yz z |y yzuwy wy wyu} u{y u |uy |}{|y | ux * }| |}{| | ux |x vy {yuyx uwwx}{
|y y y}wy }yu yy
#z } z}yx }| u vyu}{ zu{y |u y}y {yuy yy |y }wy y}|y |y vyu}{ zu{y w}{ {ux z y {yuy y
ux {yu}{ w|yxy
v}y
-yy} .yyuy |y}w yx .y
}y
z -y}wy 'u} u}u} z !yuy
-uxux áàä? äà? yu }y w}

-yy uyuy z
-yyy áââ? åà? 'xyuy x} w} {yuy y wu}vy
yy áââ? åà? -yyy x} uvu}y y}uy y z {yuy
u " }u} x w}
' &v}wu} -w|yxy

-uxux -yyy yy 1y}{| z 0y z
('# -y}wy -y}wy -y}wy !yuy xx !yuy xx
uy -}y #yu #yu #yu )!u ã
# .yu
/ |{| âáà áãâ ååàà | âçåà | ååà | àãà èä àæ â
)y âáà |{| âèà áèà ãæàà | áèàà | ãæà | àæá áçäp áâ ãép
)y âèà |{| ãæà ââå ââàà | ááàà | ââà | àèá âãáp áå åâp
)y ãæà ââå ââàà | ááàà | ââà | âáâ æààp äá áãäp
p.|y {yuy y { '/-. vy yyx vyzy uxx}{ y {yuy
*wyxy
/.#)(
.) 0)# '! .) ').), ,#(!- !,- '/-. %*. , ) #,. ), ( 2.,'&3 #,.3 (0#,)('(. )(.. 3)/,
&), #-.,#/.), ), ( /."),#4 &), -,0# (., ), #.#)(& #( ),'.#)(

á yu u {yuy z}}{ #z |y xy |uy {yuy z}}{ |y vyu}{ } yuyx ux wu vy {yuyx yyu
â #z |y } y}yx }| u {yuy y { yy } .|} } u |y x {yuy vy x}uwyx v |y y {yuy
ã #z |y } yx uxx |y ywyxyx u z {yuy #z |y } vy {yuyx |}y }{ u }{| {yuy
u} z {yuy } |uy vy uxxyx
(). #z y {yuy xy uyu u |y |uz |y {yuy y { |y y uu{y u vy vwyx |y y y}wy
}yu |y vyu}{ vy yuwyx
xx {yuy -&)1&3 } y {yuy uyu u |y |uz |y } |y yxuy {yuy y { (yy uxx y |u
ááâ }y |y u z {yuy | } |y v}wu} w|yxy
ä y}yx }| u {yuy y { y |y z âà }y vyzy yuw}{ |y {
áà
UR01211-0M-00 Page 86 of 257

*yyu}y 'u}yuwy
y{u }yu xyyx}{ |y wx}} ux }y z yu} |y z}{ w|yw |x vy uxy
á * yy y}yx yzuwy ux } yu}{ | ux }y
â .|yy uy yu u}wu u |y |uz yu
ã .|y } y|yu}{
ä ,yy ux wyu u u}y z}y } |y y
å 0y}z |y }}{ z |y yux yw}
æ |yw |y yu} z u w |yw } w ww}{ }wy ux ux~ }z ywyu
ç #z |y } yuyx z u { y}x |y } |x vy u}u}yx } uwwxuwy }| |yy }w} # uxx}}
}z |y } xu}yx |y |uz |x vy uu uyx z | y}x z }y u | }yu
è . yyx |y }zy } yyy x u}wu} w}xy yz}{ y z |y z}{ uw}
u} |y uzy yuw| y
| |y |{| y }| uy |y z}x |u } wu}vy }| |y uy}u ux wy }}x
}uyvy |y }}x wy ux |{| }y u| |y }| uy |y z}x x|u } wu}vy }| |y
uy}u ux wy }}x
#z |y zu} yuy |yy } u z yzuwy yzy |y .vy|}{ -yw} u{y áäáå
' ,yuwyy
#z |y } xuu{yx xy vyu}{ zu}y v}{ yyw}wu zu}y |y z}{ }w
} xyu} | yy |y z yuwyy # vy y|u}yx |u yx
}{y æ
, uy yw}z}wu yywyx }{}x yw}z}wu} ,yuwyy vy z |y ,. â ä è ux áæ
uy zuy }y |x vy y}yx }| |y uy vyy vyu}{ ux |uy |y uy y}wy
zuw u}y z |yy ywyxu} u y } yuy zu}y
}uyv
á . zz ux w y .|y y }}{ wu vy uzy
x}wywyx z |y }y
â ,yy |y w}{ {ux
ã /}{ |y y y}w y yw| y |y z wu wy } |y w}{
yy yy w}{ |uy ) ,á,âà |y |uz } wu vy yz } |y
• (y |y wyuuwy
|uz ,(ãâ äå æä ux éà x |uy u |uz }
vy |y w}{
, á á ã å áà áå ux âà x y |y |yy |uz yu yw}{ uy wy q ,u}y |y w}{
|}{|y u zu u }
ä 1}| |y wyw }y yw| y ux yy |y z v |}w| |x |y } {
|y yx q &y } |uzu vuw
x áâ |y x}uwy
å &}z |y u}{| } |y |uz |u wyuyx |y ~ u}yx }
q .}{|y wy
yy y yw}z}wu
} vy
yv
á ,yy y z |uz }z yy ux x}wux
â .|{| wyu |y zuwy z |y ux yx }{ zu{y .|y ux |uz vy wyu z u }{yuy ux
|y wu}u |yy |y w}{ uuw|y -y |y |y yx
ã *uwy |y y}u v } |y xy}yx }} v u}{ |y
ä #y |y }{ v |y x}u{u ux yy }{|y ãè_ v y áç zv z áâ_ v y ãà zv ux
z åè_ v y åé zv
å , á á ã ux å
#y |uz } } |uz |y ,y}u |y w}{ |uy |uz ux |uz } ,y}u |y w}{ wy ux yuy y
|yw |u |y {u y}|y }xy z |y w}{ uy yy ux |u |y |uz yu } wyyyx } |y w}{ |uz u |
} }{y æu u{y áá .}{|y |y wy |y wyw y
, áà áå ux âà
#y |uz } } |uz |y #y u}w |uz yu uwy vyyu| |uz yu wu ,y}u |y w}{ |uy |uz ux
|uz } ,y}u |y w}{ wy ux yuy y |yw |u |y {u y}|y }xy z |y w}{ uy yy ux |u |y |uz
y u } wyyyx } |y w}{ |uz u | } }{y æu u{y áá .}{|y |y wy |y wyw y ,yy u}w |uz yu
uwy ux |u{ } }}xy z w}{ {ux
,. â ä è ux áæ
,y}u w}{ |uy 'uy y |y |uz } } wuyx } |y |uz * |y wu wy y vuw } |y w}{ |uy
/}{ u u{y wyx}y u}y |y |uz v uw}{ |y } z |y wyx}y xy |y w}{ ux wuyz yyu}{ |y
w}{ } |}{|y } yy }{y æ (y |y |uz wu vy u}yx u}uy àâà }w|y å ( y |y |uz |uz
u vuw x |y x}uwy ~ u}yx } ux }{|y |y w}{ wy z}{y }{| |}y yy}{ |y w}{ yuu} yu
v| }xy 1|y |y wy uy }{| y{| yy |y w}{ } uwy |y y |y wy yy } u w}w uy
áá
UR01211-0M-00 Page 87 of 257

,( ãâ äå æä ,éà .y -yw}z}wu}
*uwy |y u}w ux~y z xy |y wu}x{y yu wu yy }{y ç ,#( á á ã å áà áå ux âà
,. â ä è ux áæ
} |y w}{ |y |uz |u |y z |y |uz } z| }| |y v
z |y wyuuwy w|uvy } |y w}{ yy }{y è }{ '} .y
-}y -yw}z}wu}
&v}wuy |y w}{ wy }| u u}y}y ux v}wu}{ wx .}{|y
'æ áà zv
|y w}{ wy z}{y }{| |}y yy}{ |y w}{ yuu} yu v|
}xy ux |y |uz yu wyyyx } |y w}{ |uz u | } }{y æu 'è âã zv
'áà äæ zv
1|y |y wy uy }{| y{| yy |y w}{ } uwy
CORRECT
|y y |y wy yy } u w}w uy
}{y æu
.y w}{ wy æâ zv ,yy |y ux~y z Top
z xy |y wu}x{y yu wu ux yuwy } |y u{y View ,#(2.
wu} yy }{y é Keyway Keyway
Gap between coupling
æ |yw yy |u |y {u vyyy |y w}{ |uy uy yu
&y ux yux~ }z ywyu
ç y wyu} |y |uz wu vy uyx v |ux #z |y |uz wu vy uyx }
v}x x}uyvy ux w|yw z }u}{y
è *}y |y
é |y }}{ x}u{u |y uvy z |y wyw }}{ wv}u
} |}w| uw|y u{y )wy |} |u vyy wz}yx ywyw
|y y }}{ |y
CORRECT NOT CORRECT
áà |yw |y x}yw} z u} v vu}{ |y ,u} vy yz
}{| wyww}y |y }{ x}yw u |y w}{
áá -| zz |y y |y y}u |y w}{ {ux zy |y w}{ {ux |uy }{y ç
vyy }uyx |y y wu vy yx vuw
,( ãâ äå æä éà
*u &}
yuw| , xy !xz zzy u yy}y *u &} ux x}u{u z u yx }
|u ux } ywyxyx |uy |ux z zy u}yuwy # uxx}} |y }
}{ u }xy }zu} uv yuwu{yx -y}wy %} z |y wy
}y y|}v} yu y }y u y u |y wyy #yy -uw yyxyx yuwy |y
^{_ z yuw| xy .|yy *u &} uy uu}uvy yuuy z |y !xz }yuy
uy|y u u y }| yy}y y}wy }w} } |y !xz , -y}wy 'uu
z u u w|u{y
&yz yuwu{yx }yy uw

yux z }yx}uy }uu} }{y è
}{| yuwu{yx zu{y }
-uy *u (). . u}x xuu{}{ |y w}{ |uy

!xz zzy u yy}y } z uy u u wy } z |yy u yzy ^ yy |u } z |y yu |y
*xw -uy *u-y}wy %}_ *}wy &} &-%-&ààâ |uz }y }|} |y {u vyyy |y
w}{ |uy
}{y é
áâ
UR01211-0M-00 Page 88 of 257

1,(#(!
1"( 1),%#(! 1#." &.,#& #,/#.- /- /.#)( .) 0)# &.,#& -")% #. #- ,)''( .".
,/, !&)0- ( )).- 1),( ( '.& .,'#(& )2- ( ').),- , !,)/( ), (3 1),%
#- )( ), 3)/, *,)..#)( &13- #-)((. ." */'* ,)' #.- *)1, ), "(&#(!
*y}}u y
- " yuy 1|u } yu
u{y /y u yy y |y y wuy 1|y |y } xy ux |y
yuy |y u{y u |y y}u u{y |x vy }|} Gáà z |y
v uy uyuy u{y &u{y u{y u}u
} u wuy }x}{ xuu{y
) }{y|uy } yuy vyyy
y yux &á ux &â &á ux ( z ááå &u{y u}u} } |y u{y
} ) |yy|uy } yuy }x}wuy u yyw}wu ux |y
vyyy |x vy yuyx } |yy
u}u} |uy vyy wywyx
q *y yux &á ux &â
#z |y u{y wu yu} |}{|
q *y yux &â ux &ã
|y |x vy w|u{yx |y
q *y yux &ã ux &á wyw u{y
y " 'yuy 1|u } 'yu

yuyy /y u uyy y |y y wuy #z |y u xu ywyyx |y }yx y}wy
yuy |y wy yuw| y yux u zuw u - }z |y wy }vu
|y y}u v uy -yy |y uwy } {yuy |u å vyyy yuw| y{
uyuy z u xu }zu} |yy|uy } w|yw |y z}{
y |x vy yuyx |y |y á yx wuw uy
} yu}{ u wu x}w|u{y yy â &y y}u } uy y}u
v }vy }y xyzyw
ã . |}{| u{y
ä ' }x}{ uy |yx
{xyx |yw }x}{ ux }u
} y}uwy
å * } xuu{yx wu}{ u
yux
#u} " 'yuy 1|u } 'yu

,y}uwy . zz y ux x}wyw |y ' z u "* u{y |uy ux wwy
y yux } |y y}u v x}y |uy |y uy uy z }u}
/}{ u | y{u | yy y |y y}uwy ,y}uwy uy z y
wuy yyw , áàà% ux y ux~ |y ywyyx áàààààà | #z |y x
yy |x vy yu}yx yuwyx
'yuy ux ywx |y y}uwy vyyy
yuw| z |y y}u ux {x
áã
UR01211-0M-00 Page 89 of 257

-u z . z u{y è
Note: Do not start the pump until it has been filled with liquid and vented.
Pay attention to the direction of the vent hole and take care to ensure that the escaping liquid does not cause injury to persons
or damage to the motor or other components.
In hot-liquid installations, special attention should be paid to the risk of injury caused by scalding hot liquid.
It is recommended to connect a drain pipe to the ½" air vent in order to lead the hot water/steam to a safe place.
Step Action
1
Note: The air-cooled top should only be started up with cold liquid.
Close the isolation valve on the discharge side and open the isolat-
ion valve on the suction side of the pump.
TM02 4151 5001

Open Closed
Remove the priming plug from the pump head (1) and slowly fill
the pump with liquid.
When the pump is completely filled with liquid, replace the priming
TM02 4152 1503
plug and tighten securely.
Remove the priming plug from the air-cooled chamber (2) and
slowly fill the chamber with liquid.
When the chamber is completely filled with liquid, replace the prim-
TM02 4153 1503
ing plug and tighten securely.
Open
. the isolation valve on the discharge side of the pump.
Valve may have to be partially closed when pump is started
TMo2 5907 4002
Open if no back pressure is present (i.e. boiler not up to pressure).

Open
5
TM01 1406 3702 / TM01 1405 4497
Start the pump and check the direction of rotation.

See the correct direction of rotation of the pump on the motor fan
cover.
If the direction of rotation is wrong, interchange any two of the in-
coming supply wires.
After 3 to 5 minutes, the air vent has been filled with liquid.
Note: During start-up of a cold pump with hot liquid, it is normal
that a few drops of liquid are leaking from the sleeve.
áä
UR01211-0M-00 Page 90 of 257

}u{}{ yw}z}w vy
*vy *}vy wuy ,yyx
.|y xy á ( y u |yw z u{y u y}u v #z u{y u
w|yw zyyxy uy z }yx w}w} ux yy w}w}
â y uy v w}w} . zz y ux yy zy |yw z w}} }|
vyuy uy }yx |yy ,yuwy v zy yy w}w} vyuy #z y
zy v w}w} vyuy } |y yyw}wu }uu}
ux }y vy w|ywyx
ã ' uy yux uy |yw z u{y }y ux ux }xy z uy ,yuwy vyx
vyx |uy }yx |yuy yy #yw uy z |y xuu{y #z |yuy }
u{u} w|yw |y u{y ux uy |x}{ w}
ä -uy xy yy{}y y{}y w w}w} ux w|yw z u{y u |y |x}{ w}
#z u{y w|yw w w}w} zy #z u{y w|yw |x
}{ w} z | ,yuwy vux w}
å yzyw}y w |yw u uzy ux yy }w|y z yu} #yw
wuw } w xy}wy ,yuwy xyzyw}y u
w
æ ' } xyzyw}y . zz y ux x}wyw }}{ 'yuy |y yux yux
y}uwy }| |yy ,2á 'yuy yux {x
uy }| |yy ,2áàà% ,ywx yuyx uy
#z u y {xyx }x}{ } zx yy ux
yu} yuwy
ç yzyw}y wuuw} . zz y ux x}w|u{y wuuw} |yw }| |yy
-}{y|uy ,2áàà% 1|y |y yy } wywyx |y wuuw} |y
yyxy |x ~ ux à | ux x}z vuw
}z}} ,yuwy }z xyzyw}y
è * } vx . zz y ux uu uy |uz #z |uz
xy uy yu} w|yw w}{ y}{ ux ux~ u
ywyu #z |uz u} } } }{| yy ux
}yw }uyvy ux yu}
á 1{ u} |yw }}{ z y wyw} yw }}{

.|y v u
â * } }yx } . zz wy }u} uy yy }}{ {
yxwyx wuuw} u}vx |yw z}x yy ,yz} |y yuwy { ux u |y
xy xy}y uy &{ w} }y vy z}yx vyzy u}{ |y

ã -u}y w|yw z uy ,yy u}y wyy uy ux }yw yu ux yuwy
uy w{{yx ,y}y
ä -w} }z u{y #u wx yy {u{y u |y w} }xy z |y
-u ux wuy yux}{ yzuwy xuu
,yxwy w} }z v y}{ }wyuy w} }y
}y y}{ |}{| z}w} xy}wy
å -w} ux x}w|u{y * vuwux |y yx zz } } w} }y
}}{ yu -w} }y uy ux z}}{ vy u}}{| ,yu} u
yu ux y}{|y u y z}}{
æ * #u yy {u{y u {uxu wy |y
x}w|u{y uy ux yux yy u |zz y
yuyx yy } *-# |yux } zyy 'yuyx *-#
âãá z*-# 99999 z ,yzy |y yw}z}w wy z
|zz |yux z |u xy #z |yux } wy wy
} vuv )% #z yy ux }yw
ç * }yy {}xy uy }uyvy ux }yw uu{yu ,yy u
} w{{yx zy}{ uy}u zx
áå
UR01211-0M-00 Page 91 of 257

}u{}{ yw}z}w vy
*vy *}vy wuy ,yyx
.|y v u è #wyw xu} { }uyx #z |y y xu} { } yuwyx }| u uxux {
yxwyx wuuw} uy } yw}wuy }yu ,yuwy }| y {
xy xy}y uy é #y w}{ y}{ |ywyy |y w}{ yy u{y áà
w}yx
* wwy w| á *yy }w| } |yw yy y}{ }w| ux yu} |yw
y ux~yx } u{y uw wyx wuw ,yux~ }w| yuwy
xyzyw}y }z xyzyw}y
â &yy w } y |yw y}{ ux yu} ,yux~ y}{ yzy yy
y } xyzyw}y w uzuwya xuu ,yuwy }z xyzyw}y
ã #zz}w}y u} w|u{}{ * u} } u x}u|u{ w|uvy |yw x}u
yu}{ u }}{ |u{ z yu |yw u ux }}{ z yu }| u
ux uy } |yw u} uy y ,yu} u
ywyu
ä .u } u |yw u }y ux u} y } u .u y
|x vy u}uy áà {u z yuw| { z
wuuw} .|y u u} y } âã z |y u u
y u |y w} yy ,yuwy u }| y
z wyw }y
å * } y}yx #u yy {u{y yu w} ux

x}w|u{y -u ux xy u
wx}} ywx {u{y yux}{ y *-# zyy
'yuyx *-# âãá z*-# 9999999 z ,yzy |y
yw}z}w wy z |u xy yy |u u |yux
} zz}w}y }} xy}y }|} } xy}{ z
u{y .|y x}w|u{y z }z ywyu
y v w}w} vyuy á & u{y |yw u{y u uy uy ux #z u{y u
}y y |u Gáà wuw y wu |yw }y
yux yu } }}{
â ' yux uy y wy ux yuy uyu{y #wyuy |yuy }y
ux~ } y}{ u u} z uyuy
z ux wy
ã .|yy|uy wy } |yw wy xu yuw| yux |y ' vy
}vuuwyx }|} Gå #z w|yw ux }}{ ,u}{ u
yux u y}}uy |} vy
ä ' } |yx . zz y ux x}wyw }}{ 'yuy |y yux
{xyx yux y}uwy }| u |yy ,2á 'yuy
yux{x uy }| u |yy ,2áàà% u
y{u| yy ,ywx uy #z u y {xyx
}x}{ } zx yy |y yu} ux yuwy
å 1}}{ wyw} |yw y }}{ ux y y}u .}{|y y
uy zu y}u ,yuwy xuu{yx }y
æ * } vx . zz y ux uu uy |uz #z |uz
xy uy yu} w|yw w}{ y}{ ux ux~ u
ywyu #z |uz u} } } }{| yy ux
}yw }uyvy ux yu}
ç yzyw}y wuuw} . zz y ux x}w|u{y wuuw} |yw }| |
}{y|uy yy ,2áàà% 1|y |y yy } wywyx |y
wuuw} |y yyxy |x ~ ux à | ux
x}z vuw }z}} ,yuwy }z xyzyw}y
è ' yux u |}{|y /y u |yyy w|yw |y uv}y yyuy yu
uv}y yyuy |u |y yux ux ,ywx |yy uy #z uv}y
yyuy u } y |u u yux yyw}u
|yy yyuy u yux } uvy áàä? äà?
uv}ywyuyx |yuy |x yuwy uxux
|yuy
áæ
UR01211-0M-00 Page 92 of 257

.|yy *|uy '
y } u |yy z wuwu}{ wy vuuwy u |yy|uy | /y |y
wuwu} vy u u {}xy
2*&(.#)( 2'*&-
"yy } u yuy z wy yux}{

u u} ux yuw| y{ z " á
.á åá
u |yy}y | 3 uy
.â äæ
wuwu} z u |yy | ().
.ã åã
. vy{} uxx u |yy yux}{ z y vuuwy |x ywyyx
.).& áåà
| vy á â ux ã å u y}wy zuw ux áà u
uyx } ux #z |y vuuwy
" á wu vy wywyx v }{ yux
}}xy |y u v |yy vu} |y uyu{y åà |y wy z |y vuuwy vy
ã áåà wuyx ux wywyx #z |y |yy
}vy | |y y{ zu|y
" á z |y uyu{y u |y uy
uwuy |y {yuy wy x}zzyywy z åà y yux z |y vuuwy
|y uyu{y \ äæ } w}{ z |y y wy
ä "yy }z |y yux}{ zu|y z
|y uyu{y y }| |y uy
}}xy |} x}zzyywy v |y uyu{y yux |y }u wy z
vu} |y ywyu{y z vuuwy Hookup 1 vuuwy } |y ^ }xy_ z
àè è |y uy # |} }uwy w}xy
åà äàà u xuu{yx wuvy yu}{ }wy
# |} wuy |y wy vuuwy z
| vy á } è wyw} zu }x}{
#!/, ",
" á " â " ã
&á .á 9999 &á .ã 9999 &á .â 9999
&â .â 9999 &â .á 9999 &â .ã 9999
&ã .ã 9999 &ã .â 9999 &ã .á 9999
.).& 9999 .).& 9999 .).& 9999
" á " â " ã

9999999 9999999 9999999
ã 9999999 ã 9999999 ã 9999999
" á " â " ã

9999 9999 9999
\ 9999 \ 9999 \ 9999
9999 9999 9999
" á " â " ã

9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
áç
UR01211-0M-00 Page 93 of 257

.|} u{y }y}u yz vu
áè
UR01211-0M-00 Page 94 of 257

.|} u{y }y}u yz vu
áé
UR01211-0M-00 Page 95 of 257

.|} u{y }y}u yz vu
âà
UR01211-0M-00 Page 96 of 257

y}{ y}vy } zxu}
.|}}{ u|yux uy } }vy
#u} } |y yywy
&#'#. 1,,(.3
*xw uzuwyx v !,/( )- !,/( )- */'*- ),*),.#)( uy uuyx
|y }{}u y vy zyy z xyzyw } uy}u ux u|} z u y}x z
áè | z xuy z }uu} v y |u âä | z xuy z uzuw
y !,/( )-a }uv}} xy |} uu |u vy }}yx yu}}{ yuw}{ u
!,/( )-a } }| w|u{y ) !,/( )-a zuw u|}yx y}wy u
} u xw z !,/( )-a uzuwy !,/( )- } vy }uvy z u w z
yu }uu} uu} u |y w|u{y |}w| u u}y } wyw} }|
u uu wu} *xw |}w| uy x v uzuwyx v !,/( )- uy v~yw
|y uu }xyx v |y uzuwy z u}x xw ux v !,/( )-a uu
!,/( )- } vy }uvy z xuu{y yu xw wuyx v uvu yu}{
wx}} uww}xy uvy }y u|}yx uyu} yu} }z |y xw u
}uyx } uwwxuwy }| !,/( )-a }yx }uu} ux yu}{ }w}
. vu} y}wy xy |} uu |y xyzyw}y xw vy yyx |y
x}}v xyuy z !,/( )-a xw z |}w| } u w|uyx {y|y }|
z z w|uy ux }uu} xuy zu}y xuy ux }{ }uu} xuu /y
|y}y }xyx |y x}}v xyuy } wuw !,/( )- u u|}yx y}wy
u} z }w} xyzyw}y xw vy yyx !,/( )- u y}wy u}
vy y zy}{| yu}x xwyu} }{ |y uu wu} ux u ,y
'uy}u |}u} vy }wxyx }z }wyx
!,/( )- 1#&& (). &#& ), (3 #(#(.& ), )(-+/(.#& '!-

&)--- ), 2*(-- ,#-#(! ,)' #(-.&&.#)( /- ), (3 ).", /-- .",
, () 2*,-- ), #'*&# 1,,(.#- #(&/#(! ',"(.#&#.3 ), #.(-- ),
*,.#/&, */,*)- 1"#" 2.( 3)( .")- 1,,(.#- -,# ), , ,,
.) )0
-y ~}x}w} x u |y yw} }}u} z }w}xyu wyy}u

xuu{y ux y ~}x}w} x u }}u} | { }}yx uu}y
u u .|yyzy |y uvy }}u} yw} u u .|} uu
{}y yw}z}w y{u }{| ux u u |uy |y }{| |}w| u z ~}x}w}
~}x}w}
&*.&ààã çàå /-

-v~yw uyu}
!,/( )- * u} !,/( )- uuxu #w vu !,/( )- xy 'y}w - xy 0
áçáàà 1y ááè| .yuwy âéäá }{| ,ux yux .& áå *uy -}u yy
)u|y %uu ææàæá )u}y )u} &æ" æé uuxu xuwu (& æææàà 'y}w
.yy|y éáã ââç ãäàà .yy|y éàå èâé éåãã .yy|y åâ èá èáää äààà
u éáã ââç ãåàà u éàå èâé éåáâ u åâ èá èáää äàáà
{xzw
UR01211-0M-00 Page 97 of 257

GRUNDFOS
COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL SERVICE MANUAL
CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Dismantling &
Reassembly
CONTENTS
Dismantling Procedures .............................................. Page 2
When Should A Part Be Replaced ? .............................................. Page 8
Reassembly Procedures .............................................. Page 9

Setting The Coupling Height ....................................................... Page 15
Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRI, CRN 10 ............................... Page 16
Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRI, CRN Low NPSH 10 .......... Page 17
Order of Stage Assembly: CRNE 10 SF ....................................... Page 18
Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRI, CRN 15/20 ........................ Page 19
Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRN Low NPSH 15/20 ........... Page 20
Order of Stage Assembly: CRN15/20 SF .................................. Page 21
TORQUES
Position
Number
7a Coupling Guard Screw ............. 1.5 ft.-lbs./2 Nm
9 Coupling Hex Screw
5 mm M6 Screw ................... 10 ft.-lbs./13 Nm
6 mm M8 Screw ................... 23 ft.-lbs./31 Nm
8 mm M10 Screw ................. 46 ft.-lbs./62 Nm
26b Strap Bolt
13 mm M8 x 25 mm ........... 11 ft.-lbs./15 Nm
28 Motor Bolt
9/16" UNC 3/8" Bolt ............ 10 ft.-lbs./13 Nm
3/4" UNC 1/2" Bolt .............. 23 ft.-lbs./31 Nm
36 Staybolt Nut
CR, CRI ..................................... 59 ft.-lbs./80 Nm
CRN ....................................... 74 ft.-lbs./100 Nm
67 Shaft Lock Nut ....................... 16.3 ft.-lbs./22 Nm
105 (a,b) Shaft Seal
41 mm Nut ............................ 26 ft.-lbs./35 Nm
113 2.5 mm Set Screw ................. 2 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm
UR01211-0M-00 Page 98 of 257

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20
1 2
These instructions cover the complete
dismantling and repair of the pump
after the pump has been isolated from
the system. Before removing the
pump from the system, make sure all
valves are closed. Relieve any built up
pressure by opening the vent plug
screw. The power source should be
turned off and locked out before
Using a slotted Screwdriver or TORX® Remove the 5, 6 or 8 mm Hex Head
starting any work. Removal of field
tip T20, remove Coupling Guard Screws Coupling Bolts (Pos. 9) from the
wiring to the motor wires may be (Pos. 7a). Then, remove the Coupling Coupling Halves (Pos. 10a).
required. Color coding or numbering Guards (Pos. 7).
the wires will aid in reinstallation.
3 4 5
Remove Coupling Halves. Insert a To free, remove remaining Coupling Remove the 9/16" Head UNC 3/8" or
slotted Screwdriver in Coupling gap Half. Strike Coupling Half with a rubber 3/4" Head UNC 1/2" Motor Bolts (Pos.
and twist to free Coupling Half. mallet on upper edge. Remove shaft 28) and lift the motor off the Motor
pin (Pos. 10). Stool (Pos. 2).
NOTE: If you have multiple pumps,
do not interchange coupling components...
they are a matched set.
6 8
Remove the cartridge Shaft Seal (Pos. 105) by: 7 Remove the Motor Stool (Pos. 2) and
· Loosening the three 2.5 mm Shaft Seal Securing Allen Pump Head (Pos. 77) on I and N models.
Screws (Pos. 113) approximately 1/2 to 1 turn. (Light upward blows with a rubber
mallet may be required.)
· Using 00SV2107 or a 41 mm deep socket, fully unscrew • If the pump is a standard unit, skip to
the Shaft Seal from the Motor Stool (Pos. 2) or Pump Dismantling, step 23.
Head (Pos. 77) on I and N models. • For Cool -Top® type/equipped pumps, see
Dismantling, steps 9 to 13.
· Sliding the Shaft Seal up and off the Shaft (Pos. 51). • Pumps built with a Back-to-Back Seal, see
Remove the four 24 mm
Dismantling, steps 14 to 17.
For Shaft Seal replacement only, go to Reassembly, Staybolt Nuts (Pos. 36) and • Pumps built with Tandem/Quench Seal, see
step 24. For full dismantling, continue to step 7. Washers (Pos. 66a). Dismantling, steps 18 to 22.
2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 99 of 257
Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20 – Cool-Top®
Cool-Top®
9 10
Remove the Cool-Top® assembly/ Before removing the Disk Plate (Pos.
Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Light 79a) from the Pump Head (Pos. 77),
blows with a rubber mallet may be inspect the Bushing (Pos. 79b). If worn,
required to loosen assembly. use a Flat Blade Punch and a mallet to
drive out Bushing.
11
Remove the Disk Plate (Pos. 79a) from the Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a) by pushing outward with your thumb. If stuck, use a Nylon Punch
and a Mallet to drive out.
12 13
Remove the O-ring (Pos. 37c & 109a) Remove Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37) from the pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Then remove the
from the Disk Plate (Pos. 79a). PTFE Stack Compression Springs (Pos. 60a) from the Pump Head Cover.
To continue, proceed to step 23.
3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 100 of 257
Back-to-Back Seal
14
(View from a
cutaway pump)
Loosen and remove the plug to allow access to Shaft Seal securing screw. Insert a 2.5 mm
allen wrench to loosen (approximately 1/2 to 1 turn) the three Set Screws (Pos. 113) of
the Inboard Seal (Pos. 105b).
15 16
Remove the Pump Head Cover Flip the Pump Head Cover over to remove Shaft Seal (Pos. 105a). Using 00SV2107 or
(Pos. 77a). Light blows with a rubber 41 mm Deep Socket, loosen and unscrew the Shaft Seal.
mallet may be required to loosen
assembly.
17
Remove the Sleeve O-Ring (Pos. 37) and the PTFE Stack Compression Springs
(Pos. 60) from the Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a).
To continue, proceed to step 23.
4
UR01211-0M-00 Page 101 of 257
Tandem Seal
18 19
Loosen (approximately 1/2 to 1 turn) Use specialty tool, 00SV2107, a 41 mm Deep Socket, or an Open Ring Spanner to
the three 2.5 mm Set Screws (Pos. loosen.
113) of the Inboard Seal
(Pos. 105b).
20 21 22
Remove the Pump Head Cover Finish removal of Shaft Seal (Pos. 105b)
(Pos. 77a). Light blows with a rubber from Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Flip
mallet may be required to loosen the Pump Head Cover over and go to
assembly. step 22.
Remove the Sleeve O-Ring (Pos. 37)

and the PTFE Stack Compression
Springs (Pos. 60) from the Pump Head
Cover (Pos. 77a).
To continue,
proceed to step 23.
5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 102 of 257
23 24
Grab the shaft and lift impeller stack Place the Holder for Shaft, 00SV0040, in a vise. With the shaft pin inserted into the shaft,
out of the pump. If it is stuck, a light place the impeller stack into the shaft holder. Tighten vise. Using a 13 mm wrench,
blow with a rubber mallet may be remove the Chamber Stack Strap Bolt (Pos. 26b), Washer (Pos. 26c), and Strap (Pos. 26a).
needed to jolt the stack free.
25 26 27
Remove the
suction inlet
connector
(Pos. 44).
NOTE: This
may come
apart in two Using a 13 mm wrench, remove the Lift the Impeller (Pos. 49a) off the shaft.
Shaft Lock Nut (Pos. 67), Lock Washer If it comes off freely, proceed to step
pieces (Pos. 66) and Splined Spacer (Pos. 64c). 29. If it is stuck and cannot be removed
by hand, proceed to step 28.
(Pos. 44a &
44b).
28 29
Move the shaft into a hole of the shaft
holder through which it can pass freely.
Screw the Punch for Dismantling Shaft
(material #00SV0234) onto the
threaded section of shaft. Using a
hammer, drive punch down past the
hub of the first impeller. Noting chart
instructions in step 30, remove each
impeller (Pos. 49a) and Chamber with
bearing (Pos. 4a) and Chamber (Pos. 4).
Repeat these steps until you get down Remove the Chamber with bearing
to the last impeller. At that time, gently (Pos. 4a) or Chamber (Pos. 4). If it is
stuck to the rest of the stack, pry it
knock the punch down through the hub
loose by inserting a screwdriver
area, make sure to catch the shaft as it between the chambers.
falls free. Go to step 31.
6
UR01211-0M-00 Page 103 of 257
30 31 32
The dismantling procedures from
this point will depend on the type
of pump and number of stages it
contains. Beginning on page 16,
refer to the charts in the
Reassembly Procedures to
determine what you can expect
with the pump you are working on.
Remove all the Bearing Rings

(Pos. 47a) and Spacers (Pos. 64 a, c, If the unit leaked around the Sleeve
d) you encounter while repeating To remove Seal Ring (Pos. 45), insert a (Pos. 55), removal of the Sleeve may be
steps 27-29. Continue until you slotted screwdriver in relief slot of Seal required. Grip Staybolts (Pos. 26)
remove the last impeller. Ring Retainer (Pos. 65) and twist or use diagonally. Using your thumbs, press
Puller 00SV0239. against the Sleeve to release it from
the Pump Housing (Pos. 6). Lift off
Remove the shaft and examine for
sleeve. (Rocking or light upward blows
damage. At that point, continue... with a rubber mallet may be required.)
33 34 35
Remove the four Stack Compression Remove, Sleeve O-rings (Pos. 37) in the
Springs (Pos. 60) from the Motor Stool Motor Stool (Pos. 2) or Pump Head
(Pos. 2) or Pump Head (Pos. 22). (Pos. 77) and the Pump Housing
(Pos. 6).
Wear Rings (Pos. 49c) can be removed

on CR/CRI/CRN 15 and 20 models.
Impellers (Pos. 49a) use Puller 00SV239
and Support 00SV0043 to work Wear
Ring off of impeller.
THE PUMP IS
NOW COMPLETELY
DISASSEMBLED.
7
UR01211-0M-00 Page 104 of 257
When Should A Part Be Replaced ?
Part Position(s) Minimum Operating Condition
Motor Stool 2 Excessive pitting of these castings could cause leaks.
Suction/Discharge
Chamber
6
} Rusted castings should have all seating areas cleaned to
ensure proper seating of O-rings.
Chambers 4a, 4 Same as for impellers. The maximum inside diameter for
the bearing in position 4a is 17.52 mm. If a groove can be
seen or felt, the chamber should be replaced.
Neck Ring 45 Should be free of visible wear on the inside edges

Inside diameter for CR10 = 44.01 to 45.04
Inside diameter for CR15 & 20 = 59.84 to 60.02
Bearing ring 47a Minimum outside diameter is 17.349 mm. If a groove can
be seen or felt, the bearing should be replaced.
Impellers 49 Should be free from physical markings except for the guide
vane welds. The eyelet or contact surface for the Neck Ring
should not show any signs of wear. If worn, replace
impeller on CR, CRI, CRN10 or Wear Ring only on CR, CRI,
CRN 15 and 20.
(1) Cavitation - the implosion of vapor "bubbles" within the

impeller stack. Make sure the Net Positive Suction Head
Available for the pump meets the minimum Net Positive
Suction Head Required for the pump when running at the
required flow.
(2) Improper coupling height. If the coupling is not set to

the proper height (see steps 29 to 31 of the Reassembly
procedures) the impellers are not suspended as they
should be, causing them to rub against the chambers,
causing wear.
Shaft 51 Smooth area at the top of shaft should be free of fitting

grooves. Spline should not be worn.
Sleeve 55 Should not be pitted or cracked.
Stack Compression 60 & 60a Should not be reused...replace.

Spring
Spacers & Clamp 64, 64a, 64c, 66, 66b, 69 Should show no signs of gouging or wear at bottom or top.
Lock Nut 67 Should not be reused....replace.
Lock Washers 66 Should not be reused....replace.
O-rings 37a, 38, 68, 100, 102, 109a&b Should be soft and pliable with no visible scars. Since they
are easily damaged and fairly inexpensive, it is
recommended they be replaced whenever the pump is
disassembled.
Shaft Seal 105 & 105b Seals cannot be disassembled; should be replaced when
repairing /rebuilding the pump.
Bushing in Disk 79b If bushing is scored, replace Bushing. If the inner bore
Plate 79a of Disk is damaged, replace Disk.
Refer to the Parts List and Kits section for a list of material numbers and spare pare kits.
8
UR01211-0M-00 Page 105 of 257
Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20
Place Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37) into recessed area of the Motor Stool (Pos. 2) for CR models, or into the Pump Head (Pos. 77) for CRI, CRN
models. Install Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37b) into Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a) for CRI, CRN, Cool-Top®, Back-to-Back Seal, Tandem Seal
models. Install O-ring into Suction/Discharge Pump Housing (Pos. 6). Note specialty O-ring (Pos. 37b) will always be installed in the
lower "Hot" section of the pump of Cool-Top® models. Also install Stack Compression Springs (Pos. 60) for CR, CRI, CRN into Motor Stool
or Pump Head Cover. NOTE: Cool-Top® models require two sets of four Stack Compression Springs. The PTFE will always be placed in
the lower "Hot" section of pump to press against the stack assembly (Pos. 80).
2 3
Replace any Seal Ring (Pos. 45) in the Chambers (Pos. 4, 4a, and 5a). Inner edge must Before reusing the original Shaft (Pos.
face downward (see diagram). Snap Seal Ring Retainer (Pos. 65) into place. The 51), use a light grit emery cloth to
retainer should not spin on the chamber, and the seal ring should move freely from smooth away old set screw marks, as
side to side. these can cut the O-rings in the seal
assembly.
4 CR, CRI, CRN 15 & 20 ONLY 5 With Shaft Pin 7

(Pos. 10) inserted into
the Shaft (Pos. 51),
place shaft into Shaft
Holder (material
#00SV0040).
6 The reassembly procedures from this

point will depend on the type of pump
and the number of stages it contains. Refer
to diagrams on pages 16-21 to determine
the proper sequence of impellers (Pos. 49
Press new Wear Ring (Pos. 49c) onto or 49a), Chambers (Pos. 4, 4a), Spacers (Pos. Place the Clamp Spacer (Pos. 64c) onto
Impeller (Pos. 49a). CR, CRI, CRN, use 64 a, c, d) and Bearing Ring (Pos. 47a) the shaft.
new Impellers if eyelet of Impeller is needed for the pump you are working with.
worn. Reassemble these stages in the order
shown, beginning with the highest number
stage and continue to the first stage.
Then, continue....
9
UR01211-0M-00 Page 106 of 257
8 9
The Lock Washers (Pos. 66) come as a set. If they become separated, it is important the Lubricate the threaded end of the shaft
washers are repositioned correctly as noted in the diagram. The tabs should interlock with an FDA-approved lubricant.
while the serrated edges both point outward. Place the washers onto the shaft. Thread the Lock Nut (Pos. 67) onto the
shaft and torque to 16.3 ft.-lbs./22 Nm.
Use 13 mm Socket, 00SV0091,
Ratchet, 00SV0295, Torque Wrench,
00SV0269.
10
Place Suction Inlet Connector (Pos. 44a & b) onto Stack. Insert Straps (Pos. 26a) into slot in Top Chamber (Pos. 3). Place Washers (Pos.
26c) and Strap Bolt (Pos. 26b) on/into the Straps using a 13 mm Socket, 00SV0091, and Torque Wrench, 00SV0292, with Ratchet,
00SV0295, to Torque Bolt to 11 ft.-lbs./15 Nm.
11 12
Lower new Stack Kit (Pos. 80) into the

Spray soapy water on the Sleeve O- Pump Housing. Make sure it seats
rings (Pos. 37). Then lower and press fully into the machined recess.
Sleeve (Pos. 55) firmly into place. (Chamber Straps must be located as
pictured, 90° from suction/discharge
ports).
Standard CR, CRI, CRN models skip to step 22
Cool-Top® models skip to step 13
Back-to-Back Seal models skip to step 17
Tandem Seal models skip to step 19.
10
UR01211-0M-00 Page 107 of 257
Cool-Top®
13 14 15
Press the plate firmly in place. Before

If Bushing (pos. 79b) was removed from Place O-rings (Pos. 109a & 37c) onto proceeding to step 16, flip the Pump
Disk Plate (Pos. 79a), use a Punch to the Disk Plate (Pos. 79a). Do not roll Head over; make sure the PTFE Stack
install Bushing and Retaining Washer the O-rings; they should be stretched "Compression Springs" (Pos. 60a) and
(Pos. 3) into Disc Plate. over and released into place to prevent the Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37b) have been
cutting the material during installation installed from step 1. If they have not
into the housing. Spray soapy solution been installed, follow the instructions
onto O-rings and housing. in step 1 (page 9), then proceed to
step 16.
16
Position the plugs to the desired

location; lower the completed Cool-
Top® Pump Head Assembly (Pos. 77a)
over the Shaft and seat on the Sleeve
(Pos. 55). If it does not freely seat onto
the Sleeve, STOP. Remove the Pump
Head and turn over. Remove sleeve O-
ring and stretch. Replace and reinstall
the Pump Head onto Shaft and Sleeve.
Skip to step 22.
11
UR01211-0M-00 Page 108 of 257
Back-to-Back Seal
17 18
Use care while sliding/lowering

completed Back-to-Back Pump Head
Cover into place. Firmly seat over
sleeve. If it does not freely seat onto
sleeve...STOP! Remove the Pump Head
Insert Inboard Seal (Pos. 105b) into the bottom side of the prepped Pump Head Cover Cover, turn over, remove sleeve O-ring
(Pos. 77a). Using the specialty tool, 00SV2107, or a 41 mm Deep Socket, tighten/torque and stretch. Reinstall/replace O-ring
seal the 26 ft.-lbs./35Nm. into Pump Head Cover, then reinstall
onto Shaft and sleeve. Do not tighten
NOTE: If Pump Head Cover has not yet been prepped with PTFE Stack Compression the three 2.5 mm set screws at this
Springs (Pos. 60) and Sleeve O'Ring (Pos. 37) as previously instructed in step 1, page 9, time. This will be done in step 30.
do so now. Proceed to step 22.
12
UR01211-0M-00 Page 109 of 257
Tandem Seal
19 20
Position the plugs to the desired Slide the Inboard Seal (Pos. 105b) down the shaft and thread into the pump head. Use
location. Lower the completed Pump specialty tool, 00SV2107, a 41 mm Deep Socket, or an Open Ring Spanner to torque the
Head Assembly (Pos. 77a) over the shaft Inboard Seal to 26 ft.-lbs./35 Nm.
and seat on the Sleeve (Pos. 55). If it
does not freely seat onto the
sleeve...STOP.
Remove the pump head and turn over.
Remove sleeve O-ring and stretch.
Replace and reinstall the pump head
onto shaft and sleeve.
21 OR Alternative to Step 21
An alternative to step 21 is when the special tool 00SV2078 and two 27.5 mm Spacers
(96491537) are used with two Staybolt Nuts and Washers.
Place tool over Staybolts and seat against Pump Head Assembly (Pos. 77a). Slide
27 mm Spacers down Staybolts.
Place Washers and Nuts onto Staybolts and tighten diagonally to:
CR, CRI: 59 ft.-lbs. or 80 Nm

CRN: 74 ft.-lbs. or 100 Nm
Push Shaft down, then tighten the three 2.5 mm Set Screws to 2 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm. Remove
Staybolt Nuts/Washers, 27 mm Spacers, and tool 00SV2078. Proceed to step 22.
Push down on the coller area of the
Seal, then lift Shaft to create a clearance
of 123 mm from the top of the Shaft
(Pos. 51) to the top of the Shaft Seal.
Tighten the three 2.5 mm set screws to
2 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm. Proceed to step 22.
13
UR01211-0M-00 Page 110 of 257
22 23 24
Spray soapy water on the Sleeve O- Place the Washers (Pos. 66a) over the Spray soapy water onto the Seal
rings (Pos. 37) in the Motor Stool or Staybolts (Pos. 26). Then, lubricate O-ring Seating Surface of the Pump
CRI, CRN Pump Head. Then lower and with a light oil. Place the 24 mm Head and the Shaft (Pos. 51). (If reusing
fully press in place. Staybolt Nuts (Pos. 36) onto Staybolts original Shaft, be sure to use Emery
and tighten diagonally to: tool provided with Seal Kit to remove
CR, CRI: 59 ft.-lbs. or 80 Nm any burrs on the Shaft. Then, spray
CRN: 74 ft.-lbs. or 100 Nm with soapy water.)
25
Pushing down on Shaft Seal collar (do not push down on Hex Nut), lower the new Shaft Seal (Pos. 105) over the Shaft. Use specialty tool,
00SV2107, a 41 mm Deep Socket, or an Open Ring Spanner to tighten to 26 ft.-lbs. or 35 Nm. Push the Shaft all the way down (for Tandem
Seal models you must continue to apply downward force), then tighten the three 2.5 mm Shaft Seal Securing Allen Screws torque to
2 ft.-lbs. or 2.5 Nm.
26 27
Lower motor onto Motor Stool and/or Spacer (Pos. 1), then install and tighten Motor Place the Shaft Pin (Pos. 10) into the
Bolts (Pos. 28) diagonally to the proper torque. Shaft (Pos. 51).
17 ft.-lbs. or 23 Nm for UNC 3/8" bolts (9/16" Head), and

30 ft.-lbs. or 40 Nm for UNC 1/2” bolts (3/4" Head)
14
UR01211-0M-00 Page 111 of 257
28 29 Standard Units and Cool Top®
CORRECT
Top
View
Gap between coupling
View
Keyway Keyway
Using a screwdriver, lift the Shaft upward. pling
Insert Shaft Seal Spacer tool between Shaft
Seal Collar and Hex Nut. Remove the
Install Coupling Halves (Pos. 10a). screwdriver and tighten and torque the
Spray a light machinery oil onto the Coupling Bolts.
Coupling Bolts (Pos. 9). Install loosely
5 mm - M6 to 10 ft.-lbs. or 13 Nm
into the Couplings. 6 mm - M8 to 23 ft.-lbs. or 31 Nm
8 mm - M10 to 46 ft.-lbs. or 62 Nm
Ensure the gap between the two Coupling CORRECT NOT CORRECT
Halves are even (see Diagram -->).
30 Back-to-Back Seal 31 Tandem Seal
Spring tension from the seals may have

already lifted the Shaft upward. If not,
Using a screwdriver, lift the Shaft upward. Insert two of the Spacer tools between Shaft lift the Shaft upward. At this time
Seal Collar and Hex Nut. Insert a 2.5 mm allen wrench through one of the lower vent insert the Shaft Seal Spacer tool.
port holes and torque the lower inboard seal securing screws to 2.0 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm. Remove the screwdriver. Ensure the
Remove allen wrench and replace plugs (Pos. 23a) into the Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Shaft has moved downward and shaft
Remove only one Spacer. Then, tighten and torque the Coupling bolts to values in Seal Collar is resting on the tool.
step 29. Tighten and torque the Coupling bolts
to values in step 29.
32 33
Remove Spacer Tool, then spin the
shaft by hand; proceed only if the
shaft spins freely.
If the shaft does not spin freely:

Stop and start over, inspecting the
THE PUMP IS NOW
components for any cause of binding. COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED.
Open the isolation valves in the system
to fully vent and fill the pump.
Restore power supply.
Install the Coupling Guards (Pos. 7)
and the Screws (Pos. 7a). Using a
Torque Screwdriver, with a slotted or
a TORX® tip T20, torque to 1.5 ft.-lbs.
or 2 Nm.
Place Shaft Seal Spacer tool(s) on to
Coupling Guard(s).
15
UR01211-0M-00 Page 112 of 257
Order of Stage Assembly – Models C R, C
CR, CRR I, CR N 10
CR
Legend
A B C D E
49 49
Impeller 49
Impeller Impeller 3a
67
Lock Nut 64d Top Chamber
Spacing Pipe without
3 Guide Vanes
66 47a Top Chamber
Star Washer Bearing Ring 4 with Guide
Chamber - CPL Vanes 69a
4a Spacing Pipe
Chamber with
64c Bearing 69
Clamp Spacing Pipe 61
64 Stop Spacer
64a Spacing Pipe 61
Spacing Pipe Stop Spacer
Part Combination A Part Combination B Part Combination C Part Combination D Part Combination E
Number of impellers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 17 18 20 22 Stages
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B 1
E D C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Bottom chamber
2
D C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 3
D C C C C C C C C C C C C C 4
D C C C B C C C C C C C C 5
D C C C B C C B C C C C 6
X 26b D C C C C C C B B C C 7
Strap Bolt
26c
44b
D C C B C C C C C C 8
Strap Washer
Lower
Inlet Part D C C C C C C B C 9
26a D C B C C C C B 10
Strap
C C C C C C C 11
44a
Upper Inlet part D C B C C C C 12
with Retainer
& Seal Ring C C C C C C 13
End Combination X D C B B C C 14
C C C C C 15
NOTES:
D C C B C 16
Begin reassembly on this end
1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump C C C C 17

destaged), the thickness of the impeller back plate/hub area
must be compensated for. Use a longer spacer or
E D C B 18
combination of spacers that equal the thickness of back C C 19
plate/hub area material.
D C 20
2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be C 21
done "upside down," this chart has been arranged that way
for your convenience. Impeller eyelet (opening) faces
D 22
upward away from vise.
16
UR01211-0M-00 Page 113 of 257
CR, CRR N 10 (Low N
(Lo NPPSH)
Legend
A B- B C D
67 49
Nut Impeller 49 49
49i Impeller Impeller
66 Impeller 64d
Lock Washer Low NPSH Spacing Pipe 3
Upper
47a Chamber
64c 4b Bearing Ring 4
Clamp withGuide
Chamber Chamber Vane
4a
Chamber with 69
64b 64e Bearing 64 Spacing Pipe
Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe
6
64a Stop Spacer
Spacing Pipe
Part Combination A Part Combination B- Part Combination B Part Combination C Part Combination D
Nameplate number of impellers

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 17 18 20 22 Stages
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Bottom chamber
B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- 1
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B 2
E D C C C C C C C C C C C C C 3
D C C C B C C C C C C C C 4
D C C C B C C C C C C C 5
D C C C C C C C C C C 6
E D C C B C C B B C C 7
3a
Upper
Chamber
D C C C C C C B C 8
without Guide
Vane X 44b
Inlet Part Lower
D C B C C C C C 9
69a
26b
Screw
C C C C C C B 10
Spacing Bush 26c
Washer
D C B C C C C 11
61
Stop Spacer
26a
Strap
C C C C C C 12
26c
26c44d
Washer
Washer
Spacer
D C B B C C 13
Ring
Part Combination E
61 C C C C C 14
44c
Stop Spacer
Inlet Part
Upper
D C C B C 15
End Combination X C C C C 16
NOTES: E D C B 17
1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump destaged), the thickness of the
impeller back plate/hub area must be compensated for. Use a longer spacer or
C C 18
combination of spacers that equal the thickness of back plate/hub area material. D C 19
2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be done "upside down," this chart
has been arranged that way for your convenience. Impeller eyelet (opening) faces
C 20
upward away from vise.
D 21
3. Because the low NPSH chamber and impeller are twice the thickness of a standard 22
chamber, it has the performance of two impellers. Physically, there is one less chamber
in a stack than the number of stages listed on the pump label (example: CR10-22 only
has 21 chambers and impellers).
17
UR01211-0M-00 Page 114 of 257
Order of Stage Assembly – Models CR N 10 SF (Flipped Stack)
CR
Legend
67 D
A 46a B- Nut B C
O-Ring 49 49
46 66 Impeller Impeller
Discharge Lock Washer 49
Part 64d Impeller
64c Spacing Pipe 44a
Clamp Inlet Part
46b
O-Ring 47a Upper
47a Bearing Ring 4
Bearing Ring Chamber
26a 44b
Strap 64a 4a Inlet Part
Spacing Pipe Chamber
with Bearing 64
26c 4c Spacing Pipe 69
Washer Lower Spacing Pipe
26b Chamber with 64a 61
Screw Bearing Spacing Pipe Stop Spacer
Number of impellers
17 21
A A Stages
B- B- 1
C C 2
Bottom chamber
C C 3
C C 4
C C 5
C C 6
C C 7
B C 8
C C 9
C B 10
C C 11
C C 12
C C 13
B C 14
C C 15
C C 16
C C 17
NOTES: D B 18
1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed
(pump destaged), the thickness of the impeller C 19
back plate/hub area must be compensated for.
Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers
C 20
that equal the thickness of back plate/hub area C 21
material.
D 22
2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages
must be done "upside down," this chart has
been arranged that way for your convenience.
Impeller eyelet (opening) faces downward
toward vise.
18
UR01211-0M-00 Page 115 of 257
CR, CRR I, C
CRR N 15 & 20
Legend
A A- B B- C
49 49
67 Impeller Impeller 49
67 Nut Impeller
Lock Nut 64d 64d
66 Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe
Lock Washer
66 47a 47a
Star Washer Bearing Ring Bearing Ring 4
64c Chamber - CPL
Clamp 4a 4a
Chamber with Chamber with
64c Bearing Bearing
Clamp 64d
Spacing Pipe 64
64a 64f Spacing Pipe
Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe
Part Combination A Part Combination A- Part Combination B Part Combination B- Part Combination C
Number of impellers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 17 Stages
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
A- A- A A- A A- A A- A A A- A A
B- B B B B B B B B B B B B 1
Bottom chamber
E D C C C C C C C C C C C 2
D C C B C C B C C 5
D E D C C B C C B C 6
49
Impeller D C C B C C C 7
D C C C C B 8
3
Top Chamber
with Guide
D C B C C 9
Vanes 69a
Spacing Pipe D C C C 10
69
Spacing Pipe 61
Stop Spacer
C B C 11
61
Stop Spacer
D C C 12
Part Combination D Part Combination E C C 13

D B 14
X
26b NOTES:
C 15
Strap Bolt
26c
1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed
(pump destaged), the thickness of the impeller
C 16
44b
Strap Washer Lower
Inlet Part
back plate/hub area must be compensated for.
Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers that
D 17
equal the thickness of back plate/hub area
26a material.
Strap
2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages
44a must be done "upside down," this chart has been
Upper Inlet part arranged that way for your convenience. Impeller
with Retainer
& Seal Ring eyelet (opening) faces upward away from vise.
End Combination X
19
UR01211-0M-00 Page 116 of 257
CR, CRR I, C
CRR N 15 & 20 (lowN
(low PSH)
NP
Legend
67
A 67
Nut
A- A+ Nut B- 49i
B
67 66 49
Impeller Impeller
66 Nut Lock Washer Low NPSH
Lock Washer 64c
66 64b 64d
64c Lock Washer Clamp Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe
Clamp 64e
64c Spacing Pipe 47a 47a
64e Clamp Bearing Ring, Bearing Ring,
Spacing Pipe SiC SiC
64e 64b
64b Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe 4a 4a
Spacing Pipe Chamber with Chamber with
47a 47a Bearing Bearing
Bearing Ring, HM Bearing Ring, HM 47a
64e Bearing Ring, HM
64e 64a 64a
Spacing Pipe 64e Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe
Spacing Pipe Spacing Pipe
Part Combination A Part Combination A- Part Combination A+ Part Combination B- Part Combination B
Number of impellers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 17 Stages
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
A- A- A+ A- A+ A- A+ A A A- A- A- A
B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- 1
Bottom chamber
E D C C C C C C C C C C C 2
D C C B C C B C C 5
D E (*see note 1) D C C B C C B C 6
49
Impeller 3a
D C C B C C C 7
Top Chamber
without
Guide Vanes
D C C C C B 8
3
Top Chamber
with Guide
D C B C C 9
Vanes 69a
Spacing Pipe D C C C 10
69
Spacing Pipe 61
Stop Spacer
C B C 11
61
Stop Spacer
D C C 12
Part Combination D Part Combination E C C 13

D B 14
X
26b
NOTES:
1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump destaged), the
C 15
Strap Bolt
26c
thickness of the impeller back plate/hub area must be compensated
for. Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers that equal the
C 16
44b
Strap Washer
Lower
Inlet Part
thickness of back plate/hub area material. D 17
*Substitute E for D when destaging.
26a 2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be done
Strap
"upside down," this chart has been arranged that way for your
convenience. Impeller eyelet (opening) faces upward away from
44a vise.
Upper Inlet part
with Retainer 3. HM = Hard Metal - Tungsten Carbide
& Seal Ring
4. SiC = Sintered Silicon Carbide
End Combination X
20
UR01211-0M-00 Page 117 of 257
Order of Stage Assembly – Models CR N 15 & 20 SF (Flipped Stack)
CR
Legend
67 D
A 46a B- Nut B C
O-Ring 49 49
46 66 Impeller Impeller
Discharge Lock Washer 49
Part 64d Impeller
64c Spacing Pipe 44a
Clamp Inlet Part
46b
O-Ring 47a Upper
47a Bearing Ring 4
Bearing Ring Chamber
26a 44b
Strap 64a 4a Inlet Part
Spacing Pipe Chamber
with Bearing 64
26c 4c Spacing Pipe 69
Washer Lower Spacing Pipe
26b Chamber with 64a 61
Screw Bearing Spacing Pipe Stop Spacer
Number of impellers
9 11 17
A A A Stages
B- B- B- 1
C C C 2
Bottom chamber
C C C 3
C C C 4
C C C 5
C C C 6
B C C 7
C C B 8
C B C 9
C C C 10
D C C 11
D C 12
C 13
B 14
C 15
C 16
D 17
NOTES:
1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump destaged), the thickness of the impeller back plate/hub area must be compensated for.
Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers that equal the thickness of back plate/hub area material.
2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be done "upside down," this chart has been arranged that way for your convenience.
Impeller eyelet (opening) faces downward toward vise.
21
UR01211-0M-00 Page 118 of 257
Being responsible is our foundation
Thinking ahead makes it possible
Innovation is the essence
SM-DRC-136 06/06
PRINTED IN USA
GRUNDFOS Pumps Corporation GRUNDFOS Canada, Inc. Bombas GRUNDFOS de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
17100 W. 118th Terrace 2941 Brighton Road Boulevard TLC No. 15
Olathe, Kansas 66062 Oakville, Ontario L6H 6C9 Canada Parque Industrial Stiva Aeropuerto
Phone: 913.227.3400 Phone: 905.829.9533 Apodaca, N.L. Mexico 66600
Fax: 913.227.3500 Fax: 905.829.9512 Phone: 52.81.8144.4000
Fax: 52.81.8144.4010
www.grundfos.com
UR01211-0M-00 Page 119 of 257
GRUNDFOS
INDUSTRIAL SERVICE MANUAL
CRI10
Parts List & Kits
Contents
Parts List
Spare Part Kits
Accessories
Special Tools
Standard Tools
Tools for Torques
UR01211-0M-00 Page 120 of 257

Exploded View CRI10
60a
Double Seal &
37 Cool Top options
79a
37c
109a
23 23b
100a 77a
100a
23b 23
Cool Top
37
Tandem 105b
18 23
100a 100
77a
100a
23 23
100
105b
Back-to-Back
1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 121 of 257
Parts List & Kits CRI10
Pos. No. B.O.M. Material Included
No. Part Description Model Stages Used Comments/Dimensions Ref. No. No. in kits ?
PARTS LIST
1 Adapter for Motor Stool 8-14 1 For NEMA, 213/215TC, 7.5 - 10HP 96476208 No
16-18/17 1 For NEMA, F254TC, 15-20HP 96486329 No
14-22 1 For IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5 - 7.5kW 96486323 No
1 For IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW 96486326 No
2 Motor Stool Cat. Cast Iron, without insert pos. 77 2/1-2 1 NEMA, 56C, .75 - 2.0HP 96486290 No
3-7 1 NEMA, 182TC, Low, 3 - 5Hp 96486308 No
3-7 1 NEMA, 182TC, High, 3 - 5Hp (option) 96486314 No
8-14 1 Add Pos.1 for NEMA 213/215TC, 7.5-10HP 96486308 No
8-14 1 Add Pos.1 NEMA 213/215TC, 7.5-10HP (High opt.) 96486314 No
16-18/17 1 Add Pos. 1 for NEMA 254/256TC, 15-20HP 96486314 No
1 NEMA, 284/286TSC, 25HP 96486296 No
2/1 1 IEC, F85, MG 71, .37 - .55kW 96486266 No
2-3 1 IEC, F100, MG 80, .75 - 1.1kW 96486272 No
4-6 1 IEC, F115, MG 90, 1.5 - 2.2kW 96486278 No
7-12 1 IEC, F130, MG 100/112, 3.0 - 4.0 kW 96486284 No
14-22 1 Add Pos. 1 for IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5 - 7.5kW 96486308 No
1 Add Pos. 1 for IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW 96486314 No
3 Chamber, Top, Complete with guide vane 2-17 *1 Slotted to accept Strap, pos. 26a 96487783 No
3a Chamber N, Top, without guide vane 2/1&18/17 *1 Slotted to accept Strap, pos. 26a 96491220 No
3b Chamber without guide vane 3-22 *1 420015 No
4 Chamber complete with Pos. 45 & 65 2/1-22 ^^^ PTFE Pos.45 96487846 No
4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65 & Bearing 2/1-22 ^^^^ Silicon Carbide Brg, PTFE Pos.45 96487849 YES
Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65 & Brg. (option) 2/1-22 ^^^^ Graflon Bearing, PTFE Pos.45 96492496 YES
Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65 & Brg. (option) 2/1-22 ^^^^ Bronze Bearing, PTFE Pos.45 96492498 YES
4b Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65, (low NPSH opt.) 3-22 1 PTFE Pos.45 96505300 No
6 Base 2/1-6 1 Flexi -Clamp/Oval, SS. (max. 232 PSI), 50Hz to 16 stg. 96490789 No
2/1-16 1 For DN50 Flanges JIS, FGJ, ANSI, SS (max. 362 PSI) 96490704 No
2/1-22 1 Victaulic (PJE) 2", Stainless (max. 362 PSI) 96490828 No
7 Coupling Guard 2/1-3 50 Hz 2 IEC, F85-F100 96491001 YES
2/1-2 2 NEMA-56C; IEC-F115,130= 4 to 12 stage 96491002 YES
3-14 2 NEMA, 182-215TC (Low); IEC F115 - 265 to 22 stg. 96490657 YES
3-22 2 NEMA, 182-215TC (High),254TC-286TSC, IEC F300 96490656 YES
7a Screw for Coupling Guard 2/1-22 4 Screw comb. slot torx/straight slot 4 x 8mm 96488481 YES
9 Allen Screw 2/1-2 4 M6 x 20mm, Delta Seal 00ID7899 YES
7-12 4 M8 x 25mm, Delta Sl. use with pos..10a-480006 & 8 00ID7900 YES
3-22 4 M10 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7901 YES
10 Shaft Pin 2/1-22 1 ø5 x 26mm 310192 95061337 YES
10a Coupling Half (machined set) 2/1-2 1 NEMA, 56C, 1/3 - 2HP. ø15.9/ ø16mm 96516777 YES
3-7 1 NEMA, 182/184TC, 3-5HP. ø28.6/ø16mm (Std-Low) 96516774 YES
3-7 1 NEMA, 182/184TC, 3-5HP. ø28.6/ø16mm (Opt-High) 96516009 YES
8-14 1 NEMA, 213TC, 7.5-10HP. ø34.9/ø16mm (Std-Low) 96516775 YES
8-14 1 NEMA, 213TC, 7.5-10HP. ø34.9/ø16mm (Opt-High) 96516770 YES
16-18/17 1 NEMA, 254TC, 15-20HP. ø41.2/ø16mm (High) 96516771 YES
1 NEMA, 284/286TSC, 25HP. ø41.2/ø16mm 96516771 YES
Coupling Half 2/1 2 IEC, F85, MG71, .37-.55kW. ø14/ø16mm 480002 YES
2-3 2 IEC, F100, MG80,.75-1.1kW. ø19/ø16mm 480004 YES
4-6 2 IEC, F115, MG 90, 1.5-2.2kW. ø24/ø16mm 480006 YES
7-12 2 IEC, F130, MG100/112, 3-4 kW.ø28/ø16mm 480008 YES
Coupling Half (machined set) 14-22 1 IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. ø38/ø16mm 96516772 YES
1 IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0-18.5kW. ø42/ø16mm 96516008 YES
12 Oval Flange 2/1-6 2 Painted CI, 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT. Option (max. 232 PSI) 96493637 YES
2/1-6 2 Stainless, 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT. Option (max. 232 PSI) 96490775 YES
2/1-6 2 Painted CI, 2.0" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96493636 YES
2/1-6 2 Stainless, 2.0" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96490782 YES
Oval Flange, 50 Hz. models 2/1-16 2 Painted CI, RP 1-1/2" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 320054 No
2/1-16 2 Stainless, RP 1-1/2" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 96490773 No
2/1-16 2 Painted CI, RP 2.0" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 320045 No
2/1-16 2 Stainless, RP 2.0" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 96490781 No
12a Adapter Flg. for ANSI pos.201/Flexi Base (option) 2/1-6 2 Stainless, DN50 (max. 232 PSI) 50Hz. to 16 stage. 96491152 YES
12b Pipe Stub for Clamp/Flexi Base (option) 2/1-6 2 Stainless, Internal 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96498795 YES
2/1-6 2 Stainless, Internal 2.0" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96498796 YES
2/1-6 2 Stainless, Internal 2-1/2" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96498797 YES
2/1-16 2 Stainless, RP 2" (max. 232 PSI) 330199 No
2/1-16 2 SS.. DN50 ø60.3x2.9mm Welding Flg. (max. 232 PSI) 330207 No
12c Clamp for Flexi Base & pos. 12b (option) 2/1-16 2 Stainless, (max. 232 PSI) 00ID7195 YES
18 Priming/Vent Plug 2/1-22 * G 1/2A, NV24 with NV9 x M8 stem 405150 95061351 YES
23 Plug 2/1-22 ** G 1/2A, w/1/4" NPT threaded port, NV24 91120659 YES
Plug (option) 2/1-22 ** G 1/2A, Solid no port, NV24 370025 95061733 YES
23b Plug Vented for Pos. 77a Cool Top option only 2/1-22 2 G 1/2A, Vented, NV25 96510323 No
23c Pipe Plug for Pos. 23 & 25 with hollow stem 2/1-22 ** 1/4" NPT, SS SQHD 00ID7216 YES
25 Drain Plug without O-rings 2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 with solid stem 96491043 YES
Drain/Priming Plug Cpl. w/O-rings, opt. for gauge 2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, EPDM 96528428 No
2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, FKM 96528429 No
2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, FXM 96528431 No
2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, FFKM 96528430 No
Due to part changes over time, all This column indicates which pump model uses the spare part.
position numbers (1-203) may not be used. If blank, the part is used in all models.
2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 122 of 257
PARTS LIST
26 Staybolt 2/1-2 4 M16 x 240mm 96492802 No
3 4 M16 x 270mm 96492803 No
4 4 M16 x 300mm 96492804 No
5 4 M16 x 330mm 96492806 No
6 4 M16 x 360mm 96492807 No
7 4 M16 x 390mm 96492808 No
8 4 M16 x 420mm 96492850 No
9 4 M16 x 450mm 96492851 No
10 4 M16 x 480mm 96492852 No
12 4 M16 x 540mm 96492854 No
14 4 M16 x 600mm 96492856 No
16 4 M16 x 660mm 96492858 No
18/17 4 M16 x 720mm 96492859 No
20 4 M16 x 780mm, 50 Hz. 96492860 No
22 4 M16 x 840mm, 50 Hz. 96492862 No
Staybolt (Back-to-Back, Tandem Seal & Cool Top 2/1-2 4 M16 x 330mm 96492806 No
option) 3 4 M16 x 360mm 96492807 No
4 4 M16 x 390mm 96492808 No
5 4 M16 x 420mm 96492850 No
6 4 M16 x 450mm 96492851 No
7 4 M16 x 480mm 96492852 No
8 4 M16 x 510mm 96512253 No
9 4 M16 x 540mm 96492854 No
10 4 M16 x 570mm 96512254 No
12 4 M16 x 630mm 96492857 No
14 4 M16 x 690mm 96512256 No
16 4 M16 x 750mm 96512257 No
18/17 4 M16 x 810mm 96492861 No
20 4 M16 x 870mm, 50 Hz. 96512148 No
22 4 M16 x 930mm, 50 Hz. 96512150 No
26a Strap 2/1-2 2 L*= 78.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487758 No
3 2 L*= 108.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487760 No
18/17 2 L*= 558.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487777 No
20: 50 Hz. 2 L*= 618.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487778 No
22: 50 Hz. 2 L*= 678.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487781 No
26b Bolt for Pos 26a 2/1-22 2 M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 No
26c Washer for Pos 26b 2/1-22 2 A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 No
28 Motor Bolt 2/1-2 4 NEMA, 56C, 1/3 - 2HP. UNC 3/8" x 25mm 00ID1839 No
3-7 4 NEMA, 182/184TC, 3 - 5HP.UNC1/2" x 25mm 00ID1840 No
8-14 4 NEMA, 213TC, 7.5 -10HP. JR 1/2" x 1.25" UNC 00ID0185 No
16-18/17 4 NEMA, 254TC, 15HP. 1/2" x 2.5" UNC 96491112 No
2/1 4 IEC, F85, MG71, .37-.55kW. M6 x 20mm 00ID8022 No
2-3 4 IEC, F100, MG80,.75-1.1kW. M6 x 25mm 00ID8023 No
4-6 4 IEC, F115, MG 90, 1.5-2.2kW. M8 x 20mm 00ID8024 No
7-12 4 IEC, F130, MG100/112, 3-4 kW. M8 x 25mm 00ID8025 No
14-22 4 IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. M12 x 25mm 00ID7915 No
4 IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW. M12 x 25mm 00ID7915 No
28a Motor Bolt 14-22 4 IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. M12 x 30mm 00ID7904 No
4 IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW. M16 x 45mm 00ID7905 No
35 Hexagon Head Screw for SS 2" Oval Flange 2/1-6 4 M12x80mm ISO 4014 00ID9241 Yes
Hexagon Head Screw for Cast Iron Oval Flg. 2/1/-16 4 M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931 96502505 Yes
35b Screw for Clamp Pos.12c (Flexi opt.) 2/1-6 4 M10 x 45mm 00ID7189 Yes
35c Nut for Screw Pos. 35b for Clp. Pos. 12c (Flexi opt.) 2/1-6 4 Nut RR M10 00ID3570 Yes
36 Staybolt Nut 2/1-22 4 24mm x M16, Delta Seal 00ID7908 No
36a Nut for motor bolt IEC MG 160 models 4 24mm x M16, Delta Seal 00ID7908 No
36b Nut for flange Hex. Screw pos. 35 4 19mm x M12, 96550564 Yes
4 19mm x M12, 316 SS. 00ID0876 No
4 19mm x M12, Delta Seal 00ID7917 Yes
37(a) Sleeve O-ring 2/1-22 EPDM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483101 Yes
2/1-22 FKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483102 Yes
37b Sleeve O-ring (option) 2/1-22 2 FXM, ø171.25 x 3.3mm 96483109 Yes
Sleeve O-ring (option) 2/1-22 2 FFKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483140 Yes
37c Disc plate O-ring (Cool Top option only) 2/1-22 1 EPDM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96509703 Yes
2/1-22 1 FKM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96480168 Yes
3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 123 of 257
PARTS LIST
38 Drain Plug O-ring 2/1-22 1 EPDM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 Yes
2/1-22 1 FKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 Yes
Drain Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 1 FXM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96442869 Yes
Drain Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 1 FFKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96428162 Yes
38a Drain Plug O-Ring 2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, EPDM 00ID2142 Yes
2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, FKM 00ID3945 Yes
Drain Plug O-Ring (option) 2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, FXM, black 96511292 Yes
Drain Plug O-Ring (option) 2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, FFKM 96511293 Yes
39 Gasket for Oval Flange 2/1-6 2 K, 124mm x ø80/ø59 x2mm, 50 to 16 stage 320120 Yes
2/1-6 2 K, 122mm x ø60/ø44 x 2mm (use with 1-1/2" flg.) 420039 Yes
39b O-ring for Flexi Clamp FGJ Flange (option) 2/1-6 2 EPDM, ø64.5 x 3mm 00ID2143 Yes
2/1-16 2 FKM, ø64.5 x 3mm 00ID4038 Yes
O-ring for Clamp, Thread stub-Union (option) 2/1-6 2 EPDM, ø71.0 x 4mm 00ID7192 Yes
2/1-16 2 FKM, ø71.0 x 4mm 00ID7193 Yes
44a Inlet upper with pos.45 & 65 2/1-22 1 96489070 No
44c Inlet upper N with pos.45 & 65 (low NPSH option) 2/1-22 1 96489039 No
44b Inlet lower, machined 2/1-22 1 96488000 No
44d Spacer ring N for low NPSH pos. 44c 2/1-22 1 96505491 No
45 Neck Ring 2/1-22 # imp.- ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 Yes
Neck Ring (low NPSH option) 2/1-22 1 ø75.8 x ø59.95 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487400 Yes
47a Bearing Ring/Spacer 2/1-22 ^^^^ SiC 150, ø23.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 14mm 96482117 Yes
Bearing Ring/Spacer 2/1-22 ^^^^ SiC 150, ø23.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 14mm 96482117 Yes
Brg. Ring/Spacer (option for Graflon / Brz. 4a) 2/1-22 ^^^^ TC, ø21.9 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 14mm 330085 95061371 Yes
49 Impeller 2/1-22 # stgs- ø92.9 x ø44.0 x 13.6mm (back-plate 1.0mm) 96487817 No
49i Impeller N (low NPSH option) 3-22 1 ø104.8 x ø59.85 x 25.4mm (back-plate 1.5mm) 96476527 No
51 Shaft, Complete 2/1-2 1 ø16 x 179.0mm, 431 SS 96489224 No
3 1 ø16 x 209.0mm, 431 SS 96490794 No
4 1 ø16 x 239.0mm, 431 SS 96490796 No
5 1 ø16 x 269.0mm, 431 SS 96490870 No
6 1 ø16 x 299.0mm, 431 SS 96490872 No
7 1 ø16 x 329.0mm, 431 SS 96490874 No
8 1 ø16 x 359.0mm, 431 SS 96490878 No
9 1 ø16 x 389.0mm, 431 SS 96490880 No
10 1 ø16 x 419.0mm, 431 SS 96490882 No
12 1 ø16 x 479.0mm, 431 SS 96490886 No
14 1 ø16 x 539.0mm, 431 SS 96490890 No
16 1 ø16 x 599.0mm, 431 SS 96490894 No
18/17 1 ø16 x 659.0mm, 431 SS 96490896 No
20 1 ø16 x 719.0mm, 431 SS, 50 Hz 96490898 No
22 1 ø16 x 779.0mm, 431 SS, 50 Hz 96490913 No
Shaft, Cpl. (Back-to-Back, Tandem Seal & Cool Top 2/1-2 1 ø16 x 269.0mm, 329 SS 96507534 No
option) 3 1 ø16 x 299.0mm, 329 SS 96507538 No
4 1 ø16 x 329.0mm, 329 SS 96507539 No
5 1 ø16 x 359.0mm, 329 SS 96507571 No
6 1 ø16 x 389.0mm, 329 SS 96507572 No
7 1 ø16 x 419.0mm, 329 SS 96507573 No
8 1 ø16 x 449.0mm, 329 SS 96507575 No
9 1 ø16 x 479.0mm, 329 SS 96507576 No
10 1 ø16 x 509.0mm, 329 SS 96507577 No
12 1 ø16 x 569.0mm, 329 SS 96507579 No
14 1 ø16 x 629.0mm, 329 SS 96507581 No
16 1 ø16 x 689.0mm, 329 SS 96507583 No
18/17 1 ø16 x 749.0mm, 329 SS 96507584 No
20 1 ø16 x 809.0mm, 329 SS, 50 Hz 96507585 No
22 1 ø16 x 869.0mm, 329 SS, 50 Hz 96507587 No
55 Outer Sleeve 2/1-2 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 74.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96485420 No
3 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 104.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489762 No
4 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 134.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489763 No
5 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 164.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489765 No
6 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 194.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489766 No
7 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 224.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489838 No
8 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 254.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489768 No
9 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 284.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489769 No
10 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 314.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489770 No
12 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 374.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489829 No
14 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 434.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489830 No
16 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 494.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489832 No
18/17 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 554.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489833 No
20 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 614.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS, 50Hz 96489834 No
22 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 674.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS, 50Hz 96489859 No
56 Base Plate (Low) for PJE / Flexi-clamp Pos.6 2/1-22 1 Cast Iron (Used on 50 Hz models) 96493006 No
B. P. (High) for PJE/Flexi-clamp w/FGJ Pos.6 2/1-22 1 Cast Iron (All 60 Hz; On 50 Hz. FGJ models) 96493003 No
Base Plate N (Low) for PJE / Flexi-clamp Pos.6 GI 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless (Used on 50 Hz models) 96490808 No
B. P. N (High) for PJE/Flexi-clamp w/FGJ Pos.6 GI 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless (All 60 Hz; On 50 Hz FGJ models) 96490806 No
4
UR01211-0M-00 Page 124 of 257
PARTS LIST
60 Stack Compression Spring 2/1-22 4 ø11.0 x ø7.0 x 15.5mm, EPDM 96503070 YES
2/1-22 4 ø11.0 x ø7.0 x 15.5mm, FKM 96503072 YES
60a Stack Compression Spring (option) 2/1-22 4 ø11.0 x ø7.0 x 15.5mm, PTFE 96503071 YES
61 Stop spacer 2/1-22 1 ø29.0 x ø18.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 9.5 x 2mm 330072 95061584 YES
62 Stop ring 2/1-22 1 ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 YES
64 Spacing Pipe 2/1-22 ^^^ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 29.05mm 331404 95061499 No
64a Spacing Pipe 2/1&18/17 ^^^^ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 9.0mm 96495333 YES
64b Spacing Pipe (low NPSH option only) 2/1&18/17 2 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 10.05mm 331402 95061472 No
64c Clamp, Splined 2/1-22 1 ø21.5 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 12.7mm 96496311 YES
64d Spacing Pipe 2/1-22 ^^^^ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 No
64e Spacing Pipe (low NPSH option only) 2/1-22 1 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 38.0mm 331406 95061629 No
64g Spacing Pipe (de-staging 2 impellers option only) 3-22 1 per ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 30.0mm (use with 3b only) 331410 No
de-stg
65 Neck Ring Retainer N 2/1-22 # stgs- ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 YES
Neck Ring Retainer N (low NPSH option) 2/1-22 1 ø78.8 x ø61.5 x 6.7mm 330059 No
66 Lock Washer Set for Shaft 2/1-22 1 ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 YES
66a Washer for Staybolt 2/1-22 4 DIN 125A, ø30 x ø17 x 2.5mm, Delta Seal 96430378 No
67 Lock Nut for Shaft 2/1-22 1 13mm x M8 96496488 YES
69 Spacing Pipe 2/1-22 \ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 18.0mm 96491536 No
69a Spacing Pipe (de-staging 1 impeller option only) 2/1&18/17 1 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 19.0mm (use with 3a only) 331409 95062143 No
76 Nameplate 2/1-22 1 304SS, 60 x 45mm 96563333 No
76a Rivet for Nameplate 2/1-22 2 304SS, ø3 x 5mm 96022882 No
77 Pump Head Cover for motor stool pos. 2 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96490647 No
77a Pump Head Cover for Tandem Seal & Cool Top 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96505487 No
Pump Head Cover for Back-to-Back 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96505488 No
79a Disc / Plate complete w/79b & c for Cool Top 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96511281 No
79b Bushing for Disc / Plate 79a 2/1-22 1 Graflon 96505571 No
79c Retaining Ring for 79b 2/1-22 1 Stainless 96510985 No
100 Priming/Vent Plug O-ring 2/1-22 EPDM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 YES
2/1-22 FKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 YES
100aPriming/Vent Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 FFKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96428162 YES
Priming/Vent Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 FXM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96442869 YES
105(b) Shaft Seal HQBE 2/1-22 *** SiC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, EPDM 96484076 YES
Shaft Seal HQBV 2/1-22 *** SiC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FKM 96484077 YES
Shaft Seal HQQE 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, EPDM 96484071 YES
Shaft Seal HQQV 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, FKM 96484072 YES
Shaft Seal HQQF (option) 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, FXM 96484075 YES
Shaft Seal HQQK (option) 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, FFKM 96484074 YES
Shaft Seal HUBE 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, EPDM 96483952 YES
Shaft Seal HUBV 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FKM 96483964 YES
Shaft Seal HUBF (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FXM 96483966 YES
Shaft Seal HUBK (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FFKM 96483965 YES
Shaft Seal HUUE 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, EPDM 96483967 YES
Shaft Seal HUUV 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, FKM 96483968 YES
Shaft Seal HUUF (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, FXM 96484070 YES
Shaft Seal HUUK (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, FFKM 96483969 YES
109a O-ring for Disk Plate 79a (Cool Top option only) 2/1-22 1 ø27.2 x 2.75mm, EPDM 96483103 YES
2/1-22 1 ø27.2 x 2.75mm, FKM 96483104 YES
2/1-22 1 ø27.2 x 2.75mm, FXM 96483141 YES
116 Counter Nut for Pipe 117 2/1-22 2 NV24, internal G1/2, 316SS 96506709 YES
117 Air Vent Pipe for 118 2/1-14 1 G1/2, 316SS, 56C-213TC .33-10HP; .37 to 7.5 kW 330272 YES
16-18/17 1 G1/2, 254TC - 286TSC 15-25HP., 11.0 to 18.5kW 96521537 YES
118 Air Vent 2/1-22 1 Air vent type 1511-AV - 5/6430 96427483 YES
201 Flange, FGJ 2/1-22 2 ANSI, DIN, JIS. DN50 Cast Iron GGG50 96476189 YES
GI 2/1-22 2 ANSI, DIN, JIS. DN50 Stainless 96476184 YES
203 Lock Ring for Flange 2/1-22 2 ø91.6x 5.0mm Stainless 96475396 YES
See Notes on next page.
5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 125 of 257
NOTES: Key to Symbols

The first number is total number of stages. KITS ....... Recommended spare part
The second number behind the slash (/) equals the number of impellers. Ø ....... Diameter
ANSI ....... American National Standards Institute
Example: a CRI10-2/1 has 2 chambers and 1 impeller (de-staged by 1). CPL ....... Complete Assembly – these parts consist of more than one component
EPDM ....... Ethylene Propylene (also known as EPR and EPT) – an elastic
*1 2 to 16 and 18 to 22 stage use position 3 substance similar to rubber
2 /1 and 18/17 stage use position 3a FFKM ....... Kalrez Elastomer made by DuPont
De-staging by two impellers use one 3a and one 3b FKM ....... Fluoro Elastomer (generic for Viton)
FXM ....... Fluoraz Elastomer made by Greene Tweed
^^^ 2/1 and 2 stage use 0 IEC ....... International Electro-technical Commission (European standards)
3 to 8 stage = # of stages less 2 M ....... International standard thread size designation (thread diameter in mm)
9 to 14 stage = # of stages less 3 mm ....... Mil limeter
16 to 22 stage = # of stages less 4 MG ....... Identifies Grundfos motor type/size
Exception to the above: low NPSH models N ....... Stamp code for 316 SS or similar
4/2 and 4/3 stage use 0 NBR ....... Buna - N (also known as Nitrile) – an elastic substance similar to rubber
5/4 to 8/7 stage = # of stages less 4 NEMA ....... National Electrical Manufacturers Association
9/8 to 16/15 stage = # of stages less 5 NPSH ....... Net Positive Suction Head
18/16 to 22/21 stage = # of stages less 6 PTFE ....... Teflon
De-staging by two impellers use 1 less than stated above SiC ....... Sil icon Carbide
SS ....... Stainless Steel
^^^^ 2/1 to 8 stage = use 1 TC ....... Tungsten Carbide
9 to 14 stage = use 2 UNC ....... Unified National Coarse – a standard for threads on bolts
16 to 22 stage = use 3
Exception to the above: low NPSH models
16/15 stage = use 2
18 stage and up= use 3
* Standard use 1. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 2

** Standard use 1. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 2
*** Standard use 1. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 2
\ Standard use 1. CR(I,N)10-2/1 and 10-18/17 replace with pos. 69a
# stgs- Use the number of stages in standard models,

less one in de-staged and Low NPSH models.
# imp.- Use the number of stages in standard models,

less one in de-staged and Low NPSH models.
Standard use 2. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 3,

Cool Top use 1 EPDM or FKM and 2 FXM in lower hot section of pump.
Standard use 2. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 6.
L* Is a tip-to-tip length which includes the bends for slot engagement.

Bottom tip to bend is 4.5mm shorter than the tip to tip value.
6
UR01211-0M-00 Page 126 of 257
Spare Part Kits CRI10
SPARE PART KITS
Since certain pump parts can be expected to exhibit wear at the same time as related pump parts, they have been grouped into the
following kits for your convenience. The numbers indicate the quantity of the part within each kit. Please order these kits using the kit
material number at the top of the columns.
CR(I, N)10 SiC Bearing
WEAR PARTS KIT 1-8 Kit No. 96511889
WEAR PARTS KIT 9-14 Kit No. 96511922 STACK KITS (SiC) Pos.80
WEAR PARTS KIT 15-22 Kit No. 96511925 Model Material No.
Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit CRI10-2/1 96491694
4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos.45 & 65 & SiC Bearing 96487849 1 2 3 CRI10-2 96491695
26b Bolt for strap, M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 2 2 2 CRI10-3 96491696
26c Washer for strap, A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 2 2 2 CRI10-4 96491697
45 Neck Ring, ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 7 12 19 CRI10-5 96491698
47a Bearing Ring/Spacer, SiC 150, ø23.4 x 14mm 96482117 1 2 3 CRI10-6 96491699
61 Stop Spacer,ø29.0 x ø18.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 9.5 x 2mm 330072 1 1 1
CRI10-7 96491700
62 Stop Ring, ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 1 1 1
CRI10-8 96491701
64a Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 9.0mm 96495333 1 2 3
64c Clamp, Splined, ø21.5 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 12.7mm 96496311 1 1 1
CRI10-9 96491702
64d Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 1 2 3 CRI10-10 96491703
65 Neck Ring Retainer, N, ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 7 12 19 CRI10-12 96491704
66 Lock Washer Set of 2, ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 1 1 1 CRI10-14 96491705
67 Lock Nut, 13mm x M8 96496488 1 1 1 CRI10-16 96491706
CRI10-18/17 96529404
CR(I, N )10 Graflon Bearing *** CRI10-18 96491707
WEAR PARTS KIT 1-8 Kit No. 96511921 *** CRI10-20 96491708
WEAR PARTS KIT 9-14 Kit No. 96511924 *** CRI10-22 96491709
***For 50 Hz operation only.
Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit
4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos.45 & 65 & Graflon Bearing 96492496 1 2 3
26b Bolt for strap, M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 2 2 2
26c Washer for strap, A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 2 2 2
45 Neck Ring, ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 7 12 19
47a Bearing Ring/Spacer, TC 150, ø21.9 x 14mm 330085 1 2 3
62 Stop Ring, ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 1 1 1
64d Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 1 2 3
65 Neck Ring Retainer, N, ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 7 12 19
66 Lock Washer Set of 2, ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 1 1 1
67 Lock Nut, 13mm x M8 96496488 1 1 1
CR(I )10 Bronze Bearing

4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos.45 & 65 & Bronze Bearing 96492498 1 2 3
26b Bolt for strap, M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 2 2 2
26c Washer for strap, A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 2 2 2
45 Neck Ring, ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 7 12 19
47a Bearing Ring/Spacer, TC 150, ø21.9 x 14mm 330085 1 2 3
62 Stop Ring, ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 1 1 1
64d Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 1 2 3
65 Neck Ring Retainer, N, ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 7 12 19
66 Lock Washer Set of 2, ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 1 1 1
67 Lock Nut, 13mm x M8 96496488 1 1 1
GASKET KIT (EPDM) Kit No. 96509609

GASKET KIT (FKM) Kit No. 96509610
GASKET KIT (FXM) Kit No. 96534871
GASKET KIT (FFKM) Kit No. 96533374
GASKET KIT (EPDM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525433
GASKET KIT (FKM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525434
GASKET KIT (FFKM/EPDM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525435
GASKET KIT (FFKM/FKM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525436
GASKET KIT (EPDM)-Cool Top option. Kit No. 96525419
GASKET KIT (FKM)-Cool Top option. Kit No. 96525431
GASKET KIT (FXM/EPDM)-Cool Top option. Kit No. 96525432
37 Sleeve O-ring, EPDM (WRC NSF), ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483101 2 3 1 3 1
Sleeve O-ring, FKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483102 2 3 1 3
37b Sleeve O-ring, FXM, ø171.25 x 3.3mm 96483109 2 2
Sleeve O-ring, FFKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483140 2 2 2
37c Disc Plate O-ring, EPDM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96509703 1 1
Disc Plate O-ring, FKM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96480168 1
38,100(a,b) Drain Plug O-ring, EPDM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 3 7 4 4 1
Drain Plug O-ring, FKM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 3 7 4 4
Drain Plug O-ring, FXM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96442869 3 3
Drain Plug O-ring, FFKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96428162 3 3 3
38a Drain Plug O-ring, EPDM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2142 1 1 1
Drain Plug O-ring, FKM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID3945 1 1
Drain Plug O-ring, FXM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 96511292 1 1
Drain Plug O-ring, FFKM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 96511293 1 1 1
39 Flange O-ring, EPDM, ø90 x 3mm 96496200 2 2
Flange O-ring, FKM, ø90 x 3mm 00ID2856 2 2
Flange gasket, Fiber, 122mm x ø60 x ø44 x 2mm 420039 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Flange gasket, Fiber, ø102 x ø65 x 2mm 330035 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Flange gasket, Fiber, ø92 x ø49 x 2mm 00ID2582 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
60(a) Stack Compression Spg., EPDM, ø11.0xø7.0x15.5mm 96503070 4 4 8 4
Stack Compression Spg., FKM, ø11.0xø7.0x15.5mm 96503072 4 4 8
Stack Compression Spg., PTFE, ø11.0xø7.0x15.5mm 96503071 4 4 4 4 4
109a Disc Plate O-ring, EPDM, ø27.5.0 x 2.75mm 96483103 1
Disc Plate O-ring, FKM, ø27.5 x 2.75mm 96483104 1
Disc Plate O-ring, FXM, ø27.5 x 2.75mm 96483141 1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 127 of 257

SPARE PART KITS (Continued)
HQxx SHAFT SEAL KIT, BALANCED CARTRIDGE Kit No. 96511848
(Maximum allowed working PSI is 435) Kit No. 96511849
(Tandem Seal option Pumps require 2 of each Seal Kit) Kit No. 96511844
Kit No. 96511847
Kit No. 96511846
Kit No. 96511845
105 HQBE 96484076* 1
HQBV 96484077* 1
HQQE 96484071* 1
HQQF 96484075* 1
HQQK 96484074* 1
HQQV 96484072* 1
N/A Grinding Device Tool for Emery Cloth 370711 1 1 1 1 1 1
N/A Emery Cloth 370712 1 1 1 1 1 1
* Seal material number includes the Adjusting fork 96483950.
HUxx SHAFT SEAL KIT, BALANCED CARTRIDGE Kit No. 96511836

(Maximum allowed working PSI is 435) Kit No. 96511839
(Tandem Seal option Pumps require 2 of each Seal Kit) Kit No. 96511838
Kit No. 96511837
Kit No. 96511840
Kit No. 96511843
Kit No. 96511842
Kit No. 96511841
105 HUBE 96483952* 1
HUBF 96483966* 1
HUBK 96483965* 1
HUBV 96483964* 1
HUUE 96483967* 1
HUUF 96484070* 1
HUUK 96483969* 1
HUUV 96483968* 1
N/A Grinding Device Tool for Emery Cloth 370711 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
N/A Emery Cloth 370712 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
* Seal material number includes the Adjusting fork 96483950.
IEC COUPLING KIT

ø14/ø16 Kit No. 96511315
ø19/ø16 Kit No. 96511317
ø24/ø16 Kit No. 96511319
ø28/ø16 Kit No. 96511350
ø38/ø16 Kit No. 96511351
ø42/ø16 Kit No. 96511352
9 Allen Screw, M6 x 20mm, Delta Seal 00ID7899 4 4
Allen Screw, M8 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7900 4 4
Allen Screw, M10 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7901 4 4
10 Shaft Pin, ø5 x 26mm, Stainless 310192 1 1 1 1 1 1
10a Coupling Half, F85, MG71, .37-.55kW. ø14/ø16 480002 2
Coupling Half, F100, MG80,.75-1.1kW. ø19/ø16 480004 2
Coupling Half, F115, MG 90, 1.5-2.2kW. ø24/ø16 480006 2
Coupling Half, F130, MG100/112, 3.0-4.0 kW.ø28/ø16 480008 2
Coupling mach. set, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. ø38/ø16 96516772 1
Coupling mach. set, F300 MG160, 11.0-18.5kW.ø42/ø16 96516008 1
N/A Adjusting Fork 96483950 1 1 1 1 1 1
NEMA COUPLING KIT

ø15.9/ø16 Kit No. 96511353
ø28.6/ø16 (Standard- Low) Kit No. 96511354
ø28.6/ø16 (Option- High) Kit No. 96753660
ø34.9/ø16 (Standard-Low) Kit No. 96511355
ø34.9/ø16 (Option- High) Kit No. 96753661
ø41.3/ø16 Kit No. 96511356
9 Allen Screw, M6 x 20mm, Delta Seal 00ID7899 4
Allen Screw, M10 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7901 4 4 4 4 4
10 Shaft Pin, ø5 x 26mm, Stainless 310192 1 1 1 1 1 1
10a Coupling. Half set, 56C, 1/3 - 2HP. ø15.8 / ø16 96516777 1
Cplg. Half set, 182/184TC, 3-5HP, std.-low, ø28.5/ø16 96516774 1
Cplg. Half set, 182/184TC, 3-5HP, opt.-high, ø28.5/ø16 96516009 1
Cplg. Half set, 213TC, 7.5-10HP, std.low, ø34.9/ø16 96472175 1
Cplg. Half set, 213TC, 7.5-10HP, opt.-high, ø34.9/ø16 96516770 1
Cplg. Half set, 254TC-284/286TSC,15-25HP. ø41.2/ø16 96516771 1
N/A Adjusting Fork 96483950 1 1 1 1
COUPLING GUARD KIT

IEC, F85-F100, .37 to 1.1 kW Kit No. 96509611
NEMA 56C, 1/3-2HP; IEC-F115-130, 1.5-4.0kW Kit No. 96509612
NEMA 182-215TC (Low)3-10HP; IEC F115 - 265, 1.5-4.0kW Kit No. 96509613
NEMA 182-215TC (High) & 254TC-286TSC, 3 -25HP. IEC F300, 11-18.5kW Kit No. 96509614
7 Coupling Guard, W=127mm x H=70mm 96491001 2
Coupling Guard, W=127mm x H=90.5mm 96491002 2
Coupling Guard, W=157mm x H=125mm 96490657 2
Coupling Guard, W=157mm x H=171mm 96490656 2
7a Screw comb.slot torx/straight slot 4 x 8mm 96488481 4 4 4 4
8
UR01211-0M-00 Page 128 of 257
PLUG KIT
Kit No. 96511314
18 Priming/Vent Plug, G 1/2A, NV24 with NV9 x M8 stem 405150 1
23 G 1/2A, w/1/4" NPT threaded port, NV24 91120659 1
23c 1/4" NPT,SS SQHD 00ID7216 1
25 Drain Plug-solid stem, without O-rings, G 1/2A, NV24 96491043 1
38 O-ring, EPDM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 1
O-ring, FKM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 1
38a Drain Plug O-ring, EPDM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2142 1
Drain Plug O-ring, FKM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID3945 1
100 O-ring, EPDM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 2
O-ring, FKM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 2
FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI10, 15, & 20

1-1/2" Threaded Cast Iron ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No. 96498841

12 Flange, Cast Iron, 1-1/2" - 11.5 NPT 96493637 2
35 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931, Delta Seal 96502505 4
36b Nut, CS M12 x NV19mm, w/Delta Seal 00ID7917 4
39 Gasket , 122mm x ø60/ø44 x 2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 420039 2
FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI (N)10, 15, & 20

1-1/2" Stainless Steel ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No. 96498837

12 Flange, Stainless Steel 1-1/2" - 11.5 NPT 96490775 2
35 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 80mm, ISO4014, DIN931 00ID9241 4
36b Nut, M12 x NV19mm, 316SS 00ID0876 4
39 Gasket , 122mm x ø60/ø44 x 2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 420039 2
FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI10, 15, & 20

2" Threaded Cast Iron ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No. 96498838

12 Flange, Cast Iron, 2" - 11.5 NPT 96493636 2
35 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931, Delta Seal 96502505 4
36b Nut, CS M12 x NV19mm, w/Delta Seal 00ID7917 4
39 Gasket , 124mm x ø80/ø59 x2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 320120 2
FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI (N)10, 15, & 20

2" Stainless Steel ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No. 96498839

12 Flange, Stainless Steel 2" - 11.5 NPT 96490782 2
35 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 80mm, ISO4014, DIN931 00ID9241 4
36b Nut, M12 x NV19mm, 316SS 00ID0876 4
39 Gasket , 124mm x ø80/ø59 x2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 320120 2
FLEXI CLAMP FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 20

2" Cast Iron Flange EPDM Kit No. 96511400
(Conversion max. allowable operating pressure 232 ) FKM Kit No. 96511401

12a Adapter Flange DN50 for ANSI pos.201/Flexi Base (232 PSI) 96491152 2 2
35 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931, Delta Seal 96502505 4 4
36b Nut, CS M12 x NV19mm, w/Delta Seal 00ID7917 4 4
39b O -ring,EPD M ,ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID2143 2
O -ring,FKM ,ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID4038 2
201 Flange, AN SI,D IN ,JIS,C astIron 96476189 2 2
203 Lock Ring, Stainless 96475396 2 2
FLEXI CLAMP FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 20

2" Stainless Steel Flange EPDM Kit No. 96511402
(Conversion max. allowable operating pressure 232 ) FKM Kit No. 96511403

12a Adapter Flange DN50 for ANSI pos.201/Flexi Base (232 PSI) 96491152 2 2
35 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 80mm, ISO4014, DIN931 00ID9241 4 4
36b Nut, M12 x NV19mm, 316SS 00ID0876 4 4
39b O -ring,EPD M ,ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID2143 2
O -ring,FKM ,ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID4038 2
201 Flange, AN SI,D IN ,JIS,Stainless Steel 96476184 2 2
203 Lock Ring, Stainless 96475396 2 2
9
UR01211-0M-00 Page 129 of 257
Spare Part Kits • Accessories CRI10
FLEXI CLAMP KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 20

1-1/2" Internal Threaded SS Pipe Stub ( 232 PSI Max.) EPDM Kit No. 96500271
FKM Kit No. 96500272

12b Stainless, Internal 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT 96498795 2 2
12c Clamp for Flexi Base & pos.12b 00ID7195 4 4
35b Screw for Pos. 12c, M10 x 45mm - A2, RR DIN933 00ID7189 4 4
35c N utforPos.35b,M 10,304SS, A2,R R D IN 934 00ID3570 4 4
39b O -ring,EPD M ,ø71.0 x 4.0m m 00ID7192 2
O-ring, FKM, ø71.0 x 4.0mm 00ID7193 2

2" Internal Threaded SS Pipe Stub ( 232 PSI Max.) EPDM Kit No. 96500273

12b Stainless, Internal 2" -11.5 NPT 96498796 2 2
O-ring, FKM, ø71.0 x 4.0mm 00ID7193 2

2-1/2" Internal Threaded SS Pipe Stub ( 232 PSI Max.) EPDM Kit No. 96508602

12b Stainless, Internal 2" -11.5 NPT 96498797 2 2
O-ring, FKM, ø71.0 x 4.0mm 00ID7193 2
Air Vent Kit

56C to 213TC .33-10HP; .37 to 7.5 kW Kit No. 91136564
254TC to 286TSC 15-25HP; 11.0 to 18.5kW Kit No. 91136565

116 Counter Nut for Pipe 117, G1/2 96506709 2 2
117 Air Vent Pipe for 118, G1/2 , 150x90 330272 1
Air Vent Pipe for 118, G1/2 , 185x90 96521537 1
118 Airventtype 1511-AV -5/6430 96427483 1 1
ACCESSORIES
ANSI COMPANION FLANGES FOR MEDIUM CR
2" Threaded Stainless Steel, 300 Lb. Class Kit No. 339919

N/A Nut, HEX 5/8"-11 UNC, 18-8SS 0ID00164 16
N/A Plain Bolt, 5/8" -11 x 3", 18-8SS 0ID00174 16
N/A Flange, Stainless Steel, 2" 00ID7240 2
N/A Gasket - Flange, 2", 250#, Cut Ring 00ID2747 2
VICTAULIC, 2" COUPLING KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 20

EPDM Kit No. 331301
(1,000 PSI Max.) FKM Kit No. 0ID00128

N/A Stainless 316, Nipple - 2" NPT External Thread 330130 2 2
N/A C oupling Set2",EPD M 00ID2643 2
N/A Coupling Set 2", FKM 0ID00122 2
10
UR01211-0M-00 Page 130 of 257
Being responsible is our foundation
Being responsible is our foundation Thinking ahead makes it possible
Thinking ahead makes it possible Innovation is the essence
Innovation is the essence
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tools not generally available from normal sources.
Mat. No. Description and Use
00SV0040 Shaft Holder for Dismantling/Assembly
Used to hold and protect the shaft during dismantling and assembly.
00SV2107 Tubular Box Spanner for Shaft Seal 41.0 mm
Used to install and remove the shaft seal.
Fits a 1/2” drive ratchet.
00SV2101 Ring Insert Tool for Shaft Seal + Square
41 mm x 1/2” drive
00SV0239 Puller for Neck Ring
Used to remove the Neck Ring from Chamber.
00SV0047 Circlip Pliers for Flange Lock Ring
Used to remove the Lock Ring for the Flange.
00SV2011 Bit Holder
Used with Bits Kit, 1/4”
00SV2010 Bits Kit
NV 5 mm for M6, 1/4”
NV 6 mm for M8, 1/4”
NV 8 mm for M10, 1/4”
00SV2012 Hexagon Socket Bit
Used for Shaft Seal
NV 2.5 mm for M5, 1/4”
00SV2127 Bearing Removal Punch
STANDARD TOOLS
In addition to being available from Grundfos, comparable tools can be purchased through normal sources.
Mat. No. Description and Use
Wrenches
Used to tighten various nuts.
00SV0083 NV 10 mm for M6
Torque Wrench
Used to torque various screws.
00SV0292 4-20 Nm, 9 x 12
00SV0269 20-100 Nm, 9 x 12
00SV0400 40-200 Nm, 14x18
Torque Screwdriver
Used to tighten various nuts.
00SV0438 1-6 Nm, 1/4”
Ratchet Spanner for all Adapters

00SV0295 9 mm x 12 mm, 1/2”
00SV0401 14 mm x 18 mm, 1/2”
Socket Spanner with Inside Hex
00SV0296 NV 5 mm for M6, 1/2” x 1/2”
00SV0297 NV 6 mm for M8, 1/2” x 1/2”
00SV0298 NV 8 mm for M10, 1/2” x 1/2”
Ring Spanner
00SV0310 NV 10 mm, 9 x 12, for M6
00SV0294 NV 13 mm, 9 x 12, for M8
00SV0271 NV 19 mm, 9 x 12, for M12
00SV0524 NV 24 mm, 14 x 18, for M16
Socket Spanner
00SV2013 NV 13 mm for M8, 1/2” drv.
00SV0267 NV 19 mm for M12, 1/2” drv.
L-CR-SM-044 8/07
PRINTED IN USA
GRUNDFOS Pumps Corporation GRUNDFOS Canada, Inc. Bombas GRUNDFOS de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
17100 W. 118th Terrace 2941 Brighton Road Boulevard TLC No. 15
Olathe, Kansas 66062 Oakville, Ontario L6H 6C9 Canada Parque Industrial Stiva Aeropuerto
Phone: 913.227.3400 Phone: 905.829.9533 Apodaca, N.L. Mexico 66600
Fax: 913.227.3500 Fax: 905.829.9512 Phone: 52.81.8144.4000
Fax: 52.81.8144.4010
www.grundfos.com
UR01211-0M-00 Page 131 of 257
USERS GUIDE
80A Series
Side Ported Pressure Vessels
For Reverse Osmosis
MODEL 80A15 MODEL 80A30

300
150
PSI PSI
MODEL 80A45 MODEL 80A60

450 600
PSI PSI
All information included in this publication is based on the latest information available at the
time of printing. CodeLine reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice and
without incurring any obligation whatsoever. Photocopying of this publication by authorized
original equipment manufacturers who have purchased directly from CodeLine, or by persons
using the materials for legitimate educational purposes, is approved by CodeLine. Otherwise all
copyright protection afforded by the law applies.
Chardon, Ohio Phone: 440-286-4116 Fax 440-286-7532

Goa, India Phone: 91-832-2883300 Fax 91-832-2883312
Ontario, California Shanghai, China New Delhi, India Dubai,

U.A.E. Milan, Italy Regent Hills, Australia
www.codeline.com
Copyright© 1999
Product Bulletin 519014
UR01211-0M-00 Page 132 of 257

PREFACE
80A Series Sidewall Ported RO pressure vessels are designed for continuous long-term use as
housings for reverse osmosis membranes. Typically, the pressure rating, overall length and total
number of vessels is determined by calculations used during membrane element selection.
Vessels are installed into a system frame that provides the recommended support points and then
strapped snugly to the frame using mounting hardware provided. Vessel installation and piping
connections should allow for expansion due to change in temperature and pressure in both length
and diameter as the vessel is operated.
During maintenance, it may be necessary to remove a pressure vessel from a bank for repair or
replacement. Sufficient space must be available for this to happen.
Care must be taken in installation and in removal of the vessels to not damage the shell. Damage
to the shell can result in explosive head failure of the vessel and possible injury to personnel.
Corrections or recommendations for improvement of this manual should be addressed to:
CodeLine Division
L/52-55, Verna Industiral Estate
Verna, Goa, INDIA
(91) 832-2883300 Fax: (91) 832-2883312
Product Bulletin 519014 2000
iii
UR01211-0M-00 Page 133 of 257

CONTENTS
SECTION 1 OPERATION / MAINTENANCE GUIDE OM-1

Safety Precautions ...................................................... OM-3
Installation Notes ....................................................... OM-4
Pre-prejavssurization Checklist ............................... OM-5
Component Identification ......................................... OM-6
Opening Vessel .......................................................... OM-7
Replacing Elements ................................................... OM-9
Closing Vessel .......................................................... OM-12
Head Rebuilding ..................................................... OM-15
Preventive Maintenance ......................................... OM-21
Trouble Shooting ..................................................... OM-22
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION GUIDE I-1

Handling and Receiving ................................................. I-2
Mounting Shell ................................................................. I-3
Piping Connections ......................................................... I-5
SECTION 3 APPLICATION GUIDE A-1

Suitability for Intended Use ......................................... A-2
Elasticity and Mounting Requirements ..................... A-3
Corrosion ......................................................................... A-4
Safety ................................................................................ A-5
SECTION 4 PRODUCT BULLETIN PB-1
SECTION 5 APPENDIX APX - 1
Pre-pressurization Checklist ................................... APX-2

Engineering Drawings ............................................. APX-3
Piping Recommendations ..................................... APX-12
Component List ....................................................... APX-15
Warranty ................................................................... APX-16
Registration Card .................................................... APX-17
UR01211-0M-00 Page 134 of 257

80A SERIES - SIDEPORT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE
MODEL 80A15 MODEL 80A30 MODEL 80A45 MODEL 80A60

UF/MEMBRANE
LOW PRESSURE RO
SOFTENING RO
150 300 450 600

PSI PSI PSI PSI
DANGER - High Pressure Device

This vessel may cause loss of life, severe bodily Misuse, incorrect assembly or use of
harm, and/or property damage if not correctly damaged or corroded components can result in
installed, operated and maintained. Read and explosive release of the end closure.
understand all guidelines given before attempt-
ing to open, service or operate this vessel. We recommend that only qualified
mechanics, experienced in servicing high-
Failure to follow these guidelines and observe pressure hydraulic systems, open, close and
every precaution may result in malfunction and service this vessel.
could result in explosive head failure.
This section is a guide to proper operation For technical specifications and dimensions,
and maintenance of CodeLine 80A Series pres- refer to the Engineering Drawing of each spe-
sure vessels. Good industrial practice must be cific model.
used in applying this information to assure safe
vessel use. These guidelines are not intended to The information in all sections must be care-
relieve the user from full responsibility for correct fully followed for the vessel to provide the safe,
operation and maintenance of the vessels. long service life for which it is designed.
OM-1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 135 of 257

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE
Proper vessel handling and installation are important to safe use and long vessel life. These
guidelines should be followed carefully; however, they do not relieve the purchaser from full
responsibility for proper inspection, handling and installation. Damage due to improper
handling or installation is the sole responsibility of the purchaser.
Improper assembly, misuse or corrosion damage can result in mechanical failure, property
damage and serious injury or death. Read and follow all instructions carefully. Pay particular
attention to the safety precautions given in this Operation and Maintenance section. Should
any information in this guide not agree with the system suppliers instructions, call CodeLine
(1-800-922-8265 or 440-286-4116 outside the United States) for clarification.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Safety Precautions ...................................................... OM-3

Installation Notes ....................................................... OM-4
Pre-pressurization Checklist .................................... OM-5
Component Identification ......................................... OM-6
Opening Vessel .......................................................... OM-7
Replacing Elements ................................................... OM-9
Closing Vessel .......................................................... OM-12
Head Rebuilding ..................................................... OM-15
Preventive Maintenance ......................................... OM-21
Trouble Shooting ..................................................... OM-22
OM-2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 136 of 257

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
DO
Read, understand and follow every part of this section. Failure to take every
precaution may void warranty and could result in explosive head failure.
Install in an area where water leakage resulting from a vessel or piping malfunction
would not damage sensitive or expensive equipment, such as electronic compo-
nents.
Install protective covering over equipment located below pressure vessels when
performing maintenance.
Verify that head locking components are properly placed and secured.
Inspect end closures regularly, replace deteriorated components and correct causes
of corrosion.
Follow membrane element manufacturers recommendations for loading elements

into vessel (see Replacing Elements on page OM-10).
DO NOT
Operate vessel at pressures in excess of specific rating or temperatures over 120°F. (See
vessel information chart on page OM-4.)
Service any component until you verify that vessel pressure is fully relieved from the
vessel.
Stand or climb on the pressure vessels, or the feed / concentrate or permeate ports
Use corroded components. Use of such components may result in explosive head failure.
Allow force in excess of 15 lbs to be applied laterally to feed, concentrate or permeate

ports.
Pressurize vessel until after visually inspecting to insure that the interlock is correctly
installed and secured.
Tolerate leaks or allow end closures to be routinely wetted in any way.
Allow petroleum or silicone based products to come in contact with membrane elements
during installation or maintenance
OM-3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 137 of 257

INSTALLATION NOTES
Even though your vessel may have been installed Vessels must be installed correctly to ensure safe
by others, there are a few installation checks that use and long service life.
you should make before system start-up.
Check that vessels are mounted on horizontal support frames using

compliant black urethane saddles with hold-down straps snug, not tight.
Check that each vessel is free to expand under pressure; shell is not
clamped rigidly in place; piping to vessel port is not connected using rigid
connections.
WARNING
FAILURE TO ALLOW EXPANSION IN
DIAMETER OR LENGTH WILL RESULT IN
VESSEL DAMAGE
Check that each vessel does not support any other component; that piping
manifolds are separately mounted, and that interconnecting piping is self-
supported and connected to the pressure vessel with Victaulic® couplings.
(Use of Victaulic® couplings is recommended.)
If you have any questions about the installation of the vessel in your unit, contact your supplier. For
installation guidelines, refer to the Installation Guide on page I-1.
9(66(/,1)250$7,21&+$57
$ $ $ $
0$;23(5$7,1*

35(6685(36,
23(5$7,1*7(03(5$785(
)) )) )) ))
5$1*(
)$&725<7(6735(6685(

36,
352727<3(0,1

%856735(6685(36,
(1*,1((5,1*'5$:,1*

180%(5
86(5
6*8,'(
OM-4
UR01211-0M-00 Page 138 of 257

PRE-PRESSURIZATION CHECKLIST
Danger High Pressure Device

Operation of this vessel may cause loss of life, in explosive head failure.
severe bodily harm, and/or property damage if not Misuse, incorrect assembly or use of damaged or
correctly installed or maintained. Read and corroded components can result in explosive release of
understand all guidelines given before attempting to the end closure.
open, service or operate this vessel. We recommend that only a qualified mechanic
Failure to follow these guidelines and observe every experienced in servicing high-pressure hydraulic
precaution may result in malfunction and could result systems, open, close and service this vessel.
This checklist is an aid intended to remind servicing and operating personnel of the detailed guidelines given in
the 80A Series Operation and Maintenance Guide.
The checklist alone does not include all the details needed for safe vessel operation. Use the checklist each time
any service operation is carried out to ensure that each step is completed before pressurizing the vessel.
MEMBRANE ELEMENTS HEAD ASSEMBLY INTERLOCK

Installed per manufacturers recommendations. Retaining ring groove at each end of shell clean, free
Feed flow direction correctly noted and elements of corrosion and/or delamination with outboard
correctly oriented. face of groove true and in sound condition.
All components in as-new condition, clean and free
ELEMENT INTERFACE of damage or corrosion.
Adapters installed at both ends of element column. Retaining ring is fully seated in the vessel retaining
ring groove
Thrust cone installed downstream (Concentrate
or brine end) of the element column.
PIPING CONNECTIONS
Properly aligned (strain free) and secured.
head
Leak free.
of damage or corrosion.
All components properly assembled with new,
freshly lubricated seals.
Permeate port nut installed.
Head stamped with proper pressure rating for
system.
Assembled By: Date Of Assembly:

Checked By: Date of Inspection:
The following vessels listed by serial number below were serviced under this checklist:
OM-5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 139 of 257

COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
80A30 and 80A45
SECTION THROUGH END CLOSURE

Dwg.Qty.
Ref. Per Part Name Materials/Remarks
SHELL
1 1 Shell Filament wound epoxy/glass composite
with integrally wound in-place head locking
grooves
2 2 Feed/Concentrate Type 316 stainless steel
Port 1
3 2 Feed/Concentrate Ethylene propylene rubber -- square cut
Port Seal seal
4 2 F/C Port Seal HEADPropylene - square cut
Ethylene
5 2 Dished Metal Head 316 SST 5 11
6 2 Head Seal Ethylene propylene - square cut
7 2 Permeate Port Engineering Thermoplastic
7
8 2 Permeate Port Seal Ethylene propylene - square cut
9 2 Securing Plate Engineering Thermoplastic 9
10 2 Adapter Seal Ethylene Propylene - O-ring
11 2 Port Nut Engineering Thermoplastic
12
HEAD INTERLOCK
12 2 Retaining Ring 302 Series SST
ELEMENT INTERFACE
14 2 PWT Adapter Engineering thermoplastic
15 4 PWT Seal Ethylene Propylene
16 1 Thrust Cone Engineering Thermoplastic-white End closure component identification
OM-6
UR01211-0M-00 Page 140 of 257

OPENING VESSEL
Step-By-Step Guide
NOTE
Read all guidelines in this section
before attempting to open the vessel.
Warning
Do not attempt to service any component
without first veri-fying that vessel
PRESSURE IS fully relieved from the vessel.
Attempting to remove any component
before pressure is relieved may result in
EXPLOSIVE release of head.
Step 1 relieve pressure

1. Shut off all sources of pressure and relieve
pressure from the vessel, following the system
manufacturers recommendations. Loosening Deposits
Step 2 disconnect PERMEATE port

1. Disconnect and remove permeate piping from the
permeate port of the vessel.
CAUTION
Corroded products can cause difficulty in
Step 3 examine end closure removing head and/or other
1. Examine end closure of vessel for corrosion. If any is
components. Do not attempt to remove
evident, proceed as follows: components until all apparent corrosion
is removed.
A. Loosen any deposits with a small wire brush and/
or a medium grade piece of Scotchbrite®.
Step 4 remove Retaining ring
1. Lift the end of the 6" retaining ring up and out of the
B. Flush away loosened deposits with clean water. stainless steel groove in the shell. This can be
accomplished witha pair of pliers or by using CodeLine
Removal Tool (part no. 50303), available from your
supplier. The retaining ring can be lifted upward by
simply rotating the tool counterclockwiese after
inserting it over the tab on the retaining ring. Hold the
tool flat against the end margin. It is then possible to pull
the end of the retaining ring straight out. If the retaining
ring is difficult to remove, try soaking with a warm
release agent such as LPSTM or WD40TM, being careful
to avoid any contamination of a membrane element.
Take care to avoid hitting or levering against the vessel,
as this could result in delamination.
OM-7
UR01211-0M-00 Page 141 of 257

Step 5 Remove head
Note
Hold the removal tool flat against the end 1. Grasp the securing plate with both hands.
margin to keep the retaining ring tab from
slipping out of the tool. 2. Pull straight outward to remove the dished metal
head from the vessel. You can also use the lever
tool for easier removal.
Lifting end of retaining ring out of groove

Removing dished metal head
2 Remove the retaining ring from the stainless steel
groove in the shell. This is accomplished by running
your finger behind the retaining ring as it continues
to exit the groove.
Note
It may be necessary to rock the head
slightly and/or tap the head inboard to
break head seal bond. See trouble
shooting section for more information.
Removing the retaining ring from the groove
OM-8
UR01211-0M-00 Page 142 of 257

Replacing Elements
NOTE
Read all parts of this section before replacing
elements. These procedures are provided for
general information only. Elements should be
installed in accordance with the element
manufacturers recommendations.
Warning
Do not attempt to service any component
without first verifying that VESSEL pressure
is fully relieved from the vessel.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CENTRAL (PER-

MEATE) TUBE OF MEMBRANE ELEMENT
STACK IS CONNECTED TO THE PERME-
ATE PORTS INSIDE BOTH ENDS OF VES-
SEL, using the adapters supplied. Pressuriz-
ing vessel without elements and both adapt-
ers installed could result in explosive head
failure.
Preliminary Steps
Do not proceed with step by step
instructions until...
1. All pressure has been relieved from the vessel, following

system manufacturers recommendations.
2. Both heads have been removed from vessel following

step by step instructions in the Opening Vessel section.
Step 1 Remove element interface

hardware
1. Remove thrust cone from downstream (Concentrate)
end.
2. Remove adapters from elements at each end.
OM-9
UR01211-0M-00 Page 143 of 257

Thrust cone Adapter
Examine bore for scratches
Step2 element removal
1. Remove elements from vessel following element
manufacturers instructions. Clean off any excess lubricant 4. Using an approximate 50% mixture of glycerine in
from vessel inside diameter before removing elements water, lubricate the inside of the vessel. This may best be
accomplished using a suitably sized swab soaked in the
NOTE mixture. This procedure will ease membrane element
Always remove and install elements in the loading and reduce chance of scratching the vessel bore.
direction of feed flow. The feed end (upstream
end) is the end plumbed most directly to the NOTE
pump.
If the brine seal is not installed on the element and
A record of element serial numbers and the element supplier does not specify otherwise, a
locations should be made and checked during brine seal should be placed on the upstream end of
loading. the elements. Open side of a seal must face
upstream.
CAUTION
5. Load the first element into the upstream end of the vessel.
Do not scratch or damage vessel bore Leave a few inches of the element projecting from the
when removing or installing elements. vessel to facilitate interconnection to the next element.
Step 3 element loading 6. Apply a light film of a non-petrolium based lubricant,

such as Parker Super O-Lube, to the interconnector O-
1. Examine the inside diameter of the vessel for scratches ring. (The amount of O-lube should be just enough to give
or imperfections that may affect sealing capability of a lustre to the O-ring. Excess O-lube must be removed to
head or element seals. Corrosion deposits or other prevent possibility of element contamination).
foreign matter, including any excess lubricant, should be
removed as described in Closing Vessel, Step 1
on page OM-15. 7. Assemble the interconnector to the loaded element.
2. Flush out the vessel with clean water to remove all dust 8. Line up the next element to be loaded and assemble it to
and debris. the interconnector already assembled on first element.
3. Examine membrane element surfaces for any
imperfection which could scratch the vessel bore. Pay
particular attention to edges of anti-telescope device
(ATD/brine seal carrier). If any defects are found which
OM-10
UR01211-0M-00 Page 144 of 257

CAUTION Step 4 install element interface
hardware
Maintain element alignment carefully
during assembly process. Do not allow 1. Assemble adapter to element permeate tube at
element weight to be supported by each end of vessel.
2. Install Head Seals
interconnector.
Warning
Misalignment can result in damage to
interconnectors or permeate tubes or to Connect the central (permeate) tube of the
element outer surface. membrane element stack, with an adapter on
9. Push both elements into the vessel until a few inches are each end, to the permeate port in the head at
projecting from the vessel. Repeat loading process until both ends of vessel. Pressurizing vessel
all elements are installed. without both adapters installed could result
in explosive head failure.
10. When the final element is installed, push the element
stack forward until the face of the first (downstream)
element is just short of counter bore ramp
NOTE
Take care to avoid pushing elements too far as it can
be difficult to push the stack in a reverse direction.
Installing thrust cone
NOTE 3. Install the thrust cone over the permeate port on

Alternate To MEasurement Method the head assembly at the downstream
(Concentrate) end of the vessel.
Slide the small end of a thrust cone over the adapter
end of the permeate port on a head assembly.
CAUTION
Insert head assembly without thrust cone or
adapter, into downstream end of vessel. Install the thrust ring at the downstream
(Concentrate) end. Serious damage may
Install retaining ring fully into groove. result if the thrust ring is not installed in
the correct location.
Load elements as described in Steps 5 through 9.
Remove head assembly and move to Step 4 -Install

Element Interface Hardware.
OM-11
UR01211-0M-00 Page 145 of 257

CLOSING VESSEL
Step-By-Step Guide
NOTE
before attempting to close the vessel.
Warning
CHECK THE HEAD ASSEMBLY FOR CORROSION AS DE-
SCRIBED IN THE HEAD REBUILDING SECTION. CORRODED
PARTS CAN RESULT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE.
Do not pressurize vessel until after visually inspecting to ensure
that head retaining ring is fully seated in the stainless steel groove.
PRELIMINARY STEPS
Do not proceed until...
1. Elements and adapters have been installed in vessel

following guidelines in the Replacing Elements section.
2. Head has been checked for correct component assembly

by following step-by-step instructions in the Head
Rebuilding section.
3. Vessel has been shimmed to prevent movement of the

membrane elements if required. See page OM-36 of the
trouble shooting section for a description of when
shimming is required.
Cleaning vessel inside surface

STEP 1 INSPECT SHELL INSIDE
2. Inspect the vessel inside surface for scratches or other
SURFACE damage which could cause leaks. Vessels that leak must
1. Inspect the vessel inside surface for any corrosion be replaced.
deposits or other foreign matter. If any are found, clean
the surface as follows: 3. Inspect Feed/Concentrate port seals and
attachments for internal and external damage or
A. Using a medium or finer grade of Scotchbrite® and deterioration.
a mild soap solution, clean each end of the vessel
liner surface up to 8" in from each end of vessel.
B. Rinse away all loosened deposits from the shell
inside surface using clean fresh water.
OM-12
UR01211-0M-00 Page 146 of 257

NOTE 2. Using both hands, firmly push the head in as far as it will
Contact Advanced Structures, Inc. for go. (A sharp, forceful thrust may be necessary to enter the
guidance, if damage to the vessel's internal head seal into the vessel bore). When the head is
surface or Feed / Concentrate port, seals or correctly positioned, the stainless steel retaining ring
attachments are discovered during inspection. groove will be exposed.
CAUTION
Never attempt to repair a fiberglass shell.
Step 2 head seal and head lubrication

1. Install head seal and lubricate I.O. of head seal only
2. Lubricate all the way around the dished head in the area
where it will contact the shell, preferably with glycerine.
NOTE Installing head assembly by hand

Any remaining lubricant should be cleaned from NOTE
the vessel bore before applying fresh lubricant.
Glycerin is a commercially available lubricant that In some installations it may be advisable to tighten
will not foul membranes. a system-required permeate port nipple or fitting
into the Permeate port before the head is assembled
into the vessel.
Step 3 install head CAUTION

1. Hold the head assembly square to the axis of the shell by
grasping the securing plate in both hands. Slide it Do not tighten a component into the
straight in until a slight resistance is felt. Do not rotate thermoplastic Permeate port more than
the head assembly after insertion into the vessel as this one turn past hand tight.
may cause the head seal to become detached.
Step 4 install interlock
1. Carefully wipe out any debris or moisture from the
retaining ring groove. The groove must be clear and dry
before proceeding
2. With the head assembly installed in shell, place the tip

of the head retaining ring in the stainless steel groove.
(The non bent tab end)
3. Begin pushing the retaining ring into the groove as you

rotate your hand around the I.D. of the shell.
4. Continue until the entire retaining ring is installed in the

groove.
5. Verify that the retaining ring is fully seated in the groove

before proceding.
OM-13
UR01211-0M-00 Page 147 of 257

It is vitally important that the following checks be carried
out before any attempt is made to pressurize the vessel.
It is recommended that the Pre-Pressurization Checklist

(Page OM-5) be used to systematically verify that all steps
have been performed.
HEAD ASSEMBLY
Verify the following at each end of the vessel:
1. Head assembly is in good condition, with no evidence

of damage or corrosion. See the sections on
Installing retaining ring Head Rebuilding and Maintenance
2. Retaining ring is properly in place.

Warning
Membrane Elements
Retaining ring must be correctly
installed. Incor-rect assembly or Verify that...
installation can result in EXPLOSIVE
HEAD failure. 1. Elements are installed in the vessel.
2. Element adapters are installed at each end of vessel.
3. Thrust cone is installed at downstream end of vessel.
Step 5 reconnect PERMEATE PIPING Piping Connections
1. Check all piping connections to ensure that they will

1. Reconnect manifold piping to the vessel Permeate port. provide a leak-free seal.
Step 7 pressurization
NOTE
1. After Following the above pre-pressurization checks,
Using teflon tape or anaerobic sealant on all
pressurize vessel in accordance with element
threaded connections will help ensure a leak-free
manufacturers specifications
assembly.
2. Vessels should be filled slowlyto assist trapped air in
escaping
3. Vessels should be pressurized slowly to avoid damage

CAUTION to membrane elements and vessel components
Do not tighten a component into Warning

thermoplastic permeate port more than
one turn past hand tight. DO NOT PRESSURIZE the VESSEL
WITHOUT ELEMENTS INSTALLED.
Do not pressurize the vessel until
verifying that the retaining ring is
properly installed.
OM-14
UR01211-0M-00 Page 148 of 257

HEAD REBUILDING 80A15, 80A30,80A45, AND 80A60
Step-By-Step Guide
NOTE
before attempting to rebuild the head.
Head rebuilding should be performed in a clean work area. Dust or

dirt on O-rings or other parts can scratch inner surfaces and cause
subsequent leakage.
Warning
Do not service any component until you verify that VESSEL
pressure IS fully relieved from the vessel.
Replace any components not in as-new condition. Reusing

corroded or damaged components can result in explosive head
failure.
Head component identification head disassembled
OM-15
UR01211-0M-00 Page 149 of 257

preliminary steps
Do not proceed with step by step guidelines until...
1. All pressure has been relieved from the vessel, following

system manufacturers recommendations.
2. Head has been removed from the vessel following

guidelines in the Opening Vessel section.
to disassemble head
step 1 remove permeate
port / PLUG
1. Remove the Permeate Port Membrane Adapter from the
Permeate Port.
a. Grasp the end of the adapter in one hand and the
Permeate port in the other and pull them apart. Removing adapter seal "O"-ring
NOTE
A small screwdriver or similar tool may be used to
remove O-rings. However, do not damage the
sealing surfaces in any way or leakage may result.
It is recommended that all seals be replaced each

time the head is assembled.
Removing the adapter from the Permeate port step 2 remove PERMEATE PORT nut
1. Remove the Permeate port nut located on the external side
NOTE of the securing plate by rotating it clockwise. Note that the
port nut has left handed threads.
It may be necessary to twist the two parts in opposite
directions to break a seal between them.
2. Remove the "O"-ring(s) from the Permeate Port Adapter.
3. Remove the adapter seal "O"-ring from the Permeate Port

bore.
Removing Permeate port nut
OM-16
UR01211-0M-00 Page 150 of 257

step 3 remove the permeate port
CAUTION
1. Remove the Permeate port by separating it out from the
dished metal head
Read all guidelines in this section before
making decisions on component
structural or corrosion problems and
treatment.
This section is intended only to provide
guidelines in dealing with corrosion or
component damage. In combination with
good industrial practice, these guidelines
provide a basis for safe system operation.
Any condition not covered in this section
should be referred to CodeLine.
Corrosion in this context includes metal
oxidation products and mineral deposits.
Press out Permeate port

step 2 initial component inspection
1. Examine all components for any damage that could

2. Remove the square cut Permeate port seal from the outer
affect structural strength or sealing properties.
side of the permeate port.
2. Replace any parts considered to be structurally
STEP 4. REMOVE SECURING PLATE unacceptable.
1. Separate the securing plate from the dished metal CAUTION

head.
Feed and Concentrate ports and attachments
to the shell must be carefully inspected to
ensure that connections and sealing materials
are sound and tight. Any questions or evi-
dence of deterioration of these areas should
component cleaning and be referred to Advanced Structures, Inc. engi-
examination neers. Other than seal replacement, field re-
pair should not be attempted by user mainte-
step 1 wash components nance personnel without first contacting the
1. Wash all components in fresh water.
manufacturer for guidance.
2. Blow components dry with compressed air, if available. The following examples indicate when replacement is
Otherwise wipe dry with a dry, lint-free cloth. required.
A. Permeate port internal thread stripped or

over-strained.
B. Dished metal head dented or distorted (possibly from
being dropped or hit).
C. Port nut cracked or threads stripped
D. retaining ring bent or damaged.
Any other detail considered to be a potential problem should

be referred to CodeLine.
OM-17
UR01211-0M-00 Page 151 of 257

step 4 removing deposits From
NOTE plastic components
If any components are cracked, softened or
discolored, it may indicate a chemical resistance
problem. These components must be replaced.
Alternate materials may be required in these This procedure applies to the following components:
applications. Contact CodeLine for resolution.
A. Permeate port
B. Port Nut
C. Adapter
step 3 evaluating corroded metal
components 1. Examine all plastic and PVC components for mineral
deposits or other foreign matter. If any are found,
This procedure applies to the following parts: proceed as follows.
A. Dished metal head
B. Retaining Ring A. Place components in shallow container of
soapy water and scrub entire surface with
1. Examine these components for corrosion. For any medium grade Scotchbrite® until all foreign
components not in as-new condition, proceed as matter is removed.
follows:
B. Rinse components clean with fresh water.
A. Loosen any large deposits with small wire brush.
C. Blow components dry with compressed air, if
B. Place components in shallow container of soapy available.
water and scrub entire surface with medium grade
Scotchbrite® until all corrosion is removed. D. Re-examine components for any damage that
could affect structural strength or sealing
C. Rinse components clean with fresh water. properties. Any components not in as-new
condition must be replaced.
D. Blow components dry with compressed air, if
available.
CAUTION
E. Re-examine components for damage that could
affect structural strength or sealing properties.
This procedure for removing deposits
Any components not in as-new condition must from plastic components should be used
be replaced. on all plastic components contaminated
by mineral deposits or other foreign
F. Inspect components for any condition that may matter. If any component cannot be
have promoted corrosion, (e.g.external damage,
inappropriate material selection,etc.).
brought to as -new standards, the part
must be replaced.
CAUTION
This procedure for evaluating corroded
components is to be used on any corroded
metal parts. If this fails to bring any
component to as-new standards, the
part must be replaced.
OM-18
UR01211-0M-00 Page 152 of 257

to reassemble head
STEP 1 INSTALL PERMEATE PORT NOTE
SEALS AND O-RINGS It is recommended that all seals be replaced
each time the head is assembled. A seal
replacement kit is available from the CodeLine
Division.
Lubricate seals sparingly, using non-petroleum based
lubricants, i.e. Parker Super O-Lube®, Glycerine, or
suitable silicone based lubricants. (Silicone based lubri-
cants, correctly used, will ease head assembly and
disassembly.) (Glycerine is a commercially available
lubricant that will not foul membranes.)
Warning
HEAD MUST BE CAREFULLY
Lubricating seals ASSEMBLED FOLLOWING THESE
INSTRUCTIONS. INCORRECT
ASSEMBLY CAN RESULT IN
1. Lubricate and install any "O"-rings on the EXPLOSIVE HEAD FAILURE
product water tube (PWT) end of the adapter.
2. Lubricate and install the adapter seal "O"-ring STEP 2 ASSEMBLE SECURING PLATE
in the larger diameter bore of the Permeate port. AND DISHED METAL HEAD
3. Lubricate and install the square cut port seal 1. Place the dished metal head over the smaller
onthe outer side of the permeate port. diameter bore of the permeate port
Installing permeate port
Installing Permeate Port
OM-19
UR01211-0M-00 Page 153 of 257

STEP 3 ASSEMBLE PERMEATE PORT
AND DISHED METAL HEAD
1. Press the smaller diameter bore of the permeate

port through the dished metal head.
a. When installed, the threads on the end of the

permeate port should be adjacent to the flat face
of the secring plate.
Installing the securing plate
2. Thread the port nut on end of the Permeate Port.
a. The port nut should be tightened snugly

against the face of the securing plate.
Note: Threads are left handed.
Installing port retaining nut
OM-20
UR01211-0M-00 Page 154 of 257

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Corrosion prevention is essential for the maintenance of

safe operating conditions and to ease membrane element
servicing.
Attention to the points listed below will enhance long-term

safe operation and will ease servicing.
For suggestions on cleaning corrosion deposits from the

vessel inside surface, refer to the Closing Vessel section.
For suggestions on cleaning corrosion deposits from head

components, refer to the Head Rebuilding section.
PREVENTION CHECKLIST
End closures. Inspect for components that may have
deteriorated. Replace as needed.
Keep external head assembly components as dry as

possible.
Do not tolerate leaks.
CAUTION
Any leakage indicates a potentially
dangerous condition. Failure to
eliminate leakage may void the warranty
and could result in vessel failure.
OM-21
UR01211-0M-00 Page 155 of 257

TROUBLESHOOTING
This section is intended only to provide guidelines for dealing with problems that
might arise while working with CodeLineTM pressure vessels.
These guidelines are not in any way a replacement for the good industrial practice
required to ensure safe operation. We recommend that only a qualified mechanic,
experienced in servicing high pressure hydraulic systems, carry out the following
tasks.
preliminary inspection
Inspect the vessel at each end for corrosion which may 2. Flush away loosened deposits with clean water.
interfere with head assembly removal. If corrosion is evident,
proceed as follows: 3. Proceed with instructions given in Opening Vessel
section.
1. Loosen any deposits with a small wire brush and/or a
medium grade piece of Scotchbrite. difficulty in opening vessel
NOTE
Recommendations listed below are intended only
as a guide. If the head assembly is still difficult to
remove after all recommendations have been
followed, call The CodeLine Division for technical
assistance.
retaining ring
1. Will not release from retaining ring groove:
A. Apply penetrating fluid (such as WD-40® or

Loosening Deposits LPS-1®) to interfacing areas of retaining ring.
B. With a screwdriver handle or similar tool, tap the
retaining ring to release the bond.
CAUTION
C. Again attempt to remove ring per Step 4 on page OM-
Do not use a wire brush on components
8.
made from plastic, fiberglass or PVC
materials.
OM-22
UR01211-0M-00 Page 156 of 257

C. Once the head seal has been broken, complete
removal as instructed in the Opening Vessel section.
NOTE
If the head assembly will not release from the shell
after all recommendations have been followed, call
the CodeLine Division for technical assistance.
SEAL LEAKAGE
FEED/CONCENTRATE PORT
Applying penetrating fluid
1. Square Seal (P/N 6ER006-224 (#45338)
leaks.
CAUTION CAUTION
When applying penetrating fluid, be In the following step, exercise extreme
careful to avoid element contamination. caution to avoid damaging inner vessel
surface.
head assembly A. Carefully remove the square-cut seal, ensuring that
1. Will not release from shell when pulling on securing the tool used for removal does not scratch or mar the port
plate with both hands. or vessel seal surface.
A. Thread a 1" ID pipe approximately 1 feet long B. Clean the groove surface.
into the Permeate port.
C. Lubricate and install the new square-cut seal
B. Carefully rock the head assembly back and forth to (P/N 6ER006-228) (#45342), ensuring that
release the seal. the seal is completely seated into the groove
HEAD
1. Seal (P/N 6Er006-445) leaks
A. Reach inside vessel and remove the head seal
B. Carefully inspect the seal gland area in the shell and

clean any contaminants frm the gland
C. Clean the seal area on the head and relubricate
D. Install a new head seal that has been properly

lubricated
Freeing head seal
OM-23
UR01211-0M-00 Page 157 of 257

SUDDEN DROP IN PERMEATE
QUALITY 5. Line the adapter up with the product water tube on the
first element and insall the head far enough into the
If a system is started and stopped frequently and no provision vessel so that you can place a locking ring segment in
is made to raise the pressure slowly, movement of the membrane the groove.
column may damage O-ring seals and reduce permeate quality.
6. Carefully remove the head and observe the space
If the quality of the permeate suddenly drops off, and poor between the hub and the adapter and the face of the
membrane performance is not suspected, remove the heads per permeate port. Determine the number of spacers
instructions in the Users Guide (See OPENING VESSEL section necessary to fill this space.
on pages OM-7 through OM-9). Remove the adapters from each
end of the vessel. Remove the PWT seals from the adapters and 7. Remove the adapter and replace the product water
the adapter seal from each of the permeate ports (See HEAD tube seals. Insert the adapter in the product water tube
REBUILDING section page OM-23). Inspect these O-ring seals of the first element.
carefully for breakage or other damage. If the seals have rolled
out of the groove, or are damaged, this may indicate excessive 8. Slide the number of spacers determined in Step 6, over
movement is occurring during startup and shutdown. To the end of the adapter.
overcome this problem, the vessel should be shimmed to
minimize this movement. Follow the procedure for shimming 9. Now close the vessel according to the Vessel Closing
as given below: section which begins on page OM-15.
SHIMMING
Shimming is accomplished by placing spacers between the
adapter and the hub on the permeate port on the upstream end
of the vessel. When done properly, shimming will prevent
excessive movement of the membrane elements and the
adapters, thus preventing potential damage of the O-ring seals.
The spacers used for shimming are shaped like a plastic washer
and are 0.20 inches thick.
The suggested procedure for shimming is as follows:
1. With the membrane properly loaded, install the

adapter in the last element and place the thrust ring
on the head for the downstream end of the vessel.
(See REPLACING ELEMENTS section on pages
Sliding spacers onto adapter
OM-10 through OM-14).
2. Install the head in the downstream end of the vessel

following Steps 1 through 4 of the section entitled
CLOSING VESSEL on pages OM-15 through OM-
20.
3. Remove the product water tube seals from the

upstream adapter and the head seal from the
sealing plate.
4. push the straight end of the adapter into the

permeate hub, just far enough so that it is held in by
the adapter seal.
OM-24
UR01211-0M-00 Page 158 of 257

INSTALLATION GUIDE
Proper vessel handling and installation are important to safe use and long vessel life. These
guidelines should be followed carefully; however, they do not relieve the purchaser from full
responsibility for proper inspection, handling and installation. Damage due to improper
handling or installation is the sole responsibility of the purchaser.
Improper assembly, misuse or corrosion damage can result in mechanical failure, property
damage and serious injury or death. Read and follow all instructions carefully. Pay particular
attention to the safety precautions given in this Operation and Maintenance section. Should
any information in this guide not agree with the system suppliers instructions, call CodeLine
at 1-800-738-3002 (or 440-286-4116 outside the United States) for clarification.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Handling and Receiving ................................................... I-2

Mounting Shell .................................................................... I-3
Piping Connections ............................................................. I-5
I-1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 159 of 257

HANDLING AND RECEIVING
Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) pressure vessels are extremely rugged and durable. They
are designed for safe, long-term service when they are handled and installed properly.
However, damage to the vessel shell or related components from improper handling or
installation could result in malfunction or explosive head failure while in service. Therefore,
exercise the following precautions whenever handling vessels.
1. Never lift or move a vessel by placing anything inside it. The vessel is durable and
ideally suited to its purpose, but it can be permanently damaged by careless
handling.
2. Be careful not to scratch the inside wall of the shell, especially in the O-ring sealing
area inboard of retaining ring groove near each end.
3. DO NOT drop vessel or allow it to hit hard on the ground or against other objects.
4. DO NOT apply undue stress to shell.
5. Before using a forklift to handle the vessel, pad the forks to lessen the chance of
damaging the shell. Severe scratches or gouging of the vessel can result in failure
of the vessel wall.
NOTE ON IMPACT DAMAGE
Exterior vessel damage can lead to early vessel failure. Damage received in shipment should
be reported to the shipping company immediately upon receipt. Minor damage such as
scratches that go no deeper than the paint may be acceptable. Call the CodeLine Customer
Service Department for advice if in doubt.
I-2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 160 of 257

MOUNTING SHELL
NOTE
If mounting vessel for the first time, see "Piping
Recommendations for CodeLine 80A Series Sideport
Vessels", APX-8.
This section is concerned with the mounting of 80A15, 80A30, 80A45 and 80A60 pressure vessels.
These guidelines must be integrated with any additional procedures required for your specific
installation.
Installation Guidelines:
1. Provide adequate room for servicing at both ends of vessel. Elements are installed from
the upstream end (feed), pushed through towards the downstream end (concentrate) and,
eventually, removed from the downstream end.
2. Follow all applicable handling guidelines. (Page I-2)
3. Position each vessel on its mounting frame such that it is centered between headers.
NOTE
It is important that each vessel be placed to minimize any strain on piping /
tubing that connects a vessel to a header. Normally each vessel should be
centered in the frame with the feed and concentrate ports positioned such that
piping / tubing connections can be made easily, without undue strain at each
end of the vessel.
4. Mount vessels on urethane saddles (provided with the vessel) positioned in line with pre-
drilled frame holes for -1 through -3 vessels. Holes for the mounting straps should be
drilled at approximate center span 'S'. For -4 and -8 vessels, holes for the mounting straps
should be drilled at span 'S' from the middle of the vessel and a third saddle, without a
strap, should be placed at mid span. These dimensions are shown on the corresponding
engineering drawing.
Warning
DO NOT MOUNT VESSEL RIGIDLY. RESTRICTED
EXPANSION CAN RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE VESSEL.
SEE ELASTICITY AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS IN
THE APPLICATION SECTION FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
I-3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 161 of 257

5. Place mounting straps over vessel with plastic strip against vessel.
6. Provide adequate room for servicing at both ends of vessel. Elements are installed
and removed in the direction of feed flow.
7. Position screw through the frame mounting holes into strap nuts and run up to the
frame finger tight.
8. Connect vessel feed piping (See Piping Connections Page I-5)
9. Using a wrench, tighten mounting bolts one additional full turn. This should result
in 25-50 lbs-in. of torque.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to vessel shell
DO NOT over-tighten mounting nuts.
NOTE
80A straps are designed to secure the vessels during operation. They
are not designed to handle all loads that might occur during shipment.
Appropriate vessel restraint should be employed considering such
factors as the mode of shipment, distance to be traveled and the design
of the system. The vessels and frame should be blocked to prevent any
differential movement which could be caused by the forces experienced
during shipment.
I-4
UR01211-0M-00 Page 162 of 257

PIPING CONNECTIONS
The following are suggested guidelines to ensure that the vessel is allowed to expand and is
easily serviced.
1. Support the header and interconnecting piping in a manner that they are self-
supporting.
2. Connecting piping alignment to feed, Concentrate and Permeate ports should not
exceed 0.030 in. misalignment.
3. Piping connections to the vessel 's feed/concentrate ports should be via flexible
Victaulic couplings. (See page APX-12 for further details.)
I-5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 163 of 257

APPLICATION GUIDE
This Application Guide, together with the Installation Guide and the Operation and
Maintenance Guide, outlines the general conditions for safe use of 80A Series pressure vessels.
Because of the considerable risk inherent in high pressure systems, it is the purchasers
responsibility to carefully evaluate each specified application to ensure that the 80A series
vessel selected is appropriate to that application.
Advanced Structures, Inc. will assist the purchaser in determining the suitability of the
standard vessel for their specific operating conditions. For non-standard applications,
alternate materials are available on special order. The final determination, however,
including evaluation of the standard materials of construction for compatibility with the
specific environment, is the responsibility of the purchaser.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Suitability for Intended Use ............................................ A-2

Elasticity and Mounting Requirements ........................ A-3
Corrosion ............................................................................ A-4
Safety ................................................................................... A-5
A-1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 164 of 257

SUITABILITY FOR INTENDED USE
80A Series RO pressure vessels are designed for continuous, long-term use as housings for
reverse osmosis membrane elements. Models are available for 150, 300 , 450 , AND 600 PSI.
Any make of eight inch nominal diameter spiral wound element is easily accommodated.
In an RO system there is considerable potential for explosive head failure, which could result
in serious injury or loss of life. All decisions as to suitability for use must include full
consideration of the various safety aspects involved. These include, but are not limited to:
Process fluid compatibility (e.g. chemical and temperature considerations).
External environmental factors (e.g. corrosive atmosphere; remote or special

environments where plastics might be undesirable; etc.).
Abnormal back pressure which might result in pressurizing permeate port above
125 PSI (alternate materials are available).
Capability of the user to maintain vessel properly.
Requirement for increased fire resistance in some circumstances (e.g. may preclude
use of PVC for permeate ports).
Use of a CodeLine pressure vessel for other than its intended application will void the
warranty.
CodeLine will assist the purchaser in determining the suitability of the standard vessel for
their specific operating conditions. For non-standard applications, alternate materials are
available on special order. The final determination, however, including evaluation of the
standard materials of construction for compatibility with the specific environment, is the
responsibility of the purchaser.
A-2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 165 of 257

ELASTICITY AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS
Mounting design must allow for vessel expansion, both axially and radially. Although the
expansion under pressure is slight, undue restriction can result in damage to the vessel and
to other system components. Expansion is typically up to .020 inch in diameter and up to 0.007
inch per foot in length. A six-element vessel, for example, would expand approximately .150
inch in length. The following suggestions will help to ensure the vessel is allowed to expand
and will ease servicing.
1. Mount the vessel on the urethane support pads furnished. Do not mount directly
to any rigid structure.
2. Use the stainless steel straps furnished. Straps should be tightened sufficiently to
hold the vessel on the urethane support pads, but not so tightly as to restrict
expansion. (A torque of 25-50 lbs-in. is sufficient.)
3. U-bolts should not be used for vessel mounting under any circumstances.
4. Provide a flexible piping connection to permit decoupling the header from the
vessel. The recommended Permeate Port connection is a U-bend pipe with flexible
connections at each end, or a flexible hose. Recommended Feed and Concentrate
connections are via flexible Victaulic® couplings.
5. Do not hard plumb any piping connections to the vessel.
6. Support the header independently. Piping should be self supporting or supported

by the headers.
7. Include an expansion loop in the branch connection to allow for:

A. Elastic growth under pressure.
B. Thermal growth in vessel length.
8. The total weight of branch connection and fittings supported by the vessel should
not exceed 8 lbs for either the Feed/Concentrate ports or the Permeate port for 80A
series vessels.
The above suggestions are intended to help prevent damage in typical applications. Unusual
or special applications may involve other considerations, to be determined by the system
designer.
A-3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 166 of 257

CORROSION
Considerations relating to corrosion are an important factor in vessel application. Corrosion

can result in explosive head failure and/or cause difficulty in removing head components
from the shell. Correct component material selection is essential for safe long-term use.
Although the process fluid is the main consideration, external environmental conditions
should also be taken into account.
All reasonable precautions should be taken to protect head assemblies from external
wetting, particularly in corrosive atmospheres (e.g. salt water areas or acidic atmospheres
such as near lead acid battery arrays, etc.). Leaks from vessel or nearby components which
allow head parts to be routinely wetted should not be tolerated.
The following typical list of CodeLine, pressure vessel components shows the standard
material of construction of each part. An evaluation of the possibility of corrosion damage
to metal head interlock components is of critical importance. Alternate materials are
available upon request.
Model 80A30 and 80A45
Dwg Qty. Part Name Materials/Remarks

.Ref. Per
SHELL
1 1 Shell Filament wound epoxy/glass composite.
S.S. head locking grooves integrally wound
in place. Shell exterior coated with white
high gloss polyurethane paint.
2 A/R F/C Port 316 SST
3 A/R Retaining Ring 302 Series SST
4 A/R F/C Port Seal Ethylene Propylene – Square Cut
HEAD
5 2 Head Ass’y. 80A30 316 SST
6 2 Head Seal Ethylene Propylene – Quad seal
7 2 Permeate Port Seal Ethylene Propylene – Square Cut (228)
8 2 Port Nut Engineering Thermoplastic
9 2 Adapter Seal Ethylene Propylene – O Ring (124)
HEAD INTERLOCK
10 2 Retaining Ring 302 Series SST
VESSEL SUPPORT
11 *3 Universal Saddle Engineering Thermoplastic
12 *3 Strap Assembly Type 304 SST – PVC cushion
13 6 Strap Screw 5/16-18 UNC, 18-8 Stainless Steel
ELEMENT INTERFACE
14 2 Adapter Engineering Thermoplastic
15 A/R PWT Seal Ethylene Propylene
16 1 Thrust Cone Engineering Thermoplastic – White
* 2 EACH FURNISHED WITH LENGTH CODE 1, 2 & 3
A-4
UR01211-0M-00 Page 167 of 257

SAFETY
CAUTION
Pressure vessels may cause loss of life, severe bodily harm or
property damage if not correctly installed, operated and
maintained.
Safety in service of fiberglass pressure vessels depends on proper application, installation,

operation and maintenance. This section is intended to provide guidance towards safe system
design. The safety information given in the Installation and Operation and Maintenance
sections should also be studied and used appropriately in conjunction with the precautions
listed below.
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR SAFETY
Fluid Compatibility
The materials of construction selected must be compatible with the process fluid and with
proposed preserving and cleaning fluids. Standard materials are listed on the engineering
drawings. In cases where the standard materials are unacceptable, suitable alternates may be
available.
Pressure and Temperature Design Limits
Operation of a vessel outside its design limits will void the warranty and could result in vessel
fatigue with possible eventual explosive head failure. Although each 80A vessel is tested to
1.5 times design pressure, long term operation above design pressure must be prevented.
Permeate port pressure must not exceed 125 psi (with standard materials). Vessels should not
be continuously operated at temperatures above 120°F.
Over-pressure Protection
It is essential that over-pressure protection be provided such that the pressure to which any
vessel is subjected cannot exceed 105% of design pressure.
A-5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 168 of 257

Mounting
The pressure vessel should not be used as a support. Piping manifolds and other fittings
should be supported by properly designed system framework. Operating personnel should
be discouraged from applying undue force to any fittings connected directly to a pressure
vessel.
Accessibility
Pressure vessels should be positioned within the system such that elements can be inserted
at the upstream end and removed from the downstream end (i.e. elements are installed and
removed in the direction of feed flow).
A-6
UR01211-0M-00 Page 169 of 257

APPENDIX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pre-Pressurization Checklist ...................................... APX-2

Engineering Drawings ............................................... APX-3
Piping Recommendations for
CodeLine 80A Series Sideport Vessels ................... APX-12
Component List ......................................................... APX-15
Limited Warranty ...................................................... APX-16
Registration Card ....................................................... APX-17
APX-1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 170 of 257

PRE-PRESSURIZATION CHECKLIST
Danger High Pressure Device

Operation of this vessel may cause loss of life, in explosive head failure.
severe bodily harm, and/or property damage if not Misuse, incorrect assembly or use of damaged or
correctly installed or maintained. Read and corroded components can result in explosive release of
understand all guidelines given before attempting to the end closure.
open, operate or service this vessel. We recommend that only a qualified mechanic
Failure to follow these guidelines and observe every experienced in servicing high-pressure hydraulic
precaution may result in malfunction and could result systems, open, close and service this vessel.
This checklist is an aid intended to remind servicing and operating personnel of the detailed guidelines given in
the 80A Series Operation and Maintenance Guide.
The checklist alone does not include all the details needed for safe vessel operation. Use the checklist each time
any service operation is carried out, to ensure that each step is completed before pressurizing the vessel.
membrane elements HEAD ASSEMBLY INTERLOCK

Installed per manufacturers recommendations. Locking groove at each end of shell clean, free of
Feed flow direction correctly noted and elements corrosion and/or delamination with outboard face
correctly oriented. of groove true and in sound condition.
ELEMENT INTERFACE of damage or corrosion.
Adapters installed at both ends of element column. All three turns of the retaining ring are fully seated
in the retaining ring groove.
Thrust cone installed downstream (Concentrate or
brine end) of the element column and indexed
correctly around the brine ports. PIPING CONNECTIONS
Properly aligned (strain free) and secured.
head
Leak free.
of damage or corrosion.
All components properly assembled with new,
freshly lubricated seals.
Permeate port snap ring installed.
Assembled By: Date Of Assembly:

Checked By: Date of Inspection:
The following vessels listed by serial number below were serviced under this checklist:
APX-2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 171 of 257

ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
Model 80A15 (dwg # 519005) ...................................... APX-4 to APX-5

Model 80A60 (dwg # 519013).......................................APX-8 to APX-9
APX-3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 172 of 257

UR01211-0M-00 Page 173 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 174 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 175 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 176 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 177 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 178 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 179 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 180 of 257
Piping Recommendations for
CodeLine E8 and 80A Series Side ported Vessels
Various methods of connecting sideport vessels to manifolds are possible. The

recommended method is to connect each vessel side port to the manifold using two flexible
Victaulic® joints and an intermediate piping section. A 90o-elbow would be ideal, however,
a straight piping connection would also be acceptable. This two-joint method is preferred
over a single Victaulic® connection because it does not require as much care in vessel
alignment and manifold weldment accuracy. Figures 1 & 2 illustrate the preferred method.
APX-12
UR01211-0M-00 Page 181 of 257

Piping Recommendations continued
An alternate method using a single Victaulic® is acceptable but requires more thoughtful
execution. The manifold must be fabricated using close tolerances to help ensure correct
alignment. Installation must follow a sequence of assembly steps to initially ensure correct
shell to manifold alignment. First, the vessel should be set into the rack and secured loosely
into position using the mounting straps. Then connect the vessels to the manifold, which is
also loosely secured one port at a time, while adjusting the shell and manifold position for
the best alignment possible. At this time set the side port to manifold clearance at .125 in. per
Victaulic® recommendations for cut groove applications. After proper alignment is
achieved, secure the shell and fix the manifolds into position. (See figures 3 & 4 for reference).
APX-13
UR01211-0M-00 Page 182 of 257

Piping Recommendations continued
Even though a single Victaulic® coupling arrangement may be the choice for low cost and
compactness, it brings with it the necessity to provide the required amount of flexibility in
some other way.
A Victaulic® coupling allows angular but not lateral misalignment. Two rigidly restrained
pipes not lying on a common axis can be forced to align if the fit is close enough to allow the
two halves of the coupling to be pulled together by the bolts. This practice is not
recommended. The resulting stresses are complex and have leveraged intensity. Any
misalignment must therefore be kept to an absolute minimum.
Figure 3 illustrates how Victaulic® couplings might be incorporated in the manifolds to

alleviate misalignment where a line of vessels is connected to a common manifold header
and only one flexible Victaulic® joint is used between the vessel and the manifold.
In checking for correct alignment, the maximum axial misalignment from port to manifold
should be .030 in. in any direction. (see figure 5) While exceeding .030 in. misalignment
should not significantly reduce vessel safety, it may decrease vessel service life. A
recommended method of checking for acceptable alignment is to test for coupler rotation.
To use the rotation method, install the Victaulic® coupling between the vessel side port and
the manifold. With the two coupling bolts tightened until snug, you should be able to rotate
the coupling by hand. If hand rotation is possible, the alignment will be acceptable.
APX-14
UR01211-0M-00 Page 183 of 257

COMPONENT LIST
80A SERIES RO PRESSURE VESSEL
3$571$0( $ $ $ $

'LVKHG0HWDO+HDG 52025
+HDG6HDO 45321
3HUPHDWH3RUW 50935
3HUPHDWH3RUW6HDO 45342
6HFXULQJ3ODWH 52146
$GDSWHU6HDO 52245
3RUW1XW 45066
5HWDLQLQJ5LQJ 45261
6DGGOH 52169
6WUDS 45042
7KUXVW&RQH 47337
Note: The numbers shown above are for ordering purposes only. Due to differences in
assembly numbers and part numbers, the number stamped on a part may be different from the
numbers shown above and may not always be reflected on the actual part. When appropriate, the
part will be supplied with O-ring(s) lubricated and assembled to the part.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 184 of 257

REGISTRATION CARD
Vessel Model: Serial Numbers

Numbers are located at one end of vessel.
Date of Purchase: (If more than 30 numbers, please attach.)
OEM Purchased From:
Type of System:
Membrane Softening
Ultrafiltration
Brackish RO
Seawater RO
Other:
Size of System: GPD/No. of Vessels:
Date of Installation:
Location of System:
Pentair Water India Pvt. Ltd.

L/52-55, Verna Industiral Esatate
Verna, Goa, INDIA
APX-17
UR01211-0M-00 Page 185 of 257

Place
Stamp
Here
Pentair Water India Pvt. Ltd.

L/52-55, Verna Industrial Estate
Verna, Goa. INDIA
UR01211-0M-00 Page 186 of 257

Product Information
FILMTEC™ Membranes
FILMTEC LE-400 High Productivity Low-Energy Brackish Water RO Element
Features The FILMTEC™ LE-400 element is a low-energy element for industrial and municipal
applications that operates at low pressure to deliver energy savings in new equipment or
replacement situations where energy cost is an important factor and unit price is a key driver.
• Delivers equivalent permeate flow at 40% lower feed pressure, compared to the
FILMTEC BW30-400.
• Offers the proven performance and high productivity of the FILMTEC BW30-400 element
construction, with lower energy use and operating expense.
• The new FILMTEC LE-400 has an industry standard 1.125 inch ID permeate tube to
facilitate element replacement.
Product Specifications
Active area Feed spacer Permeate flow rate Stabilized salt Minimum salt
Product Part number ft2 (m2) thickness (mil) gpd (m3/d) rejection (%) rejection (%)
LE-400 249109 400 (37) 28 11,500 (44) 99.3% 99.0%
1. Permeate flow and salt rejection based on the following standard conditions: 2,000 ppm NaCl, 150 psi (10.3 bar), 77°F (25°C), pH 8 and 15% recovery.
2. For comparison, the LE-400 will have a permeate flow of 12,200 gpd (46 m3/d) and stabilized salt rejection of 99.3% when normalized to a feed solution of 1,500 ppm
NaCl as used by some manufacturers.
3. Flow rates for individual elements may vary but will be no more than 15% below the value shown.
4. Sales specifications may vary as design revisions take place.
5. Active area guaranteed +/-3%. Active area as stated by FilmTec is not comparable to nominal membrane area often stated by some manufacturers. Measurement
method described in Form No. 609-00434.
Figure 1
B DIA
C DIA FilmTecsupplies
Filmtec supplies
coupler part number
coupler number
313198 with each
118027 with each
element. Each
element. Each coupler
coupler
includes
includes two 2-125
3-912
Fiberglass Outer Wrap EPR
EPR o-rings (FilmTec
o-rings (FilmTec
Feed part
part number 151705).
End Cap number 102284).
U-Cup Brine Seal Brine Product
Dimensions – inches (mm)

Product A B C
LE-400 40.0 (1,016) 1.125 ID (29) 7.9 (201)
1. Refer to FilmTec Design Guidelines for multiple-element applications and recommended element recovery rates for various feed sources. 1 inch = 25.4 mm
2. Element to fit nominal 8.0-inch (203 mm) I.D. pressure vessel.
Page 1 of 2 ™® Trademark of The Dow Chemical Company (“Dow”) or an affiliated company of Dow Form No. 609-00484-1008
UR01211-0M-00 Page 187 of 257

Operating Limits • Membrane Type Polyamide Thin-Film Composite
• Maximum Operating Temperaturea 113°F (45°C)
• Maximum Operating Pressure 600 psig (41 bar)
• Maximum Pressure Drop 15 psig (1.0 bar)
• pH Range, Continuous Operationa 2 - 11
• pH Range, Short-Term Cleaning (30 min.)b 1 - 13
• Maximum Feed Flow 85 gpm (19 m3/hr)
• Maximum Feed Silt Density Index SDI 5
• Free Chlorine Tolerancec <0.1 ppm
a Maximum temperature for continuous operation above pH 10 is 95°F (35°C).
b Refer to Cleaning Guidelines in specification sheet 609-23010.
c Under certain conditions, the presence of free chlorine and other oxidizing agents will cause premature membrane failure. Since oxidation
damage is not covered under warranty, FilmTec recommends removing residual free chlorine by pretreatment prior to membrane exposure.
Please refer to technical bulletin 609-22010 for more information.
Important Proper start-up of reverse osmosis water treatment systems is essential to prepare the
Information membranes for operating service and to prevent membrane damage due to overfeeding or
hydraulic shock. Following the proper start-up sequence also helps ensure that system operating
parameters conform to design specifications so that system water quality and productivity goals
can be achieved.
Before initiating system start-up procedures, membrane pretreatment, loading of the membrane
elements, instrument calibration and other system checks should be completed.
Please refer to the application information literature entitled “Start-Up Sequence” (Form No. 609-
02077) for more information.
Operation Avoid any abrupt pressure or cross-flow variations on the spiral elements during start-up,
Guidelines shutdown, cleaning or other sequences to prevent possible membrane damage. During start-up,
a gradual change from a standstill to operating state is recommended as follows:
• Feed pressure should be increased gradually over a 30-60 second time frame.
• Cross-flow velocity at set operating point should be achieved gradually over 15-20 seconds.
• Permeate obtained from first hour of operation should be discarded.
General Information • Keep elements moist at all times after initial wetting.
• If operating limits and guidelines given in this bulletin are not strictly followed, the limited
warranty will be null and void.
• To prevent biological growth during prolonged system shutdowns, it is recommended that
membrane elements be immersed in a preservative solution.
• The customer is fully responsible for the effects of incompatible chemicals and lubricants on
elements.
• Maximum pressure drop across an entire pressure vessel (housing) is 50 psi (3.4 bar).
• Avoid static permeate-side backpressure at all times.
Regulatory Note These membranes may be subject to drinking water application restrictions in some countries:
please check the application status before use and sale.
FILMTEC™ Membranes Notice: The use of this product in and of itself does not necessarily guarantee the removal of cysts and pathogens from water.
For more information about FILMTEC Effective cyst and pathogen reduction is dependent on the complete system design and on the operation and maintenance of
membranes, call the Dow Water the system.
Solutions business:
North America: 1-800-447-4369 Notice: No freedom from any patent owned by Seller or others is to be inferred. Because use conditions and applicable laws
Latin America: (+55) 11-5188-9222 may differ from one location to another and may change with time, Customer is responsible for determining whether products
Europe: (+32) 3-450-2240 and the information in this document are appropriate for Customer’s use and for ensuring that Customer’s workplace and
Pacific: +60 3 7958 3392
disposal practices are in compliance with applicable laws and other governmental enactments. Seller assumes no obligation or
Japan: +813 5460 2100
liability for the information in this document. NO WARRANTIES ARE GIVEN; ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
China: +86 21 2301 9000
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.
http://www.filmtec.com
Page 2 of 2 ™® Trademark of The Dow Chemical Company ("Dow") or an affiliated company of Dow Form No. 609-00484-1008
UR01211-0M-00 Page 188 of 257

IT T Commercial Water
Goulds Pumps
G&L SERIES SSH-C and SSH-F
Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Instructions
Goulds Pumps is a brand of ITT Residential and

Commercial Water.
www.goulds.com
Engineered for life
1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 189 of 257
Table of Contents Owner’s Information
SUBJECT PAGE Please fill in data from your pump nameplate.
Safety Instructions ...................................................................... 3 Warranty information is on page 15.
Important Instructions................................................................ 3
Pump Model:
Installation .................................................................................. 3
Alignment ................................................................................... 4 Serial Number:
Suction Piping............................................................................. 4 Dealer:
Discharge Piping ......................................................................... 4
Dealer’s Phone Number:
Rotation ...................................................................................... 4
Operation.................................................................................... 4 Date of Purchase:
Maintenance ............................................................................... 5 Installation Date:
Disassembly ................................................................................ 5
Reassembly.................................................................................. 5
Troubleshooting Guide............................................................... 6
Components ............................................................................... 7
SSH S-Group – Engineering Data ............................................. 9
SSH S-Group Close-Coupled – Dimensions & Weights ........ 10
SSH S-Group Frame-Mounted – Dimensions & Weights...... 11
SSH M-Group – Engineering Data ......................................... 12
SSH M-Group Close Coupled – Dimensions & Weights ...... 13
SSH M-Group Frame-Mounted – Dimensions & Weights.... 14
Goulds Pumps Limited Warranty ............................................ 15
Declaration of Conformity ...................................................... 35
2
UR01211-0M-00 Page 190 of 257
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 3. Motors must be wired for proper voltage (check
nameplate). Wire size must limit maximum voltage
TO AVOID SERIOUS OR FATAL PERSONAL INJURY drop to 10% of nameplate voltage at motor terminals,
OR MAJOR PROPERTY DAMAGE, READ AND or motor life and pump performance will be lowered.
FOLLOW ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IN MANUAL
4. Single-Phase: Thermal protection for single-phase units
AND ON PUMP.
is sometimes built-in (Check nameplate). If no built-in
THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO ASSIST IN THE protection is provided, use a contactor with proper
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT overload. Fusing is permissible if properly fused.
AND MUST BE KEPT WITH THE PUMP. 5. Three-Phase: Provide three-leg protection with proper
This is a SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL. size magnetic starter and thermal overloads.
When you see this symbol on the pump 6. Maximum Liquid Temperatures:
or in the manual, look for one of the fol- 212ºF (100ºC) with standard seal.
lowing signal words and be alert to the 250ºF (120ºC) with optional high-temperature seal.
potential for personal injury or property 7. Maximum allowable operating pressure: 230 PSI
damage. (15 bars).
DANGER Warns of hazards that WILL cause
serious personal injury, death or major
8. Maximum number of starts per hour: 20, evenly
distributed.
property damage. 9. Regular Inspection and Maintenance will increase
WARNING Warns of hazards that CAN cause service life. Base schedule on operating time.
serious personal injury, death or major
property damage.
Warns of hazards that CAN cause per- 2. Installation
CAUTION sonal injury or property damage. 1. Close-coupled units may be installed inclined or vertical.
NOTICE: INDICATES SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
WHICH ARE VERY IMPORTANT AND CAUTION DO NOT INSTALL WITH MOTOR
BELOW PUMP. CONDENSATION
MUST BE FOLLOWED. WILL BUILD UP IN MOTOR.
THOROUGHLY REVIEW ALL INSTRUCTIONS 2. Locate pump as near liquid source as possible (below
AND WARNINGS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY level of liquid for automatic operation).
WORK ON THIS PUMP. 3. Protect from freezing or floods.
MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DECALS. 4. Allow adequate space for servicing and ventilation.
5. For close-coupled pumps, the foundation must be flat
WARNING UNIT NOT DESIGNED FOR USE and substantial to eliminate strain when tightening
WITH HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS
OR FLAMMABLE GASES. THESE bolts. Use rubber mounts to minimize noise and
FLUIDS MAY BE PRESENT IN vibration. Tighten motor hold-down bolts before
CONTAINMENT AREAS. connecting piping to pump.
6. For frame-mounted pumps, permanent and solid
foundation is required for smooth operation. Bedplate
Hazardous fluids
must be grouted to a foundation with solid footing.
can cause fire,
burns or death.
7. Place unit in position on wedges located at four points
(Two below approximate center of driver and two
NOTICE: INSPECT UNIT FOR DAMAGE AND below approximate center of pump). Adjust wedges to
REPORT ALL DAMAGE TO THE CARRIER level unit, bringing coupling halves into reasonable
OR DEALER IMMEDIATELY. alignment. Level or plumb suction and discharge
flanges.
8. Make sure bedplate is not distorted and final coupling
1. Important Instructions
alignment can be made within the limits of movement
1. Inspect unit for damage. Report damage to carrier of motor and by shimming if necessary.
immediately. 9. Tighten foundation bolts finger tight and build dam
2. Electrical supply must be a separate branch circuit around foundation. Pour grout under bedplate making
with fuses or circuit breakers, wire sizes, etc., per sure the areas under pump and motor feet are filled
National and Local electrical codes. Install an all-leg solid. Allow grout to harden 48 hours before further
disconnect switch near pump. tightening foundation bolts.
WARNING ALWAYS DISCONNECT 10. All piping must be supported independently of the
ELECTRICAL POWER WHEN pump, and must “line-up” naturally. Never draw
HANDLING PUMP OR CONTROLS. piping into place by forcing the pump suction and
discharge connections!
11. Angular alignment of the flanges can best be accom-
plished using calipers at bolt locations (See illustra-
tion).
Hazardous voltage
can shock, burn or
cause death.
3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 191 of 257
4.2. Do not use suction isolation valve to throttle
pump!
5. Installation with pump above source of supply:
5.1. To avoid air pockets, no part of piping should be
higher than pump suction connection. Slope
piping upwards from liquid source.
5.2. All joints must be airtight.
5.3. Foot valve to be used only if necessary for prim-
ing, or to hold prime on intermittent service.
5.4. Suction strainer open area must be at least triple
the pipe area.
6. Size of inlet from liquid source, and minimum submer-
gence over inlet, must be sufficient to prevent air
entering pump.
12. On frame-mounted units, tighten foundation, pump
and driver hold-down bolts before connecting piping
to pump. 5. Discharge Piping
13. Avoid unnecessary fittings. Select sizes to keep fric- 1. Arrangement must include a check valve located
tion losses low. between a gate valve and the pump. The gate valve is
14. After completing piping, rotate unit by hand to check for regulation of capacity, or inspection of pump or
for binding. Note: A screwdriver slot or flats are pro- check valve.
vided in end of motor shaft. 2. If reducer is required, place between check valve and-
pump.
3. Alignment
1. No field alignment is necessary on close-coupled 6. Rotation
pumps. WARNING DO NOT PLACE HANDS IN PUMP
2. Even though the pump-motor unit may have a factory WHILE CHECKING MOTOR
alignment, in transit this alignment could be disturbed ROTATION. TO DO SO WILL CAUSE
and must be checked prior to running. SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY.
3. Check the tightness of all hold-down bolts before
checking the alignment.
4. If re-alignment is necessary, always move the motor. Hazardous Machinery
Shim as required.
5. Final alignment is achieved when parallel and angular 1. Pumps are right-hand rotation (Clockwise when
requirements are achieved with both pump and motor viewed from the driver end). Switch power on and
hold down bolts tight. off. Observe shaft rotation. On frame-mounted units,
check rotation before coupling pump to motor.
CAUTION ALWAYS RECHECK BOTH
ALIGNMENTS AFTER MAKING 2. Single-Phase: Refer to wiring diagram on motor if
ADJUSTMENTS. rotation must be changed.
6. Parallel misalignment exists when the shafts are not 3. Three-Phase: Interchange any two power supply leads
concentric. Place dial indicator on one hub and rotate to change rotation.
this hub 360º while taking readings on the outside
diameter of the other hub. Parallel alignment occurs
when Total Indicator Reading is .005" or less. 7. Operation
7. Angular misalignment exists when the shafts are not 1. Before starting, pump must be primed (free of air and
parallel. Place dial indicator on one hub and rotate this suction pipe full of liquid) and discharge valve par-
hub 360º while taking readings on the face of the tially open.
other hub. Angular alignment is achieved when Total
CAUTION PUMPED LIQUID PROVIDES
Indicator Reading is .005" or less. LUBRICATION. IF PUMP IS RUN
DRY, ROTATING PARTS WILL SEIZE
4. Suction Piping AND MECHANICAL SEAL WILL BE
DAMAGED.
1. Low static lift and short, direct suction piping is
2. Make complete check after unit is run under operating
desired. For suction lift over 15 feet, consult pump
conditions and temperature has stabilized. Check for
performance curve for Net Positive Suction Head
expansion of piping. Check coupling alignment.
Required.
3. Do not operate at or near zero flow. Energy imparted
2. Suction pipe size must be at least equal to suction
to the liquid is converted into heat. Liquid may flash
connection of pump.
to vapor. Rotating parts require liquid to prevent scor-
3. If larger pipe is used, an eccentric pipe reducer (with ing or seizing.
straight side up) must be used at the pump.
4. Installation with pump below source of supply:
4.1. Install isolation valve in piping for inspection and
maintenance.
4
UR01211-0M-00 Page 192 of 257
8. Maintenance 10. Reassembly
WARNING FAILURE TO DISCONNECT AND 1. All parts should be cleaned before assembly.
LOCKOUT ELECTRICAL POWER 2. Refer to parts list to identify required replacement
Hazardous BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY
voltage items.
MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE
3. Reassembly is the reverse of the disassembly proce-
SHOCK, BURNS OR DEATH.
dure.
1. Bearings are located in and are part of the motor. For
4. Replace lip seals if worn or damaged (frame-mount
lubrication procedure, refer to manufacturer’s instruc-
only).
tions.
5. Replace ball bearings if loose, rough or noisy when
2. On frame-mounted units, regrease at 2,000 hours use
rotated (frame-mount only).
or after 3 months. Use #2 Sodium or Lithium grease
and fill until grease comes out of the relief fitting. 6. Check shaft for maximum runout of .005" TIR. Bear-
ing seats and lip seal areas must be smooth and free of
scratches or grooves. Replace if necessary (frame-
9. Disassembly mount only).
1. Always turn power off. 7. All mechanical seal components must be in good
condition or leakage may result. Replacement of
2. Drain system. Flush if necessary.
complete seal assembly, whenever seal has been
3. Remove motor hold-down bolts on close-coupled or removed, is good standard practice.
disconnect coupling and remove spacer.
8. If wear ring is being replaced, do not use lubricants on
4. Remove casing bolts and pump hold-down bolts. the metal-to-metal fit when pressing in the replace-
5. Remove motor and rotating element from casing. ment.
6. Unscrew impeller bolt with a socket wrench. Do not 9. If the impeller is removed, as for example to effect a
insert screwdriver between impeller vanes to prevent mechanical seal change, this procedure must be
rotation. It may be necessary to use a strap wrench followed: Old impeller bolt and impeller o-ring cannot
around the impeller if impacting the socket wrench be reused.
will not loosen the impeller bolt. 10. Install the mechanical seal stationary seat in the seal
7. Remove impeller o-ring. housing, using soapy water as a lubricant to ease
8. Insert two pry bars (180º apart) between impeller and insertion.
seal housing. Pry off impeller. 11. S-Group – Install the mechanical seal spring retainer,
9. Remove shaft sleeve, seal spring, cupwasher, seal spring and rotary assembly on the shaft sleeve using
rotary and impeller key. soapy water to lubricate. Slide the shaft sleeve over
the pump shaft, be sure that a new shaft sleeve o-ring
10. Remove seal housing. is used.
11. Place seal housing on flat surface. Press out stationary NOTE: THE SHAFT SLEEVE O-RING AND IMPEL-
seal parts. LER WASHER O-RING ARE ALMOST
12. Remove deflector from shaft on frame-mounted IDENTICAL IN DIAMETER. BE SURE TO
units. USE THE SQUARE CROSS-SECTION
13. Remove bolts holding bearing cover to frame and O-RING IN THE IMPELLER WASHER. THE
remove bearing cover (frame-mount). ROUND CROSS-SECTION O-RING IS USED
14. Remove lip seals from bearing frame and bearing IN THE SHAFT SLEEVE.
cover (frame-mount). 11. M-Group – Install the mechanical seal spring and
15. Remove shaft and bearings from frame (frame- rotary on the shaft sleeve using soapy water to lubri-
mount). cate. Slide the shaft sleeve over the pump shaft. Be
16. Remove bearing retaining ring (frame-mount). sure that a new shaft sleeve o-ring is used. Place the
mechanical seal spring retainer over the impeller hub.
17. Use bearing puller or arbor press to remove ball
bearings (frame-mount). 12. Place the impeller key into the shaft keyway and slide
the impeller in place. Install the impeller stud and
18. Remove wear ring if excessively worn. Use pry bar impeller washer. Be sure that a new impeller o-ring is
and/or vicegrips. used. Tighten S-Group (3⁄8" thread) to 17 lb.ft. and
M-Group (½" thread) to 38 lb.ft.
13. Replace casing bolts and tighten in a crossing se-
quence to the torque values indicated below.
S-Group – 25 lb.-ft. (35 N-m)
M-Group – 37 lb.-ft. (50 N-m)
14. Check reassembled unit for binding by rotating shaft
with appropriate tool from motor end.
15. If rubbing exists, loosen casing bolts and proceed
with tightening sequence again.
5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 193 of 257
11. Troubleshooting
1. Motor does not start, and no noise or vibration oc- 6. Shaft spins with difficulty:
curs: 6.1. Check for obstructions in the motor or the pump.
1.1. Power supply not connected. 6.2. Rubbing occurs between rotating and stationary
1.2. Fuses or protection device tripped or defective. parts.
1.3. Loose or broken electrical connections. 6.3. Check bearings for proper conditions.
2. Motor will not start, but generates noise and vibration: 7. Pump vibrates, runs noisily, and flow rate is uneven:
2.1. Motor not wired as directed on diagram. 7.1. Pump runs beyond rated capacity.
2.2. Shaft locked due to mechanical obstructions in 7.2. Pump or piping not properly secured.
motor or pump. 7.3. Suction lift too high.
2.3. Low voltage or phase loss on three phase supply. 7.4. Suction pipe diameter too small.
3. Pump does not deliver rated capacity: 7.5. Cavitation caused by insufficient liquid supply or
3.1. Pump not filled and primed. excessive suction losses.
3.2. Pump has lost prime due to leaks in suction line. 7.6. Impeller blockage.
3.3. Direction of rotation incorrect. See Rotation. 8. When stopped, unit turns slowly in the reverse direc-
3.4. Head required is higher than that originally tion:
specified. (Valve may be partially closed.) 8.1. Leaks on air locks in suction pipe.
3.5. Foot valve clogged. 8.2. Partial blockage in check valve.
3.6. Suction lift too high. 9. In pressure boosting applications, the unit starts and
3.7. Suction pipe diameter too small. stops too often:
4. Protection trips as unit starts: 9.1. Pressure switch settings are incorrect.
4.1. Phase loss on three-phase supply. 9.2. Tank size may be incorrect.
4.2. Protection device may be defective. 10. In pressure boosting applications, the unit does not
4.3. Loose or broken electrical connections. stop:
4.4. Check motor resistance and insulation to ground. 10.1. Pressure switch maximum setting is higher than
5. Protection device trips too often: was specified.
5.1. Protection may be set to a value lower than motor 10.2. Direction of rotation incorrect. See Rotation.
full load.
5.2. Phase loss due to faulty contacts or supply cable.
5.3. Liquid is viscous or its specific gravity is too high.
5.4. Rubbing occurs between rotating and stationary
parts.
6
UR01211-0M-00 Page 194 of 257
SSH-C Components
100 101 178 108 370 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Item Description Material
100 Casing
103 513 101 Impeller
103 Wear Ring AISI TYPE 316L
184 Seal Housing Stainless Steel
370 Socket Head Cap Screw
184 (Casing to Adapter)
408 Drain Plug — 3⁄8 NPT AISI TYPE 316 SS
126 Shaft Sleeve 316 SS
412A 178 Impeller Key Steel
383
422 Impeller Stud Steel
199 Impeller Washer 316 SS
108 Adapter Cast Iron ASTM A48CL20
Hex Head Cap Screw
371 Steel
(Adapter to Motor)
412A O-ring, impeller BUNA-N
412F O-ring, shaft sleeve BUNA-N
513 O-Ring BUNA-N
Carbon/Ceramic
383 Mechanical Seal Part No. 10K13 Buna Elastomers
316 SS Metal Parts
199 422 408 412F 126 371
383A Spring Retainer AISI Type 316 SS
OPTIONAL MECHANICAL SEALS

John Crane Type 21 Mechanical Seals
Part Metal
Item Rotary Stationary Elastomers Parts Intended Duty
No.
10K19 Ni-Resist EPR Hi-Temperature
383 10K25 Ni-Resist Viton 316 Chemical
Options Carbon SS
10K27 Tungsten Hi-Temperature
EPR
Carbide Mild Abrasive
383A 383A
(M-GROUP (S-GROUP
LOCATION) LOCATION)
7
UR01211-0M-00 Page 195 of 257
SSH-F Components
100 101 513 370 184 383 108 228 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Item Description Material
412A
100 Casing
134 101 Impeller
103 Wear Ring AISI TYPE 316L
370C 184 Seal Housing Stainless Steel
333A 370 Socket Head Cap Screw
408 Drain plug – 3⁄8 NPT AISI TYPE 316 SS
Pump End Components

126 Shaft Sleeve 316 SS
178 Impeller Key Steel
422 Impeller Stud Steel
199 Impeller Washer 316 SS
412A O-ring, impeller BUNA-N
412F O-ring, shaft sleeve BUNA-N
513 O-Ring BUNA-N
Mechanical Seal Carbon/Ceramic
103 199 422 408 178 412F 126 370B 123 168 112 136 122 383 Standard Part BUNA-N Elastomers
No. 10K13 316 SS Metal Parts
383A Spring Retainer AISI Type 316SS
108 Adapter
228 Bearing Frame Cast Iron ASTM A48 CL20
134 Bearing Cover
Power End Components

122 Pump Shaft
168 Ball Bearing (Inboard)
112 Ball Bearing (Outboard)
136 Retaining Ring
370B Hex Head Cap Screw Steel
(Adapter to Bearing Frame)
370C Hex Head Cap Screw
(Bearing Frame to Cover)
333A Lip Seal BUNA-N
193 Grease Fitting Steel
123 V-Ring Deflector BUNA-N
OPTIONAL MECHANICAL SEALS

John Crane Type 21 Mechanical Seals
Part Metal
Item Rotary Stationary Elastomers Parts Intended Duty
No.
10K19 Ni-Resist EPR Hi-Temperature
383 10K25 Ni-Resist Viton 316 Chemical
Carbon
Options Tungsten SS Hi-Temperature
10K27 EPR
Carbide Mild Abrasive
383A 383A
(M-GROUP (S-GROUP
LOCATION) LOCATION)
8
UR01211-0M-00 Page 196 of 257
SSH S-Group – Engineering Data, Información Técnica, Données techniques – SSH, groupe S
Channel Steel Bedplate, Clockwise Rotation Viewed from Drive End;
Fundación de Acero, Rotación en Dirección de las Agujas del Reloj Visto desde el Extremo del Motor;
Plaque de base profilée en U et rotation en sens horaire (vue de l’extrémité du moteur)
DISCHARGE CP 3¾ C MAX.
AB DESCARGA Y 35⁄8 SPACER COUPLING
MAX. REFOULEMENT ACOPLE DEL ESPACIADOR;
ACCOUPL. À PIÈCE D’ÉCART.
PRIME PLUG, 3½ COUPLING GUARD, GUARDA ACOPLE;
TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE 1.125 1,125 Ø CARTER D’ACCOUPL.
X 1.124 1,124 (4) HOLES
SUCTION SINGLE PHASE ONLY, 58
SUCCIÓN SOLO UNIFÁSICOS; ⁄ DIA.
MONOPHASÉ SEULEMENT
ASPIRATION P (4) AGUJEROS
MAX. 58
⁄ DIA.;
DC DD 4 TROUS, DIAM. : 5⁄8
MAX. KEYWAY 1⁄8 x ¼
HD CHAVETERO 1⁄8 x ¼
LOGEMENT DE
HG CLAVETTE, 1⁄8 x ¼
DRAIN PLUG, TAPÓN DE DRENAJE
BOUCHON DE VIDANGE
38
HE HE ⁄ " GAS THREAD; HL HF HP
UNI ISO 228/1;
HA 38
⁄ , PAS DU GAZ HB
(UNI ISO 228/1)
NOTES:
Dimensions and Weights – Determined by Pump, Dimension “HL” Determined
1. All pumps shipped in vertical discharge
Dimensiones y Pesos – Determinados por la Bomba; by Pump and Bedplate, position. May be rotated in 90° increments.
Dimensión “HL” determinada Tighten 3⁄8 – 16 casing bolts to 12 ft./lbs.
Dimensions et poids – pompe la bomba y el motor, torque.
Dimensions HL 2. Dimensions in inches.
– pompe et plaque de base 3. Motor dimensions may vary with
motor manufacturer.
Motor Frame Size, 4. Not to be used for construction purposes.
Tamaño del bastidor del motor,
NOTAS:
Pump, Suction Discharge DC Max., Wt. (lbs.), Carcasse de moteur
1. Todas las bombas transportadas en posición de
Bomba, Succión ➀ Descarga ➀ CP DC Máx. DD X Y Peso (lib.) 143/ 183/ 213/ 254/ 284/ descarga vertical. Pueden rotarse en aumentos
Pompe Aspir. Refoul. DC max. Poids 145 184 215 256 286 de 90º. Apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos de carcasa a
9SH 1 X 2–6 5 4¾ 63⁄8 56 12 pies/libras potencia.
3 1 1 5
16 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 9 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 37⁄8 2. Las dimensiones en pulgadas.
10SH 1 X 2–8 2 1 55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 64 3. Las dimensiones puede que varíen con los
11SH 1 X 2–10 179⁄16 67⁄8 65⁄8 87⁄8 4 86 10 8½ 4¾ fabricantes..
4SH 1½ X 2½–6 169⁄16 5 4¾ 63⁄8 3¼ 57 9¼ 7¾ 4 4. No para propósitos de construcción.
1½ NOTA :
7SH 1½ X 2½–8 55⁄8 53⁄8 66
2½ 71⁄8 1. L’orifice de refoulement est orienté vers le haut.
5SH 2 X 2½–6 5 4¾ 57 On peut le tourner de 90° en 90°. Serrer les vis
2 175⁄16 4 10 8½ 4¾
8SH 2 X 2½–8 68 3
⁄8 - 16 du corps de pompe à 12 lbf·pi.
6 5¾ 715⁄16 2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids,
6SH 2½ X 3–6 3 2½ 59
en livres.
Available Motor and Bedplate Dimensions and Weights, ➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating flanges. 3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent
Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. varier selon le fabricant.
Pesos y Dimensiones Disponibles de la Fundación y del Motor À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150. 4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construc-
Dimensions et poids – moteur et plaque de base tion si elles ne sont pas certifiées à cette effet.
Motor HP @ 3500 RPM, HP @ 1750 RPM, Bedplate Data, Datos de la Fundación, Plaque de base
Frame, HP a 3500 RPM, HP a 1750 RPM, AB C P Wt.
Max., Max., Max., Max., Wt. Motor Bearing
Armazón hp à 3 500 tr/min hp à 1 750 tr/min (lbs.), Shim, Frame Shim,
del AB C P Peso Plancha Plancha
Single Phase, Three Phase, Single Phase, Three Phase, Peso de relleno
Motor, Monofásicos, 1 Ø Trifásicos, 3 Ø Monofásicos, 1 Ø Trifásicos, 3 Ø Máx., Máx., Máx., Máx., HA HB HD* HE HF HG HP* (li- de relleno del bastidor
AB C P Poids del motor
Carcasse bras), Cale de delCale
cojinete,
de
de moteur ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC max. max. max. max. Poids moteur palier
3
143T 1 1 1 1 13 ⁄8 45
5¼ 65⁄8
145T 2 2 2 or ou 3 2 1½ 1½ 1½ or ou 2 1½ or ou 2 14¼ 53
10 28 8 3¾ 24 2¾ ¾ 48 1¾ –
182T 3 3 5 3 2 2 3 3 78
165⁄8 78
74
5⁄ 7 ⁄
184T 5 5 7½ 5 3 or ou 5 3 5 3 181⁄8 95
213T 10 7½ 18 116
73⁄8 95⁄8 12 31 8¼ 4¼ 29 3 1 65 – –
215T 15 10 191⁄8 136
254T 20 15 215⁄8 266
101⁄8 13 13 42 9¼ 5¼ 38½ 4 110 – 1
256T 25 20 233⁄8 264
7
1¾
284TS 30 25 24 ⁄8 392
125⁄8 15 15 44 10½ 5¾ 40½ 3½ 124 – 1¾
286TS 40 30 265⁄8 432
Dimensions and weights vary with manufacturers. Dimensions in inches and weights in lbs.
“HP” Dimensions at motor end only.
* “HD” Dimension for 254T/256T motor frame on 1 x 2-10 only is 11"; A ¾" motor shim and a 1¾" bearing frame shim are required.
Dimensiones y pesos varían con los fabricantes. Dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras.
Dimensiones “HP” sólo en el extremo del motor.
* La dimensión “HD” para el bastidor del motor 254T/256T de 1 x 2 - 10 es sólo 11"; se requieren una cuña del motor de ¾" y una cuña del bastidor de apoyo de 1¾".
ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée.
*Dimensions HP à l’extrémité du moteur seulement. La dimension HD pour la carcasse 254T ou 256T, version 1X2-10 seulement, est de 11 po ; une cale de moteur de ¾ po et une cale de
palier de 1¾ po sont requises.
9
UR01211-0M-00 Page 197 of 257
SSH S-Group Close Coupled – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos,
Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur moteur, groupe S
(All dimensions in inches and weights in lbs. Do not use for construction purposes.)
(Todas las dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras. No usar para propósitos de construcción.)
DISCHARGE CP MAX.
DESCARGA
AB MAX. Y 35⁄8
REFOULEMENT
PRIME PLUG,
TAPÓN DE PURGA,
BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE
X SUCTION
SUCCIÓN
ASPIRATION
P
MAX.
D DC DD
G MAX.
DRAIN PLUG H-(4) HOLES

E E L F F H-(4) AGUJEROS
TAPÓN DE DRENAJE
A BOUCHON DE VIDANGE 3
⁄8" GAS THREAD B H (4 TROUS)
UNI ISO 228/1
3
⁄8, PAS DU GAZ
(UNI ISO 228/1)
NOTE:
1. Pumps shipped in vertical discharge as standard.
Dimensions “L” Determined by Pump and Motor, Dimensiones “L” Determinadas por la Bomba y el Motor, For other orientations, remove casing bolts, rotate
Dimensions L – pompe et moteur discharge to desired position, and tighten 3⁄8 – 16
150 lb. Flange, CP bolts to 12 ft./lbs., 7⁄16 – 14 bolts to 20 ft./lbs.
DC Wt. 2. ALL dimensions in inches.
Pump, Brida de 150 lib., Max., Max., Motor Frame Size,
2 Tamaño del Armazón del Motor, (lbs.), 3. Motor dimensions may vary with motor manu-
Bomba, Bride, 150 lb/po CP DC Pesos facturer.
Pompe Suct. Disch. Máx., Máx., DD X Y Carcasse de moteur
4. Not for construction purposes.
Succ. ➀ Desc. ➀ CP DC (libras),
Aspir. Refoul. max. max. 143/145 182/184 213/215 254/256 Poids NOTA:
3 1. Las bombas se transportarán en descarga vertical
9SH 1 x 2 – 6 5 4¾ 6 ⁄8 24 como estándar. Para otras orientaciones, retirar los
253⁄8 5 3 1
31⁄8 95⁄8 10¼ 11¼ —
10SH 1 x 2 – 8 2 1 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 32 tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga a la posición
11SH 1 x 2 – 10 277⁄8 67⁄8 65⁄8 87⁄8 4 10½ 111⁄8 121⁄8 123⁄8 54 deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras,
7
⁄16 – 14 tornillos a 20 pies/libras.
4SH 1½ x 2½ – 6 25½ 5 4¾ 63⁄8 3¼ 9¾ 103⁄8 113⁄8 — 25 2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas.
1½ 5 3 1
7SH 1½ x 2½ – 8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 34 3. Las dimensiones puede que varíen con
2½
5SH 2 x 2½ – 6 5 4¾ 63⁄8 25 los fabricantes.
7 1 1 3
2 27 ⁄8 4 10½ 11 ⁄8 12 ⁄8 12 ⁄8 4. No para propósitos de construcción.
8SH 2 x 2½ – 8 36
6 4¾ 715⁄16 NOTA :
6SH 2½ x 3 – 6 3 2½ 27
1. L’orifice de refoulement est orienté vers le haut. Pour
➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating flanges. l’orienter autrement, enlever les vis de fixation du
Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. corps de pompe, placer l’orifice dans le sens voulu,
À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150. puis reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 - 16 à 12 lbf·pi et 7⁄16
- 14 à 20 lbf·pi.
2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids, en livres.
3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent varier
selon le fabricant.
4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si
elles ne sont pas certifiées à cette effet.
Dimensions Determined by JM Motor Frame, Motor Frame Selections,
Dimensiones Determinadas por el Armazón del Motor JM, Selecciones del Armazón del Motor,
Dimensions – carcasse de moteur JM Choix de carcasses de moteur
H Motor Wt. Motor Motor Horsepower, Potencia del Motor, Puissance (hp)
Dia., (lbs.) Frame, 3500 RPM, 3500 RPM, 3 500 tr/min 1750 RPM, 1750 RPM, 1750 tr/min
JM Frame, H P Max.,
JM Armazón, A AB B D E F G Diám., P Máx., Peso Motor Armazón
(lib.), 1Ø, Monofásicos 3Ø, Trifásicos 1Ø, Monofásicos 3Ø, Trifásicos
Carcasse H P max. Poids du del Motor,
1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø
(diam.) moteur Carcasse
ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC
143JM 2 41
6½ 5¼ 6 3½ 2¾ 1
⁄8 11
⁄32 5
6 ⁄8 143JM – – – – – – 1 1
145JM 2½ 57 145JM 2 2 2-3 2 1-1½ 1-1½ 1½-2 1½-2
182JM 2¼ 77 182JM 3 3 5 3 2 2-3 3 3
8½ 57⁄8 6½ 4½ 3¾ 3
⁄16 7
7 ⁄8
184JM 13
97 184JM 5 5 7½ 5 3 – 5 5
2¾ ⁄32
213JM 122 213JM 7½ – 10 7½ 5 – 7½ 7½
9½ 73⁄8 8 5¼ 4¼ 7
⁄32 5
9 ⁄8
215JM 3½ 155 215JM 10 – 15 10-15 – – – –
254TCZ 9½ 41⁄8 17
265 254TCZ – – 20 – – – – –
11¼ 9 6¼ 5 ¼ ⁄32 11½
256TCZ 11¾ 5 320 256TCZ – – 25 20-25 – – – –
ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ;
TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée.
10
UR01211-0M-00 Page 198 of 257
SSH S-Group Frame-Mounted – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Armazón Montado – Dimensiones y Pesos,
Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe S
CP
DISCHARGE
DESCARGA Y 5
3 ⁄8
REFOULEMENT
PRIME PLUG, TAPÓN DE PURGA,

BOUCHON
D’AMORÇAGE
X 3½
SUCTION
SUCCIÓN 1.125 1,125
ASPIRATION 1.124 1,124
DIA. (DIAM.)
KEYWAY 1⁄8 x 1⁄4, CHAVETERO 1⁄8 x ¼,

5¼ DC LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 1⁄8 x ¼
MAX. DD 7
⁄16 DIA. – (4) HOLES, 7⁄16 DIA. –
(4) AGUJEROS, 4 TROUS, DIAM. : 7⁄16
½
2¾ 2¾ DRAIN PLUG, L 5 ¾
TAPÓN DE DRE-
7 6½
NAJE, BOUCHON DE 3
⁄8" GAS THREAD
VIDANGE UNI ISO 228/1
3
⁄8" PAS DU GAZ
(UNI ISO 228/1)
Dimensions and Weights – Bare Pump Only,

Dimensiones y Pesos – Solamente Bomba,
Dimensions et poids – pompe nue seulement
150 lb. Flange, DC CP
NOTE: NOTA:
Wt.
Brida de 150 lib., Max., Max., 1. Pumps will be shipped with top 1. Las bombas se transportarán con
Pump, (lbs.),
Bride, 150 lb/po2 DC CP vertical discharge as standard. la descarga vertical superior como
Bomba, Y Peso
Suction Discharge Máx., DD Máx., L X
Pompe (libras), For other orientations, remove estándar. Para otras orientaciones,
Succión ➀ Descarga ➀ DC CP
Aspir. Refoul. max. max. Poids casing bolts, rotate discharge to retirar los tornillos de la carcasa,
desired position, and tighten 3⁄8 rotar la descarga a la posición
9SH 1x2–6 5 4¾ 63⁄8 1 56
163⁄4 75⁄8 3 ⁄8 –16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs., 7⁄16 – 14 deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos
10SH 1x2–8 2 1 55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 64
bolts to 20 ft./lbs. a 12 pies/libras, 7⁄16 – 14 tornillos a
11SH 1 x 2 – 10 67⁄8 65⁄8 179⁄16 8½ 87⁄8 4 86 2. ALL dimensions in inches. 20 pies/libras.
4SH 1½ x 2½ – 6 5 4¾ 169⁄16 7¾ 63⁄8 3¼ 56 3. Not for construction purposes. 2. TODAS las dimensiones en
1½
7SH 1½ x 2½ – 8 55⁄8 53⁄8 64 pulgadas.
2½ 71⁄8
5SH 2 x 2½ – 6 5 4¾ 57 3. No para propósitos de construc-
2 175⁄16 8½ 4
8SH 2 x 2½ – 8 66 ción.
6 5¾ 63⁄8
6SH 2½ x 3 – 6 3 2½ 57 NOTA :
1. L’orifice de refoulement est orienté
➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating flanges.
Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. vers le haut. Pour l’orienter autre-
À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150. ment, enlever les vis de fixation du
corps de pompe, placer l’orifice
dans le sens voulu, puis reposer et
serrer les vis 3⁄8 – 16 à 12 lbf·pi et
7
⁄16 – 14 à 20 lbf·pi.
2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et
le poids, en livres.
3. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour
la construction si elles ne sont pas
certifiées à cette effet.
11
UR01211-0M-00 Page 199 of 257
SSH-F M-Group – Engineering Data, SSH-F – Información Técnica, Données techniques – SSH-F, groupe M
Channel Steel Bedplate, Clockwise Rotation Viewed from Drive End;
Fundación de Acero, Rotación en Dirección de las Agujas del Reloj Visto desde el Extremo del Motor;
Plaque de base profilée en U et rotation en sens horaire (vue de l’extrémité du moteur)
CP C MAX.
DISCHARGE
DESCARGA, Y 3 3⁄4
AB MAX.
REFOULEMENT SPACER COUPLING, ACCOUPL. À PIÈCE D’ÉCART.
PRIME PLUG, 37⁄8 COUPLING GUARD, CARTER D’ACCOUPL.
TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE
1.625, 1,625 SINGLE PHASE ONLY
MONOPHASÉ SEULEMENT
X 1.624, 1,624
SUCTION
SUCCIÓN,
ASPIRATION
PMAX.
DC DD
MAX. KEYWAY 3⁄16 X 3⁄8 4 HOLES
5
⁄8
HD LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 3⁄16 x 3⁄8
4 TROUS,
DIAM. : 5⁄8
DRAIN PLUG, HG
TAPÓN DE DRENAJE, BOUCHON DE VIDANGE
3
HE HE ⁄8" GAS THREAD L HF 1 3⁄4
UNI ISO 228/1,
HA 3
⁄8, PAS DU GAZ (UNI ISO 228/1) HB
Dimensions and Weights – Determined by Pump, NOTE: NOTA :

Dimensiones y Pesos – Determinados por la Bomba, 1. Pumps will be shipped with top 1. L’orifice de refoulement est ori-
vertical discharge as standard. For enté vers le haut. Pour l’orienter
Dimensions et poids – pompe
other orientations, remove casing autrement, enlever les vis de
DC Wt. bolts, rotate discharge to desired fixation du corps de pompe,
Pump Size, ➀ ➀ Max., (lbs.), position and tighten 3⁄8 – 16 bolts placer l’orifice dans le sens voulu,
Pump,
Bomba, Tamaño de Suction Discharge CP DC DD L X Y Peso to 12 ft./lbs. puis reposer et serrer les vis
la Bomba, Succión Descarga Máx., 2. ALL dimensions in inches. 3
⁄8 - 16 à 12 lbf·pi.
Pompe (libras),
Dimensions Aspir. Refoul. DC 3. Not for construction purposes. 2. Les dimensions sont en pouces,
max. Poids
NOTA: et le poids, en livres.
24SH 1½ x 2½-10 1½ 125 3. Les dimensions et le poids du
2½ 67⁄8 65⁄8 1. Las bombas se transportarán con
25SH 2 x 2½-10 2 815⁄16 125 la descarga vertical superior como moteur peuvent varier selon le
23 101⁄8 4 fabricant.
22SH 2½ x 3-8 61⁄8 57⁄8 125 estándar. Para otras orientaciones,
3 2½ retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, 4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions
27SH 2½ x 3-10 134 pour la construction si elles ne
67⁄8 65⁄8 915⁄16 rotar la descarga a la posición
23SH 3 x 4-8 1
136 deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos sont pas certifiées à cette effet.
4 3 24 11 ⁄8 5
28SH 3 x 4-10 75⁄8 73⁄8 111⁄8 148 a 12 pies/libras.
2. TODAS las dimensiones en
➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating flanges. pulgadas.
Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. 3. No para propósitos de
À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150. construcción.
Available Motor and Bedplate Dimensions and Weights,

Pesos y Dimensiones Disponibles de la Fundación y del Motor,
Dimensions et poids – moteur et plaque de base
Motor HP @ 3500 RPM, HP @ 1750 RPM – T-Frame Only Bedplate Data, Datos de la Fundación,
Frame, AB C P Wt.
hp à 3 500 tr/min hp à 1 750 tr/min – carc. T seulem. Max., Max., Max., Max., Plaque de base
Armazón
AB C P Peso
del Three Phase, Single Phase, Three Phase, Wt. (lbs.),
Máx., Máx., Máx., Máx.,
Motor, Trifásicos, 3 Ø Monofásicos, 1 Ø Trifásicos, 3 Ø AB C P Poids HA HB HD HE HF HG Peso
Carcasse max. max. max. max. (libras),
de moteur ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC Poids
184T 3 or ou 5 3 5 5 57⁄8 181⁄8 77⁄8 95
213T 71⁄2 71⁄2 18 116
73⁄8 95⁄8
215T 15 10 10 191⁄8 136 13 42 101⁄4 51⁄4 381⁄2 4 111
5
254T 20 15 15 15 21 ⁄8 266
91⁄2 13
256T 25 20 20 20 233⁄8 264
284TS/T 30 25 25 25 247⁄8 392
125⁄8 15 15 44 101⁄2 53⁄4 401⁄2 31⁄2 124
286TS/T 40 30 265⁄8 422
324TS/T 50 40 283⁄4 592
141⁄8 173⁄8 12
326TS/T 60 50 301⁄4 634
18 48 71⁄4 441⁄2 4 183
364TS/T 75 60 315⁄8 834
1 7
15 ⁄8 18 ⁄8 13
365TS/T 100 75 325⁄8 1000
405TS/T 100 18 367⁄8 205⁄8 1060 22 56 14 7¼ 52½ 4 214
Dimensions and weights vary with manufacturers. Dimensions in inches and weights in lbs.
Dimensiones y pesos varían con los fabricantes. Dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras.
ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée.
12
UR01211-0M-00 Page 200 of 257
SSH M-Group Close Coupled – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos,
Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur moteur, groupe M
(All dimensions in inches and weights in lbs. Do not use for construction purposes.)
(Todas las dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras. No usar para propósitos de construcción.)
CPMAX.
DISCHARGE, Y
AB MAX.
DESCARGA,
REFOULEMENT
PRIME PLUG,
X
SUCTION,
SUCCIÓN,
ASPIRATION P MAX.
D DC DD
G MAX.
DRAIN PLUG, H-4 HOLES,

E E L F F H (4 TROUS)
TAPÓN DE DRENAJE, 3
A ⁄ 8 " GAS THREAD B
BOUCHON DE VIDANGE UNI ISO 228/1,
3
⁄8, PAS DU GAZ
(UNI ISO 228/1)
Dimensions “L” Determined by Pump and Motor, Dimensiones “L” Determinadas por la Bomba y el Motor, Dimensions L – pompe et moteur
CP DC Wt. Motor Frame Size,
Pump Size, ➀ ➀ Max., Max., (lbs.), Tamaño del Armazón del Motor,
Pump, Tamaño de Suction Discharge CP DC
Bomba, DD X Y Peso Carcasse de moteur
la Bomba, Succión Descarga Máx., Máx. ,
Pompe (libras),
Dimensions Aspir. Refoul. CP DC
max. max. Poids 140 180 210 250 280 320 360
1 1 1
24SH 1 ⁄2 x 2 ⁄2-10 1 ⁄2 341⁄2 75 1
10 ⁄2 -
21⁄2 67⁄8 65⁄8
25SH 2 x 2 1⁄2-10 2 815⁄16 75 111⁄8
4 121⁄8 137⁄8 143⁄8
22SH 21⁄2 x 3-8 36 61⁄8 57⁄8 72 - 15
3 21⁄2
27SH 21⁄2 x 3-10 84 - -
67⁄8 65⁄8 915⁄16
23SH 3 x 4-8 86 111⁄2 121⁄8
4 3 37 5 133⁄8 147⁄8 153⁄8 16
28SH 3 x 4-10 75⁄8 73⁄8 111⁄8 98 - -
➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating flanges. NOTES: NOTAS: NOTA :
1. Pumps shipped in vertical discharge as 1. Las bombas se transportarán en descarga 1. L’orifice de refoulement est orienté vers le haut.
Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. standard. For other orientations, remove vertical como estándar. Para otras orientacio- Pour l’orienter autrement, enlever les vis de fixation du
À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, casing bolts, rotate discharge to desired nes, retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, rotar corps de pompe, placer l’orifice dans le sens voulu,
classe 150. position, and tighten 3⁄8 – 16 bolts to la descarga a la posición deseada, y apretar puis reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 - 16 à 12 lbf·pi, 7⁄16 - 14
12 ft./lbs., 7⁄16 – 14 bolts to 20 ft./lbs., 3
⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras, 7⁄16 – 14 à 20 lbf·pi et ½ - 13 à 35 lbf·pi.
½ – 13 bolts to 35 ft./lbs. tornillos a 20 pies/libras, ½ – 13 tornillos a 2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids, en livres.
2. Motor dimensions may vary with motor 35 pies/libras. 3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent varier
manufacturer. 2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas. selon le fabricant.
3. Not for construction purposes. 3. No para propósitos de construcción. 4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si
elles ne sont pas certifiées à cette effet.
Dimensions Determined by JM Motor Frame, Motor Frame Selections,

Dimensiones Determinadas por el Armazón del Motor JM, Selecciones del Armazón del Motor,
Dimensions – carcasse de moteur JM Choix de carcasses de moteur
AB P Max., Motor Horsepower, Potencia del Motor, Puissance (hp) Wt.
Frame, Max.,
Armazón, A Max., B D E F G H P Máx.,
AB P Frame, 3500 RPM, 3500 tr/min 1750 RPM, 1750 tr/min Peso
Carcasse Armazón, 3 PH, Trifásicos, 3 Ø 1 PH, Monofásicos, 1 Ø 3 PH, Trifásicos, 3Ø Máx.,
max. max.
Carcasse Poids
145JM 61⁄2 51⁄4 6 31⁄2 23⁄4 21⁄2 1
⁄8 11
⁄32 73⁄16 ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC max.
1
182JM 1 7 1 1 3
2 ⁄4 3 145JM – – – – 2 2 57
8 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 6 ⁄2 4 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 ⁄16 81⁄2
184JM 182JM – – 2 2, 3 3 3 77
23⁄4 13
⁄32
213JM
91⁄2 73⁄8 8 51⁄4 41⁄4 7
⁄32 103⁄16 184JM – – 3 – 5 5 97
215JM 31⁄2
213JM 10 – 5 – 7½ 7½ 141
254JM 41⁄8
111⁄4 9 113⁄4 61⁄4 5 131⁄4 215JM 15 10 – – 10 10 155
256JM 5 1 17
⁄ 4 ⁄ 32 254JM 20 15 – – 15 15 265
284JM 43⁄4
121⁄4 121⁄4 121⁄4 7 51⁄2 15 256JM 25 20 – – 20 20 320
286JM 51⁄2
324JM 5 1
⁄4
284JM 30 25 – – 25 25 419
14 131⁄4 14 8 61⁄4 5
⁄16 1615⁄16 286JM 40 30 – – – – 422
326JM 51⁄2 21
⁄ 32
324JM 50 40 – – – – 562
364TCZ 55⁄8
173⁄4 151⁄8 151⁄2 9 7 1 19 326JM 60 50 – – – – 625
365TCZ 61⁄8
364TCZ and 365TCZ frames are built with 326JM shaft extensions. 364TCZ 75 60 – – – – 775
Dimensions may vary with manufacturer.; 365TCZ 100 75, 100 – – – – 905
Los armazones 364TCZ y 365TCZ se construyen con extensiones del eje 326JM. 364TCZ and 365TCZ frames are built with 326JM shaft extensions.
Las dimensiones puede que varíen con los fabricantes.; Los armazones 364TCZ y 365TCZ se construyen con extensiones del eje 326JM.
Les carcasses 364TCZ et 365TCZ possèdent la rallonge d’arbre de la 326JM. ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée
autoventilée. Les carcasses 364TCZ et 365TCZ possèdent la rallonge d’arbre de la 326JM.
13
UR01211-0M-00 Page 201 of 257
SSH M-Group Frame Mounted – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Armazón Montado – Dimensiones y
Pesos, Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe M
CP
DISCHARGE,
DESCARGA, Y
REFOULEMENT
PRIME PLUG,
X 3 7⁄8
SUCTION,
SUCCIÓN, 1.625 (1,625)
ASPIRATION
1.624 (1,624)
DIA. (DIAM.)
KEYWAY 3⁄16 X 3⁄8, CHAVETERO 3⁄16 X 3⁄8,

6 1⁄4 DC LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 3⁄16 x 3⁄8
DD
MAX. 4 HOLES 9⁄16 DIA.,
9⁄16 DIAM. - (4) AGUJEROS,
4 TROUS, DIAM. : 9⁄16
1
⁄2
3 1⁄2 3 1⁄2 DRAIN PLUG, L 6 1⁄2 1"
TAPÓN DE DRENAJE
8 1⁄2 BOUCHON DE VIDANGE 3
⁄ 8" GAS THREAD 8 1⁄2
UNI ISO 228/1
3
⁄8, PAS DU GAZ (UNI ISO 228/1)
Dimensions and Weights – Bare Pump Only,

Dimensiones y Pesos – Solamente Bomba
Dimensions et poids – pompe nue seulement
DC Wt.
Pump Size, ➀ ➀ Max.,
Pump, (lbs.),
Tamaño de Suction Discharge DC DD L X Y Peso
Bomba, la Bomba, Succión Descarga CP Máx.,
Pompe (libras),
Dimensions Aspir. Refoul. DC Poids
max.
24SH 1½ x 2½-10 1½ 125
2½ 67⁄8 65⁄8
25SH 2 x 2½-10 2 815⁄16 125
23 10½ 4
22SH 2½ x 3-8 61⁄8 57⁄8 125
3 2½
27SH 2½ x 3-10 915⁄16 134
67⁄8 65⁄8
23SH 3 x 4-8 136
4 3 24 11½ 5
28SH 3 x 4-10 75⁄8 73⁄8 111⁄8 148
➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating flanges.
Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150.
À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.
NOTES: NOTAS: NOTA :

1. Pumps will be shipped with top verti- 1. Las bombas se transportarán con la 1. L’orifice de refoulement est orienté vers
cal discharge as standard. For other ori- descarga vertical superior como estándar. le haut. Pour l’orienter autrement, enlever
entations, remove casing bolts, rotate Para otras orientaciones, retirar los les vis de fixation du corps de pompe,
discharge to desired position, replace tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga placer l’orifice dans le sens voulu, puis
and tighten 3⁄8 –16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs. a la posición deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 – 16 à 12 lbf·pi.
2. Motor dimensions may vary with mo- tornillos a 12 pies/libras. 2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le
tor manufacturer. 2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas. poids, en livres.
3. Not for construction purposes. 3. No para propósitos de construcción. 3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur
peuvent varier selon le fabricant.
4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la
construction si elles ne sont pas certifiées
à cette effet.
14
UR01211-0M-00 Page 202 of 257
GOULDS PUMPS LIMITED WARRANTY

This warranty applies to all water systems pumps manufactured by Goulds Pumps.
Any part or parts found to be defective within the warranty period shall be replaced at no charge to the dealer during the warranty period. The
warranty period shall exist for a period of twelve (12) months from date of installation or eighteen (18) months from date of manufacture, whichever
period is shorter.
A dealer who believes that a warranty claim exists must contact the authorized GouldsPumps distributor from whom the pump was purchased and
furnish complete details regarding the claim. The distributor is authorized to adjust any warranty claims utilizing the Goulds Pumps Customer Service
Department.
The warranty excludes:
(a) Labor, transportation and related costs incurred by the dealer;
(b) Reinstallation costs of repaired equipment;
(c) Reinstallation costs of replacement equipment;
(d) Consequential damages of any kind; and,
(e) Reimbursement for loss caused by interruption of service.
For purposes of this warranty, the following terms have these definitions:
(1) “Distributor” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal relationship that stands between Goulds Pumps
and the dealer in purchases, consignments or contracts for sale of the subject pumps.
(2) “Dealer” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal relationship which engages in the business of selling
or leasing pumps to customers.
(3) “Customer” means any entity who buys or leases the subject pumps from a dealer. The “customer” may mean an individual, partnership,
corporation, limited liability company, association or other legal entity which may engage in any type of business.
THIS WARRANTY EXTENDS TO THE DEALER ONLY.
Goulds Pumps and the ITT Engineered Blocks Symbol are

registered trademarks and tradenames of ITT Corporation.
SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
IM184R04 December, 2006

© 2006 ITT Corporation
Engineered for life
15
UR01211-0M-00 Page 203 of 257
IT T Agua Industrial
Goulds Pumps
G&L SERIES SSH-C y SSH-F
Instrucciones de instalación,
operación y mantenimiento
Goulds Pumps es una marca de fábrica de

ITT Agua Residencial y Comercial.
www.goulds.com
Engineered for life
16
UR01211-0M-00 Page 204 of 257
Índice Información del propietario
TEMA PÁGINA Por favor complete los datos consultando la placa del fabri-
Instrucciones de seguridad................................................. 18 cante de la bomba. La información de la garantía está en la
Instrucciones importantes.................................................. 18 página 24.
Instalación ......................................................................... 18 Modelo de la Bomba:
Alineación.......................................................................... 19
Número de Serie:
Tubería de succión ............................................................. 19
Tubería de descarga ........................................................... 19 Agente:
Rotación ............................................................................ 19 Nº. telefónico del agente:
Operación.......................................................................... 20
Fecha de compra:
Mantenimiento .................................................................. 20
Desmontaje........................................................................ 20 Fecha de instalación:
Reensamblaje ..................................................................... 20
Investigación de averiás ..................................................... 21
Componentes .................................................................... 22
SSH S-Group – Información Técnica ...................................9
SSH S-Group Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos ...... 10
SSH S-Group Armazón Montado –
Dimensiones Y Pesos ..................................................... 11
SSH M-Group – Información Técnica .............................. 12
SSH M-Group Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos .... 13
SSH M-Group Armazón Montado –
Dimensiones y Pesos ...................................................... 14
Garantía limitada de Goulds Pumps .................................. 24
Declaración de Conformidad ............................................ 35
17
UR01211-0M-00 Page 205 of 257
INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD 3. Los motores deben estar alambrados para la tensión
apropiada (verifique la placa del fabricante). El tamaño
PARA EVITAR LESIONES CORPORALES SERIAS O del alambre debe eliminar la máxima caída de tensión
FATALES O DAÑOS MAYORES A LA PROPIEDAD, a 10% de la tensión de la placa del fabricante en los
LEA Y SIGA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES DE terminales del motor, o la vida del motor y de la
SEGURIDAD EN EL MANUAL Y EN LA BOMBA. bomba serán disminuidos.
ES INTENCIÓN QUE ESTE MANUAL ASISTA EN 4. Unidades monofásicas: La protección térmica de las
LA INSTALACIÓN Y OPERACIÓN DE ESTA UNIDAD Y unidades monofásicas a veces está incorporada
DEBE MANTENERSE CON LA BOMBA. (verifique la placa del fabricante). Si no se proporciona
Este es un SÍMBOLO DE ALERTA DE protección incorporada, use un contactor con la
SEGURIDAD. Cuando vea este símbolo sobrecarga apropiada. Se permite el uso de fusibles, los
en la bomba o en el manual, busque una que deben ser apropiados.
de las palabras de señal y esté alerta a las 5. Unidades trifásicas: Proporcione la protección de tres
lesiones corporales potenciales o daños a hilos exteriores con el arrancador magnético del
la propiedad. tamaño adecuado y sobrecargas térmicas.
PELIGRO Advierte los peligros que CAUSARÁN
6. Máximas temperaturas del liquido:
lesiones corporales serias, la muerte o 212ºF (100ºC) con sello estándar.
daños mayores a la propiedad. 250ºF (120ºC) con sello de alta temperatura, opcional.
ADVERTENCIA Advierte los peligros que PUEDEN cau-
7. Máxima presión de operación permisible: 230 lib/
sar lesiones corporales serias, la muerte o pulg2 (15 baras).
daños mayores a la propiedad. 8. Máximo número de arranques/hora: 20 distribuidos
Advierte los peligros que PUEDEN uniformemente.
PRECAUCIÓN
causar lesiones corporales o daños a la 9. La inspección y mantenimiento regulares aumentarán
propiedad. la vida útil. Base el programa en el tiempo de funcio-
AVISO: INDICA INSTRUCCIONES ESPECIALES namiento.
QUE SON MUY IMPORTANTES Y 2. Instalación
DEBEN SEGUIRSE.
1. Las unidades compactas se pueden instalar inclinadas o
EXAMINE A FONDO TODAS LAS
verticales.
INSTRUCCIONES Y ADVERTENCIAS ANTES DE
REALIZAR ALGÚN TRABAJO EN ESTA BOMBA. PRECAUCIÓN NO INSTALE CON EL MOTOR DE-
BAJO DE LA BOMBA. LA CONDEN-
MANTENGA TODAS LAS CALCOMANÍAS DE SACIÓN SE ACUMULARÁ EN EL
SEGURIDAD. MOTOR.
ADVERTENCIA UNIDAD NO DISEÑADA PARA 2. Coloque la bomba tan cerca de la fuente del líquido
USO CON LÍQUIDOS PELIGROSOS como sea posible (abajo del nivel del líquido para
O GASES INFLAMABLES. ESTOS operación automática).
FLUIDOS PUEDEN ESTAR 3. Proteja contra la congelación e inundaciones.
PRESENTES EN LAS ÁREAS DE 4. Deje suficiente espacio libre para darle servicio y
CONTENCIÓN. ventilación.
Los fluidos peligrosos
pueden causar
incendios, quemaduras
5. Para las bombas compactas, la cimentación debe ser
o la muerte. plana y substancial para eliminar las deformaciones
AVISO: INSPECCIONE LA UNIDAD SI TIENE cuando se aprietan los pernos. Use montajes de goma
DAÑOS Y REPORTE INMEDIATAMENTE para minimizar el ruido y las vibraciones. Apriete los
CUALQUIER DAÑO AL TRANSPORTISTA O pernos de sujeción del motor antes de conectar la
AL AGENTE. tubería a la bomba.
6. Para las bombas montadas en marco, se requiere una
1. Instrucciones Importantes cimentación sólida y permanente para funcionamiento
seguro. La placa de base debe adherirse con lechada a
1. Inspeccione la unidad para determinar si está dañada. la cimentación con una zapata sólida.
Informe immediatemente los daños al transportista.
7. Coloque la unidad sobre cuñas puestas en cuatro
2. La alimentación eléctrica debe ser un circuito de rama pumtos. (Dos aproximadamente abajo del centro del
separada con los fusibles o interruptores automáticos, motor y dos aproximadamente abajo de la bomba).
tamaños de cables, etc., conforme a los códigos Eléctri- Ajuste las cuñas para nivelar la unidad, trayendo las
cos Nacional y local. Instale un interruptor de descon- mitades del acoplamiento a una alineación razonable.
exión en todos los hilos exteriores cerca de la bomba. Nivele o ponga a escuadra las bridas de succión y de
ADVERTENCIA SIEMPRE DESCONECTE descarga.
LA ALIMENTACIÓN ELÉCTRICA 8. Asegúrese de que la placa de base no esté distorsionada
CUANDO MANEJE LA BOMBA O y que la alineación final del acoplamiento se pueda
LOS CONTROLES. hacer dentro de los límites del movimiento del motor
o poniendo calzas, si fuese necesario.
9. Apriete con los dedos los pernos de la cimentación, y
Un voltaje peligroso puede
producir golpes eléctricos, construya una presa alrededor de la cimentación.
quemaduras o la muerte. Derrame lechada debajo de la placa de base,
18
UR01211-0M-00 Page 206 of 257
asegurándose de que las áreas debajo de la bomba y cuando la lectura total del indicador
del motor estén bien llenas. Permita que la lechada es de 0,005" o menos.
fragüe por 48 horas antes de apretar más los pernos de
la cimentación.
4. Tubería de succión
10. Toda la tubería debe estar soportada independiente-
mente de la bomba y debe “alinearse” naturalmente. 1. Es deseable tener una tubería de succión directa con
Nunca estire la tubería en el lugar forzando las altura estática de aspiración baja y corta. Para una al-
conexiones de la succión o descarga. tura de succión superior a 15 pies, consulte la curva de
11. La alineación angular de las bridas se puede lograr rendimiento de la bomba para ver la Altura de succión
mejor usando calibradores en los lugares de los per- positiva neta requerida.
nos (vea la ilustración). 2. El tamaño del tubo de succión debe ser por lo menos
igual a la conexión de succión de la bomba.
3. Si se usa un tubo más grande, un reductor de tubo
excéntrico (con el lado recto arriba) debe usarse en
la bomba.
4. Instalación con la fuente de suministro abajo de la
bomba:
4.1. Instale la válvula de aislación en la tubería para
inspección y mantenimiento.
4.2. No use la válvula de aislación de succión para
estrangular la bomba.
5. Instalación con la fuente de suministro arriba de la
bomba:
5.1. Para evitar bolsas de aire, ninguna parte de la
tubería debe estar más alta que la conexión de
12. En las unidades montadas en marco, apriete la succión de la bomba. Incline la tubería hacia ar-
cimentación, la bomba y los pernos de sujeción del riba, partiendo de la fuente del líquido.
impulsor, antes de conectar la tubería a la bomba. 5.2. Todas las juntas deben ser estancas.
13. Evite los accesorios innecesarios. Seleccione los tama- 5.3. La válvula de pie debe usarse sólo si es necesario
ños para mantener bajas las pérdidas de presión. para cebar, o sostener el cebado en el servicio
14. Después de completar la tubería, gire a mano la uni- intermitente.
dad para verificar el trabado. Nota: En el extremo del 5.4. El área abierta del colador de succión debe ser por
eje del motor se proveen una ranura de destornillador lo menos el triple del área del tubo.
o filos normales al eje. 6. El tamaño de la entrada de la fuente del líquido y la
mínima inmersión sobre la entrada deben ser suficien-
tes para impedir que el aire entre a la bomba.
3. Alineación
1. Las bombas compactas no necesitan alineación en 5. Tubería de descarga
el campo.
2. Aunque la unidad de bomba y motor pueda tener una 1. La disposición debe incluir una válvula de retención
alineación de fábrica, la misma puede haberse alterado localizada entre una válvula de compuerta y la bomba.
en tránsito y se debe verificar antes del funcionamien- La válvula de compuerta es para regulación de la
to. capacidad, o la inspección de la bomba o de la válvula
de retención.
3. Verifique que todos los pernos de sujeción estén bien
apretados antes de verificar la alineación. 2. Si se requiere un reductor, instale entre la válvula de
retención y la bomba.
4. Si es necesario realinear, siempre mueve el motor,
Aplique calzas según se requiera.
5. La alineación final se logra cuando se cumplen los 6. Rotación
requerimientos paralelo y angular, con los pernos de NO PONGA LAS MANOS EN LA
ADVERTENCIA
sujeción y de la bomba y del motor, apretados. SUCCIÓN DE LA BOMBA MIEN-
SIEMPRE VUELVA A VERIFICAR AM- TRAS VERIFICA LA ROTACIÓN DEL
PRECAUCIÓN
BAS ALINEACIONES DESPUÉS DE MOTOR. HACERLO CAUSARÁ SEV-
HACER AJUSTES. ERAS LESIONES CORPORALES.
6. La alineación paralela es incorrecta cuando los ejes no
están concéntricos. Ponga el indicador de cuadrante en Maquinaria peligrosa
un cubo y gire este cubo 360º mientras hace lecturas
en el diámetro exterior del otro cubo. Hay alineación 1. Las bombas son de rotación derecha (sentido dextroso
paralela cuando la lectura total del indicador es de visto desde el extremo del motor). Encienda y apague
0,005" o menos. el interruptor. Observe la rotación del eje. En las uni-
7. La alineación angular es incorrecta cuando los ejes no dades montadas en marco, verifique la rotación antes
están paralelos. Coloque el indicador de cuadrante en de acoplar la bomba al motor.
un cubo y gire este cubo 360º mientras hace lecturas
en el diámetro del otro cubo. Hay alineación angular
19
UR01211-0M-00 Page 207 of 257
2. Motor monofásico: Consulte el diagrama de cableado 9. Quite el resorte del sello, la arandela acopada y la
en el motor si debe cambiarse la rotación. chaveta del impulsor.
3. Motor trifásico: Intercambie dos cualesquiera de los 10. Quite el alojamiento del sello, quitando con él las
conductores de alimentación para cambiar la rotación. partes del sello rotatorio. (donde sea necesario se
proveen ranuras para la barra de palanca).
11. Coloque el alojamiento del sello en una superficie
7. Operación
plana. Presione fuera las partes del sello estacionario.
1. Antes de arrancar, se debe cebar la bomba (el tubo de 12. Quite el deflector del eje, en las unidades montadas
succión lleno y sin aire) y abrir parcialmente la válvula en marco.
de descarga.
13. Quite los pernos que sujetan la tapa del cojinete al
PRECAUCIÓN EL LÍQUIDO BOMBEADO PROPOR- marco y quite la tapa del cojinete (montado en
CIONA LUBRICACIÓN. SI LA BOMBA marco).
FUNCIONA SECA, LAS PIEZAS
GIRATORIAS SE AGARROTARÁN Y 14. Quite los sello de reborde del marco del cojinete y la
SE DAÑARÁ EL SELLO MECÁNICO. tapa del cojinete (montado en marco).
15. Quite el eje y los cojinetes del marco (montado en
2. Haga una verificación completa después que la unidad marco).
funcione bajo condiciones de operación y se estabilice
la temperatura. Verifique la expansión de la tubería. 16. Quite el anillo de retención de los cojinetes.
Verifique la alineación del acoplamiento. 17. Use un extractor de cojinete o prensa para quitar
3. No haga funcionar con caudal cero o cerca de cero. cojinetes de bolas (montado en marco).
La energía impartida al líquido se convierte en calor y 18. Quite la camisa del eje si está muy rayada. La camisa
el líquido puede convertirse en vapor. Las piezas del eje está adherida al eje y debe calentarse a unos
giratorias requieren líquido para impedir las estrías o 250ºF para facilitar quitarla.
agarrotamiento. 19. Quite el anillo de desgaste si está excesivamente
dañado. Use una barra de hacer palanca y/o prensas
de mordazas.
8. Mantenimiento
ADVERTENCIA
LA OMISIÓN DE DESCONECTAR
Y BLOQUEAR LA ALIMENTACIÓN 10. Reensamble
Tensión ELÉCTRICA ANTES DE INTEN-
peligrosa
1. Todas las piezas se deben limpiar antes de montar.
TAR NINGÚN MANTENIMIENTO 2. Consulte la lista de piezas para identificar las artículos
PUEDE CAUSAR CHOQUES, QUE- de reemplazo requeridos.
MADURAS O LA MUERTE.
3. Reensamblar es lo contrario del procedimiento de
1. Los cojinetes están localizados adentro y son parte del montar.
motor. Para el procedimiento de lubricación, consulte
las instrucciones del fabricante. 4. Cambie los sellos de reborde si están desgastados o
dañados (montado en marco solamente).
2. En las unidades montadas en marco, reengrase cada
2.000 horas de uso o cada 3 meses. Use grasa con base 5. Cambie los cojinetes de bolas si están flojos, ásperos o
de Litio o Sodio #2 y llene hasta que la grasa salga de ruidosos cuando giran (montado en marco solamente).
la grasera. 6. Verifique que el valor máximo fuera de redondez del
eje no supere 0,005" de lectura total del indicador. Los
asientos de cojinetes y áreas de sello de reborde deben
9. Desmontaje ser suaves y estar libres de rayaduras o muescas. Cam-
1. Apague la alimentación eléctrica. bie si es necesario (montado en marco solamente).
2. Drene el sistema. Lave con chorro de agua si es necesa- 7. Todos los componentes de sello mecánico deben estar
rio. en buenas condiciones o pueden producirse fugas. El
cambio del conjunto del sello completo, es buena
3. Quite los pernos de sujeción del motor en las unidades
práctica normal, siempre que se quite el sello.
compactas o desconecte el acoplamiento y quite el
espaciador. 8. Si se cambia el anillo de desgaste, no use lubricantes en
el encaje de metal a metal cuando empuje la pieza de
4. Quite los pernos de la carcasa y los pernos de sujeción
reemplazo.
de la bomba.
9. Si se quita el impulsor, como por ejemplo para efectuar
5. Quite el motor y el elemento giratorio de la carcasa.
un cambio de sello mecánico, se debe seguir el
6. Destornille el perno del impulsor con una llave de procedimiento siguiente: El perno viejo del impulsor y
casquillo. No inserte un destornillador entre los álabes las juntas de empaque del impulsor no se pueden
del impulsor para impedir la rotación. Puede ser nec- volver a usar.
esario usar una llave de correa alrededor del impulsor
10. Instale el asiento estacionario del sello mecánico en la
si el impacto de la llave de casquillo no afloja el perno
caja del sello, usando agua jabonosa como lubricante
del impulsor.
para facilitar la inserción.
7. Quite la arandela del impulsor.
11. S-Grupo - instale al detenedor de resorte mecánico del
8. Inserte dos barras de hacer palanca (espaciadas 180º) sello, al resorte y a ensamblaje rotatorio en la funda del
entre el impulsor y el alojamiento del sello. Haga eje usando el agua jabonosa para lubricar. Resbale la
palanca sacando el impulsor. funda del eje sobre el eje de la bomba, sea seguro que
un anillo o nuevo de la funda del eje está utilizado.
20
UR01211-0M-00 Page 208 of 257
NOTA: EL ANILLO O DE LA ARANDELA DEL 4. La protección dispara al arrancar la unidad:
ANILLO O Y DEL IMPULSOR DE LA FUNDA 4.1. Pérdida de fase en la alimentación trifásica.
DEL EJE ES CASI IDÉNTICO EN DIÁMET- 4.2. El dispositivo de protección puede estar
RO. SEA SEGURO UTILIZAR. EL ANILLO defectuoso.
O SECCIONADO TRANSVERSALMENTE 4.3. Las conexiones eléctricas están flojas o rotas.
REDONDO SE UTILIZA EN LA FUNDA DEL 4.4. Verifique la resistencia del motor y la aislación a
EJE. tierra.
11. M-Grupo - instale el resorte mecánico del sello y 5. El dispositivo de protección dispara demasiado
rotatorio en la funda del eje usando el agua jabonosa frecuentemente:
para lubricar. Resbale la funda del eje sobre el eje 5.1. La protección puede regularse a un valor inferior
de la bomba. Sea seguro que un anillo o nuevo de la al de la carga plena del motor.
funda del eje está utilizado. Coloque el detenedor de 5.2. Pérdida de fase debido a contactos defectuosos o
resorte mecánico del sello sobre el cubo del impul- del cable de alimentación.
sor. 5.3. Líquido es viscoso o su gravedad específica
12. Ponga el clave del impulsor en la chavetera del eje y demasiado alta.
resbale el impulsor en lugar. Instale la arandela del 5.4. Ocurre roce entre las partes giratorias y
poste del impulsor y del impulsor. Sea seguro que un estacionarias.
anillo o nuevo del impulsor está utilizado. Apriete el 6. El eje gira con dificultad:
S-Grupo (3/8” cuerda de rosca) a 17 pies-lb. y al M- 6.1. Verifique si hay obstrucciones en el motor o en
Grupo cuerda de rosca (de ½”) a 38 pies-lb. la bomba.
13. Substituya los pernos de la cubierta y apriete en una 6.2. Hay roce entre las partes giratorias y estaciona-
secuencia de la travesía a los valores de esfuerzo de rias.
torsión indicados abajo. 6.3. Verifique la buena condición de los cojinetes.
S-Grupo – 25 pies-lb. (35 N-m) 7. La bomba vibra, funciona ruidosamente y el caudal no
es uniforme:
M-Grupo – 37 pies-lb. (50 N-m) 7.1. La bomba funciona más allá de la capacidad
14. Controle la unidad vuelta a montar para saber si hay nominal.
atar rotando el eje con la herramienta apropiada de 7.2. Bomba o tubería no bien asegurada.
extremo del motor. 7.3. Altura de succión demasiado alta.
15. Si existe el frotamiento, afloje los pernos de la cubi- 7.4. Diámetro de la tubería de succión demasiado
erta y proceda con el ajuste de secuencia otra vez. pequeño.
7.5. Cavitación causada por suministro inadecuado del
líquido o excesivas pérdidas de succión.
11. Investigación de averías 7.6. El impulsor está bloqueado.
1. El motor no arranca y no hay ruido o vibración: 8. Cuando se para, la unidad gira lentamente en la
1.1. No está conectada la alimentación eléctrica. dirección inversa:
1.2. Los fusibles o dispositivos de protección están 8.1. Fugas u obturaciones de aire en la tubería de
disparados o defectuosos. succión.
1.3. Conexiones eléctricas flojas o rotas. 8.2. Bloqueo parcial en la válvula de retención.
2. No arranca el motor pero hace ruido y vibra: 9. En aplicaciones de refuerzo de presión, la unidad
2.1. Motor no conectado como indica el diagrama. arranca y se para con demaisado frecuencia:
2.2. Eje trabado debido a obstrucciones mecánicas en 9.1. Los reglajes del interruptor de presión son
el motor o en la bomba. incorrectos.
2.3. Tensión baja o pérdida de fase en el 9.2. El tamaño del tanque es incorrecto.
abastecimiento trifásico. 10. En aplicaciones de refuerzo de presión, la unidad no
3. La bomba no entrega la capacidad nominal: se para:
3.1. La bomba no está llena o cebada. 10.1. El reglaje máximo del interruptor de presión es
3.2. La bomba perdió el cebado debido a fugas en la mayor que el especifiado.
línea de succión. 10.2. La dirección de rotación es incorrecta. Vea
3.3. Dirección de rotación incorrecta. Rotación.
Vea la Rotación.
3.4. La altura requerida es mayor que la especificada
originalmente. (La válvula puede estar parcial-
mente cerrada.)
3.5. La válvula de pie está taponada.
3.6. La altura de succión es demasiado alta.
3.7. El diámetro del tubo de succión es demasiado
pequeño.
21
UR01211-0M-00 Page 209 of 257
Componentes SSH-C
100 101 178 108 370 MATERIALES DE CONSTRUCCIÓN
Artículo Descripción Material
100 Carcasa
103 513 101 Impulsor
103 Anillo de desgaste AISI A.I.
184 Alojamiento del sello Tipo 316L
370 Tornillo de casquete de cabeza
184 hueca (carcasa al adaptador)
408 Tapón de drenaje — 3⁄8 NPT AISI A.I. Tipo 316
126 Camisa del eje 316 SS
412A 178 Chaveta del impulsor Acero
383
422 Perno del impulsor Acero
199 Arandela del impulsor 316 SS
108 Adaptador Hierro fundido ASTM A48 CL20
Tornillo de casquete de cabeza
371 Acero
hexagonal (adaptador al motor)
412A Anillo en O, impulsor Buna-N
412F Anillo en O, camisa del eje Buna-N
513 Anillo en O Buna-N
Carbono/cerámica
383 Sello mecánico, Pieza No. 10K13 elastómeros de buna
piezas metálicas A.I. 316
199 422 408 412F 126 371
SELLOS MECÁNICOS OPCIONALES

Sellos mecánicos John Crane Tipo 21
Pieza Partes Servicio
Artículo No. Giratorio Estacionario Elastómeros metálicas previsto
10K19 Resist. Ni. EPR Alta temperatura
383 10K25 Resist. Ni. Viton Serv. químico
Opciones Carbono A.I. 316
Carburo de Alta temperatura,
10K27 EPR
tungsteno abrasivo suave
383A (UBI-
383A 383A
383A(UBI-
(M-GROUP
CACIÓN DEL (S-GROUP
CACIÓN DEL
LOCATION)
GRUPO M) LOCATION)
GRUPO S)
22
UR01211-0M-00 Page 210 of 257
Componentes SSH-F
100 101 513 370 184 383 108 228 MATERIALES DE CONTRUCCIÓN
Artículo Descripción Material
412A
100 Carcasa
134 101 Impulsor
103 Anillo de desgaste AISI A.I.
Componentes del extremo de la bomba

370C 184 Alojamiento del sello Tipo 316L
333A 370 Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hueca
408 Tapón de drenaje – 3⁄8 NPT AISI A.I. Tipo 316
126 Camisa del eje 316 SS
178 Chaveta del impulsor Acero
422 Perno del impulsor Acero
199 Arandela del impulsor 316 SS
412A Anillo en O, impulsor Buna N
412F Anillo en O, camisa del eje Buna N
513 Anillo en O Buna N
Sello mecánico Carbono/cerámica
103 199 422 408 178 412F 126 370B 123 168 112 136 122 383 Pieza No. Elastómeros Buna N
10K13 Piezas metálicas A.I. 316
108 Adaptador Hierro fundido
228 Marco del cojinete ASTMA48 CL20
Componentes del extremo motriz

134 Tapa del cojinete
122 Eje de la bomba
168 Cojinete de bolas (interior)
112 Cojinete de bolas (exterior)
136 Arandela de seguridad, cojinete Acero
370B Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hex.
(adaptador al marco del cojinete)
370C Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hex.
(marco del cojinete a la tapa)
333A Reborde del sello Buna N
193 Grasera Acero
123 Deflector de anillo en V Buna N
SELLOS MECÁNICOS OPCIONALES

Sellos mecánicos John Crane Tipo 21
Pieza Partes Servicio
Artículo No. Giratorio Estacionario Elastómeros metálicas previsto
10K19 Resist. Ni. EPR Alta temperatura
383 10K25 Resist.Ni. Viton Serv. químico
Carbono A.I. 316
Opciones Carburo de Alta temperatura,
10K27 EPR
Tungsteno abrasivo suave
383A (UBI-
383A 383A (UBI-
383A
(M-GROUP
CACIÓN DEL (S-GROUP
CACIÓN DEL
LOCATION)
GRUPO M) LOCATION)
GRUPO S)
23
UR01211-0M-00 Page 211 of 257
IT T Agua Industrial
GARANTÍA LIMITADA DE GOULDS PUMPS

Esta garantía es aplicable a todas las bombas para sistemas de agua fabricadas por Goulds Pumps. Toda parte o partes que resultaren defectuosas
dentro del período de garantía serán reemplazadas, sin cargo para el comerciante, durante dicho período de garantía. Tal período de garantía se
extiende por doce (12) meses a partir de la fecha de instalación, o dieciocho (18) meses a partir de la fecha de fabricación, cualquiera se cumpla
primero.
Todo comerciante que considere que existe lugar a un reclamo de garantía deberá ponerse en contacto con el distribuidor autorizado de Goulds
Pumps del cual adquiriera la bomba y ofrecer información detallada con respecto al reclamo El distribuidor está autorizado a liquidar todos los
reclamos por garantía a través del Departamento de Servicios a Clientes de Goulds Pumps.
La presente garantía excluye:
(a) La mano de obra, el transporte y los costos relacionados en los que incurra el comerciante;
(b) los costos de reinstalación del equipo reparado;
(c) los costos de reinstalación del equipo reemplazado;
(d) daños emergentes de cualquier naturaleza; y
(e) el reembolso de cualquier pérdida causada por la interrupción del servicio
A los fines de esta garantía, los términos “Distribuidor”, “Comerciante” y “Cliente” se definen como sigue:
(1) “Distribuidor” es aquel individuo, sociedad, corporación, asociación u otra persona jurídica que opera en relación legal entre Goulds
Pumps y el comerciante para la compra, consignación o contratos de venta de las bombas en cuestión.
(2) “Comerciante” es todo individuo, sociedad, corporación, asociación u otra persona jurídica que en el marco de una relación legal realiza
negocios de venta o alquiler-venta (leasing) de bombas a clientes.
(3) “Cliente” es toda entidad que compra o que adquiere bajo la modalidad de leasing las bombas en cuestión de un comerciante. El término
“cliente” puede significar un individuo, sociedad, corporación, sociedad de responsabilidad limitada, asociación o cualquier otra persona
jurídica con actividades en cualquier tipo de negocios.
LA PRESENTE GARANTÍA SE EXTIENDE AL COMERCIANTE ÚNICAMENTE.
Goulds Pumps y el símbolo ITT Engineered Blocks son

marcas registradas y marcas comerciales de ITT Corporation.
Loctite y Locquic son marcas registradas de Loctite Corporation.
LAS ESPECIFICACIONES ESTÁN SUJETAS A CAMBIO SIN PREVIO AVISO.
IM084R04 Diciembre, 2006

Engineered for life

24
UR01211-0M-00 Page 212 of 257
IT T Systèmes d'alimentation
en eau commerciaux
Goulds Pumps
G&L SERIES SSH-C and SSH-F
Directives d’installation,
d’utilisation et d’entretien
Goulds Pumps est une marque des Systèmes

d'alimentation en eau domestiques et commerciaux d'ITT.
www.goulds.com
Engineered for life
25
UR01211-0M-00 Page 213 of 257
Table des matières Informations pour le propriétaire
SUJET PAGE Noter ci-dessous les informations de la plaque signalé-
Consignes de sécurité ............................................................ 27 tique de la pompe. La garantie est présentée en page 36.
Informations importantes ..................................................... 27
Modèle de pompe :
Installation............................................................................. 27
Alignement ............................................................................ 28 Numéro de série :
Tuyauterie d’aspiration.......................................................... 28 Détaillant :
Tuyauterie de refoulement .................................................... 28 No de téléphone du détaillant :
Sens de rotation..................................................................... 29
Utilisation .............................................................................. 29 Date d’achat :
Entretien................................................................................ 29 Date d’installation :
Démontage............................................................................ 29
Remontage ............................................................................ 30
Diagnostic des anomalies ...................................................... 30
Composants .......................................................................... 31
Données Techniques – SSH, groupe S .................................... 9
Dimensiones et poids – SSH Montée sur moteur,
groupe S ............................................................................ 10
Dimensiones et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe S .... 11
Données techniques – SSH F, groupe M .............................. 12
Dimensiones et poids – SSH montée sur moteur,
groupe M .......................................................................... 13
Dimensiones et poids – SSH montée sur palier,
groupe M .......................................................................... 14
Déclaration de conformité .................................................... 35
Garantie limitée de Goulds Pumps ....................................... 36
26
UR01211-0M-00 Page 214 of 257
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ AVERTISSEMENT
ON DOIT TOUJOURS COUPER LE
COURANT LORSQUE L’ON EF-
AFIN DE PRÉVENIR LES BLESSURES GRAVES OU FECTUE QUELQUE TRAVAIL QUE
MORTELLES ET LES DOMMAGES MATÉRIELS CE SOIT SUR LA POMPE OU SUR
IMPORTANTS, LIRE ET SUIVRE TOUTES LES LES COMMANDES.
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ FIGURANT DANS LE
MANUEL ET SUR LA POMPE.
Les tensions dangereuses
peuvent causer un choc
LE PRÉSENT MANUEL A POUR BUT DE FACILITER électrique, des brûlures
ou la mort.
L’INSTALLATION ET L’UTILISATION DE LA POMPE
ET DOIT RESTER PRÈS DE CELLE-CI. 3. Le câblage d’alimentation du moteur doit convenir à
la tension de fonctionnement (consulter la plaque
Le symbole ci-contre est un SYMBOLE
signalétique). Les fils doivent avoir un calibre limitant
DE SÉCURITÉ employé pour signaler
la chute de tension maximale, aux bornes du moteur, à
sur la pompe et dans le manuel les
10% de la valeur de tension indiquée sur la plaque
mots-indicateurs dont on trouvera
signalétique, sinon la durée de vie du moteur et les
la description ci-dessous. Sa présence
performances de la pompe diminueront.
sert à attirer l’attention afin d’éviter les
blessures et les dommages matérials. 4. Moteurs monophasés : Ces moteurs sont parfois munis
d’une protection thermique intégrée (consulter la
DANGER Prévient des risques qui VONT causer plaque signalétique). Dans le cas contraire, utiliser un
des blessures graves, la mort ou des contacteur à protection appropriée contre les
dommages matériels importants. surcharges. Les dispositifs fusibles utilisés correcte-
AVERTISSEMENT
Prévient des risques qui PEUVENT ment sont permis.
causer des blessures graves, la mort ou 5. Moteurs triphasés : Employer une protection trois
des dommages matériels importants. conducteurs appropriée contre les surcharges
ATTENTION Prévient des risques qui peuvent causer
thermiques ainsi qu’un démarreur magnétique
des blessures ou des dommages matériels. convenent à la charge électrique.
AVIS: SERT À ÉNONCER LES DIRECTIVES 6. Température maximale du liquide :
SPÉCIALES DE GRANDE IMPORTANCE 100ºC (212ºF), avec garniture mécanique standard ;
QUE L’ON DOIT SUIVRE. 120ºC (250ºF), avec garniture mécanique pour hautes
températures en option.
LIRE SOIGNEUSEMENT CHAQUE DIRECTIVE
ET AVERTISSEMENT AVANT D’EFFECTUER 7. Pression de service maximale admissible – 230 lb/po2.
TOUT TRAVAIL SUR LA POMPE. 8. Nombre maximal de démarrages par heure : 20, répar-
N’ENLEVER AUCUNE DÉCALCOMANIE DE tis uniformément.
SECURITE. 9. Une inspection et un entretien réguliers augmenteront
la durée de vie de l’appareil. Établir un programme
AVERTISSEMENT
APPAREIL NON CONÇU POUR LES d’entretien et d’inspection basé sur le temps de
LIQUIDES DANGEREUX NI POUR fonctionnement.
LES GAZ INFLAMMABLES. CES
FLUIDES PEUVENT ÊTRE PRÉSENTS
DANS LES INSTALLATIONS 2. Installation
DE CONFINEMENT (PUITS 1. Les groupes monobloc (pompes sur moteur) peuvent
Les fluides dangereux COLLECTEURS). être installés sur une surface inclinée ou verticale.
peuvent causer un
incendie, des brûlures
ou la mort. CAUTION AFIN D’EMPÊCHER
L’ACCUMULATION D’EAU DE
AVIS: INSPECTER L’APPAREIL ET SIGNALER CONDENSATION DANS LE MOTEUR,
IMMÉDIATEMENT TOUT DOMMAGE AU NE PAS PLACER CELUI-CI PLUS BAS
TRANSPORTEUR OU AU DÉTAILLANT. QUE LA POMPE.
2. Placer la pompe aussi près de la source de liquide que
possible (au-dessous du niveau du liquide pour qu’elle
1. Imformations importantes fonctionne automatiquement).
1. Inspecter l’appareil et signaler immédiatement tout 3. Protéger l’appareil contre les inondations et le gel.
dommage au transporteur.
4. Laisser assez d’espace pour l’entretien et l’aération.
2. L’alimentation en électricité doit être assurée par un
5. Les groupes monobloc doivent être fixés à une surface
circuit de dérivation distinct ont les fusibles ou les
(dalle) plane et solide pour empêcher que le serrage
disjoncteurs, le calibre des fils, etc. sont conformes aux
des boulons ne cause de contraintes. Monter l’appareil
prescriptions du code provincial ou national de
sur caoutchouc pour réduire le bruit et les vibrations
l’électricité. Poser un sectionneur tout conducteur près
au minimum. Serrer les boulons de fixation du moteur
de la pompe.
avant de raccorder la tuyauterie à la pompe.
6. Les pompes montées sur palier doivent être fixées à
une surface (dalle) permanente et solide pour fonc-
tionner en douceur. On doit assujettir la plaque de
base à une dalle reposant sur une semelle de founda-
tion solide et remplir de coulis l’espace séparant la
plaque et la dalle.
27
UR01211-0M-00 Page 215 of 257
7. Placer l’appareil sur des coins de nivellement situés après le serrage à fond des boulons de fixation de la
en quatre points distincts : deux sous le centre ap- pompe et du moteur.
proximatif du moteur et deux sous celui de la pompe. ON DOIT TOUJOURS VÉRIFIER LES
ATTENTION
À l’aide des coins, mettre l’appareil et les brides DEUX TYPES D’ALIGNEMENT APRÈS
d’aspiration et de refoulement de niveau (avec un fil à CHAQUE RÉGLAGE.
plomb ou un niveau), tout en alignment les demi-ac-
couplements raisonnablement bien. 6. Il y a désalignement parallèle quand les arbres ne sont
pas concentriques. Fixer au moyeu d’un demi-ac-
8. S’assurer que la plaque de base n’est pas déformée et couplement un comparateur à cadran, dont on déplace
que l’alignement final de l’accouplement est possible le curseur de 360° le long de la périphérie de l’autre
dans les limites de déplacement du moteur ou de cal- demi-accouplement tout en notant l’écart indiqué par
age au besoin. l’aiguille. L’alignement est correct si le faux-rond total
9. Serrer les boulons d’ancrage à la main et construire un est de 0,127 mm (0,005 po) ou moins.
coffrage autour de la plaque de base. Verser du coulis 7. Il y a désalignement angulaire quand les arbres ne sont
sous la plaque et s’assurer que les zones situées sous pas parallèles. Fixer au moyeu d’un demi-accouple-
les pattes de la pompe et du moteur sont entièrement ment un comparateur à cadran et déplacer le cur-
plaines. Laisser le coulis durcir pendant 48 heures seur de celui-ci de 360° le long du plateau de l’autre
avant de resserrer les boulons d’ancrage. demi-accouplement tout en notant l’écart indiqué par
10. La tuyauterie doit posséder ses propres supports et l’aiguille. L’alignement est correct si le faux-rond total
« être alignée » sans constraintes sur la pompe. La est de 0,127 mm (0,005 po) ou moins.
tuyauterie doit être posée de façon à ne jamais
appliquer de contraintes sur les raccords d’aspiration
et de refoulement de la pompe. 4. Tuyauterie d’aspiration
11. Pour obtenir de meilleurs résultants, effectuer 1. Une hauteur géométrique d’aspiration réduite et une
l’alignement angulaire des brides d’aspiration et de tuyaterie directe et courte sont souhaitables. Consulter
refoulement à l’aide d’un compas d’épaisseur placé la courbe de performances de la pompe pour obtenir
près des trous de boulon (v. illustration). la hauteur nette d’aspiration requise (NPSHR).
2. Le calibre du tuyau d’aspiration doit être au moins égal
à celui du raccord d’aspiration de la pompe.
3. S’il faut un tuyau plus gros, on doit installer près de
la pompe un raccord réducteur excentré (le côté non
oblique en haut).
4. Pompe placée plus bas que la source de liquide :
4.1. Poser un robinet d’isolement sur le tuyau
d’aspiration pour l’inspection et l’entretien.
4.2. Ne pas employer lerobinet d’isolement pour
réduire la section de passage vers la pompe !
5. Pompe placée plus haut que la source de liquide :
5.1. Afin de prévenir les poches d’air, aucun élément
de la tuyauterie d’aspiration ne devrait être plus
12. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, serrer les boulons haut que le raccord d’aspiration de la pompe.
d’ancrage et de fixation du palier et du moteur avant Donner à la tuyauterie une inclinaison vers le haut
de raccorder les tuyaux à la pompe. à partir de la source de liquide.
5.2. Chaque joint doit être étanche.
13. Ne poser aucun accessoire ni raccord de tuyauterie
5.3. N’employer un clapet de pied que s’il est néces-
superflus. Choisir le calibre qui réduit les pertes de
saire pour amorcer la pompe ou la maintenir
charge par frottement.
amorcée au cours des interruptions de service.
14. Une fois la tuyauterie raccordée, faire tourner la 5.4. La section de passage de la crépine du tuyau
pompe à la main pour vérifier s’ily a grippage. Nota d’aspiration doit être au moins le triple de celle
: une fente ou des méplats sont prévus à cette fin à du tuyau.
l’extrémité de l’arbre de moteur.
6. Le diamètre et la hauteur d’immersion de l’entrée
du tuyau d’aspiration doivent être suffisants pour
3. Alignement empêcher l’aspiration d’air dans la pompe.
1. Aucun alignement sur place n’est requis pour les
pompes montées sur moteur. 5. Tuyauterie de refoulement
2. Bien que l’alignement pompe-moteur air été exécuté 1. L’installation doit comporter un robinet-vanne, ainsi
en usine, il peut avoir été déréglé pendant le transport. qu’un clapet de non-retour placé entre le robinet-
On doit donc le vérifier avant la mise en service. vanne et la pompe. Le robinet-vanne sert à la régula-
3. S’assurer que tous les boulons de fixation sont bien ser- risation du débit et à l’inspection de la pompe et du
rés avant de vérifier l’alignement. clapet de non-retour.
4. If re-alignment is necessary, always move the motor. 2. Si un raccord réducteur est nécessaire, le poser entre le
Shim as required. clapet de non-retour et la pompe.
5. L’alignement final convient lorsqu’il satisfait aux exi-
gences relatives à l’alignement parallèle et angulaire,
28
UR01211-0M-00 Page 216 of 257
6. Sens de rotation 9. Démontage
AVERTISSEMENT ÉVITER LES BLESSURES GRAVES : 1. Il faut toujours couper le courant avant de procéder
NE PAS S’INTRODUIRE LA MAIN au démontage.
DANS L’ORIFICE D’ASPIRATION DE 2. Vidanger le système. Le rincer au besoin.
LA POMPE PENDANT LA VÉRIFICA-
3. S’il s’agit d’une pompe sur moteur, enlever les boulons
TION DU SENS DE
de fixation de ce dernier. Sinon, détacher
ROTATION.
l’accouplement, puis en ôter la pièce d’écartement.
Équipements
dangereux
4. Enlever les vis de fixation du corps de pompe et les
boulons de fixation du moteur.
1. La rotation s’effectue en sens horaire (vers la droite, 5. Écarter l’ensemble d’entraînement de la roue d’avec
vue de l’extrémité du moteur). Démarrer et arrêter la le corps de pompe.
pompe immédiatement pour en observer le sens de 6. Enlever la vis de blocage de la roue avec une clé à dou-
rotation. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, vérifier le ille. Ne pas insérer de tournevis entre les aubes de
sens de rotation avant d’accoupler le moteur à la la roue pour l’empêcher de tourner. Il faudra
pompe. peut-être bloquer la roue avec un serre-tubes à sangle
2. Moteur monophasé : si l’on doit inverser le sens de si l’on ne parvient pas à desserrer la vis en donnant des
rotation, consulter le schéma de câblage sur le moteur. coups secs sur la clé.
3. Moteur triphasé : intervertir deux conducteurs 7. Enlever le joint torique de roue.
d’alimentation pour inverser le sens de rotation. 8. Sortir la roue au moyen de deux leviers placés dans un
angle de 180º entre la roue et le logement de garni-
7. Utilisation ture.
9. Retirer la chemise d’arbre, le ressort de garniture,
1. Avant la mise en service, on doit amorcer la pompe la rondelle cuvette, l’élément mobile de garniture et
(pour en faire sortir l’air et remplir de liquide le tuyau la clavette de roue.
d’aspiration) et entrouvrir le robinet de refoulement.
10. Enlever le logement de garniture.
ATTENTION LES LIQUIDES POMPÉS SERVENT
DE LUBRIFICANT. EN CAS DE 11. Placer le logement de garniture sur une surface plane
FONCTIONNEMENT À SEC, LES et pousser l’élément fixe de la garniture hors du
PIÈCES MOBILES GRIPPERAIENT, logement.
ET LA GARNITURE MÉCANIQUE 12. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, ôter le déflecteur
S’ENDOMMAGERAIT. de l’arbre de pompe.
2. Faire fonctionner l’appareil dans des conditions 13. Enlever les vis du couvercle de palier (des pompes sur
normales jusqu’à ce que sa température se stabilise, palier), puis le couvercle.
puis vérifier tout le système. Vérifier aussi si la 14. Retirer les joints à lèvre du palier et de son coucercle.
tuyauterie se dilate et si l’accouplement est désaligné.
15. Sortir l’arbre et les roulements du palier.
3. Ne pas faire fonctionner la pompe lorsque le débit est
16. Enlever la bague de retenue du roulement (pompes
nul ou presque, car le liquide absorberait alors la
sur palier).
chaleur produite par frottement et pourrait se changer
rapidement en vapeur. Les pièces mobiles doivent être 17. À l’aide d’une arrache-roulement ou d’une presse à
lubrifiées par le liquide pour ne pas s’endommager ni mandriner, ôter les roulements.
gripper. 18. Enlever la bague d’usure si elle est trop usée : em-
ployer un levier ou une pince-étau.
8. Entretien
OMETTRE LE VERROUILLAGE DU
AVERTISSEMENT
DISJONCTEUR DU CIRCUIT ÉLEC-
Tension TRIQUE EN POSITION OUVERTE
dangereuse AVANT D’EFFECTUER TOUT TRA-
VAIL D’ENTRETIEN SUR LA POMPE
PEUT CAUSER UN CHOC ÉLEC-
TRIQUE, DES BRÛLURES OU LA
MORT.
1. Les roulements sont situés à l’intérieur du moteur.
Suivre les directives du fabricant du moteur pour leur
graissage.
2. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, graisser les
roulements de palier toutes les 2 000 heures ou tous
les 3 mois. Employer une graisse au lithium ou au
sodium no 2 et remplir les roulements jusqu’à ce que la
graisse sorte par les garnitures.
29
UR01211-0M-00 Page 217 of 257
10. Remontage 11. Diagnostic des anomalies
1. Chaque pièce devrait être nettoyée avant le remontage. 1. Le moteur ne démarre pas, et il n’y a ni bruit ni vibration :
2. Voir la liste des pièces pour déterminer celles qui sont 1.1. Câble d’alimentation non connecté.
requises. 1.2. Fusibles sautés ou dispostif de protection déclen-
3. Le remontage se fait dans l’ordre inverse du démon- ché ou défectueux.
tage. 1.3. Connexions lâches ou endommagées.
4. Remplacer les joints à lèvre s’ils sont usés ou 2. Le moteur ne démarre pas, mais il y a du bruit et des
endommagés (pompes sur palier seulement). vibrations :
2.1. Moteur non connecté conformément au schéma
5. Remplacer les roulements à billes s’ils ont du jeu, s’ils
de câblage.
ne tournent pas rond ou s’ils sont bruyants (pompes
2.2. Moteur ou pompe bloqués.
sur palier seulement).
2.3. Basse tension ou perte de phase (alimentation
6. Vérifier si l’arbre de pompe comporte un faux-rond triphasée).
: le faux-rond maximal admissible est de 0,127 mm
(0,005 po). Les surfaces d’appui des roulements à 3. Le débit de la pompe est inférieur au débit nominal :
billes et des joints à lèvre doivent être lisses (exemptes 3.1. Pompe non remplie ni amorcée.
d’éraflures et d’encoches). Remplacer ces pièces au 3.2. Pompe non amorcée en raison de fuites dans le
besoin (pompes sur palier seulement). tuyau d’aspiration.
3.3. Mauvais sens de rotation (v. Sens de rotation).
7. Tous les composants de la garniture mécanique doivent 3.4. Hauteur de charge requise supérieure à la hauteur
être en bon état pour empêcher les fuites. Le spécifiée à l’origine. (Le robinet peut être partiel-
remplacement de la garniture en entier est une pra- lement fermé.)
tique courante appropriée chaque fois que la garniture 3.5. Clapet de pied obstrué.
est enlevée. 3.6. Hauteur d’aspiration excessive.
8. Lorsque l’on remplace la bague d’usure, ne pas em 3.7. Calibre du tuyau d’aspiration trop petit.
ployer de lubrifiant pour faciliter la pose de la bague
4. La protection se déclenche lorsque le moteur démarre :
neuve.
4.1. Perte de phase (alimentation triphasée).
9. Si l’on enlève la roue (pour remplacer la garniture 4.2. Dispositif de protection défectueux.
mécanique par exemple), on ne doit pas réutiliser la 4.3. Connexions lâches ou endommagées.
vis de blocage ni le joint torique de la roue. 4.4. Résistance moteur-terre et isolation-terre à vérifier.
10. Insérer l’élément fixe de la garniture mécanique dans 5. Le dispositif de protection se déclenche trop souvent :
le logement de garniture. L’enduire d’eau savonneuse 5.1. Protection réglée à une valeur inférieure à celle du
pour en faciliter l’insertion. moteur à pleine charge.
11. S-Groupe - installez l’arrêtoir de ressort mécanique 5.2. Perte de phase en raison de contacts ou de fils
de joint, le ressort et le montage rotatoire sur la dou- d’alimentation défectueux.
ille d’axe en utilisant l’eau savonneuse pour lubrifier. 5.3. Viscosité ou densité du liquide trop élevées.
Glissez la douille d’axe au-dessus de l’axe de pompe, 5.4. Frottement entre les pièces mobiles et fixes.
soyez sûr qu’une nouvelle bague de douille d’axe est
6. L’arbre tourne à peine :
utilisée.
6.1. Pompe ou moteur obstrués.
NOTA : LE JOINT TORIQUE DE LA CHEMISE 6.2. Frottement entre les pièce mobiles et fixes.
D’ARBRE ET CELUI DE LA RONDELLE 6.3. Roulements en mauvais état.
DE BLOCAGE DE LA ROUE ONT UN DI-
AMÈTRE PRESQUE IDENTIQUE. VOIR À 7. La pompe vibre, est bruyante et fournit un débit ir-
POSER LE PLUS GRAND DES DEUX SUR LA régulier :
CHEMISE D’ARBRE. 7.1. Débit supérieur au débit nominal de la pompe.
7.2. Pompe ou tuyauterie non assujetties correctement.
11. M-Groupe - installez le ressort mécanique de joint et 7.3. Hauteur d’aspiration excessive.
rotatoire sur la douille d’axe en utilisant l’eau savon- 7.4. Calibre du tuyau d’aspiration trop petit.
neuse pour lubrifier. Glissez la douille d’axe au-dessus 7.5. Cavitation produite par une alimentation en liq-
de l’axe de pompe. Placez l’arrêtoir de ressort méca- uide insuffisante ou perte d’aspiration excessive.
nique de joint au-dessus du pivot de roue à aubes. 7.6. Obstruction de la roue.
12. Insérer la clavette dans sa rainure (sur l’arbre), puis
8. Une fois arrêtée, la pompe tourne lentement dans le
poser la roue, la rondelle et la vis de blocage de la
sens opposé :
roue. Voir à utiliser un joint torique de roue neuf.
8.1. Déplacement de poches d’air dans le tuyau
Serrer la vis de 3⁄8 po (groupe S) à 23,0 N·m (17 lbf·pi)
d’aspiration.
et celle de ½ po (groupe M) à 51,5 N·m (38 lbf·pi).
8.2. Obstruction partielle du clapet de non-retour.
13. Substituez les boulons d’enveloppe et serrez dans un
ordre de croisement aux valeurs de serrage indiquées 9. Lorsqu’elle sert à augmenter la pression, la pompe
ci-dessous. démarre et s’arrête trop souvent :
Groupe S – 35 N·m (25 lbf·pi) 9.1. Réglage du manostat (pressostat) non correct.
Groupe M – 50 N·m (37 lbf·pi) 9.2. Grosseur du réservoir non appropriée.
14. Examinez l’unité rassemblée pour assurer lier en 10. Lorsqu’elle sert à augmenter la pression, la pompe ne
tournant l’axe avec l’outil approprié à partir de s’arrête pas :
l’extrémité de moteur. 10.1. Valeur de réglage maximale du manostat
(pressostat) supérieure à la valeur spécifiée.
15. Si le frottage existe, détachez les boulons d’enveloppe
10.2. Mauvais sens de rotation (v. Sens de rotation).
et continuez de serrer l’ordre encore.
30
UR01211-0M-00 Page 218 of 257
Composants, modèle SSH-C
100 101 178 108 370 MATÉRIAUX DE FABRICATION
No d’article Description Matériau
100 Corps de pompe
103 513 101 Roue
103 Bague d’usure Inox AISI,
184 Logement de garniture type 316L
370 Vis à chapeau à tête creuse
184 (adaptateur-corps de pompe)
408 Bouchon de vidange — 3⁄8 po, NPT Inox AISI, type 316
126 Chemise d’arbre 316 SS
412A 178 Clavette (roue) Acier
383
422 Vis de blocage (roue) Acier
199 Rondelle de blocage (roue) 316 SS
108 Adaptateur Fonte ASTM A48, CL20
Vis de fixation à tête hexagonale
371 Acier
(adaptateur-moteur)
412A Joint torique, roue Buna-N
412F Joint torique, chemise d’arbre Buna-N
513 Joint torique Buna-N
Carbone, céramique
Garniture mécanique,
383 Buna
pièce no 10K13 Inox 316
199 422 408 412F 126 371
GARNITURES MÉCANIQUES EN OPTION

Garnitures mécaniques John Crane, type 21
No No de Élément Élément
Élastomères Métal Service prévu
d’art. pièce mobile fixe
10K19 Fonte Éthyl.-propyl. Hautes tempér.
383 10K25 Ni-Resist Viton Inox Prod. chimiques
(en Carbone 316
option) 10K27 Carbure de Éthylène- Hautes tempér.
tungstène propylène Abrasifs légers
383A
383A 383A
383A
(M-GROUP
(POSITION (S-GROUP
(POSITION
–LOCATION)
GROUPE M) LOCATION)
– GROUPE S)
31
UR01211-0M-00 Page 219 of 257
Composants, modèle SSH-F
100 101 513 370 184 383 108 228 MATÉRIAUX DE FABRICATION
No d’article Description Matériau
412A
100 Corps de pompe
134 101 Roue Inox AISI,
103 Bague d’usure type 316L
370C 184 Logement de garniture
333A 370 Vis à chapeau à tête creuse
408 Bouchon de vidange – 3⁄8 po, NPT Inox AISI, type 316
Organes de pompage
126 Chemise d’arbre 316 SS
178 Clavette (roue) Acier
422 Vis de blocage (roue) Acier
199 Rondelle de blocage (roue) 316 SS
412A Joint torique, roue Buna-N
412F Joint torique, chemise d’arbre Buna-N
513 Joint torique Buna-N
Garniture mécanique, Carbone, céramique
103 199 422 408 178 412F 126 370B 123 168 112 136 122 383 pièce standard Buna-N
no 10K13 Inox 316
108 Adaptateur
228 Corps de palier Fonte ASTM A48, CL20
134 Couvercle de palier
Organes d’entraînement
122 Arbre de pompe
168 Roulement à billes interne
112 Roulement à billes externe
136 Bague de retenue (roulement)
370B Vis de fixation à tête hexagonale Acier
(adaptateur-corps de palier)
Vis de fixation à tête hexagonale
370C (couvercle de palier-corps
de palier)
333A Joint à lèvre Buna-N
193 Graisseur Acier
123 Déflecteur annulaire en V Buna-N
GARNITURES MÉCANIQUES EN OPTION

Garnitures mécaniques John Crane, type 21
No No de Élément Élément
Élastomères Métal Service prévu
d’art. pièce mobile fixe
10K19 Fonte Éthyl.-propyl. Hautes tempér.
383 10K25 Ni-Resist Viton Inox Prod. chimiques
(en Carbone 316
option) 10K27 Carbure de Éthylène- Hautes tempér.
tungstène propylène Abrasifs légers
383A
383A 383A
383A
(M-GROUP
(POSITION (S-GROUP
(POSITION
–LOCATION)
GROUPE M) LOCATION)
– GROUPE S)
32
UR01211-0M-00 Page 220 of 257
Notes
33
UR01211-0M-00 Page 221 of 257
Notes
34
UR01211-0M-00 Page 222 of 257
Declaration of Conformity
We at,
Goulds Pumps/ITT Industries
1 Goulds Drive
Auburn, NY 13021
Declare that the following products: SSH, NPE, MCS, MCC, 3656, 3656
SP, GB, SSV, SVI, NPO, Prime Line SP, HB, HMS, LC, NPV, LB, LBS
Comply with Machine Directive 98/37/EC. This equipment is intended to
be incorporated with machinery covered by this directive, but must not be
put into service until the machinery into which it is to be incorporated has
been declared in conformity with the actual provisions of the directive.
Declaración de Conformidad
Nosotros en
Goulds Pumps/ITT Industries
1 Goulds Drive
Auburn, NY 13021
Declaramos que los siguientes productos: SSH, NPE, MCS, MCC, 3656,
3656 SP, GB, SSV, SVI, NPO, Prime Line SP, HB, HMS, LC, NPV, LB, LBS
cumplen con las Directivas para Maquinarias 98/37/EC. Este equipo ha
sido diseñado para ser incorporado a la maquinaria cubierta por esta
directiva pero no debe ponerse en funcionamiento hasta que se declare
que la maquinaria en la que será incorporado cumple con las disposiciones
reales de la directiva.
Déclaration de conformité
Nous, à
Goulds Pumps, ITT Industries
1 Goulds Drive
Auburn, NY, U.S.A. 13021,
déclarons que les produits SSH, NPE, MCS, MCC, 3656, 3656 SP, GB, SSV,
SVI, NPO, Prime Line SP, HB, HMS, LC, NPV, LB et LBS
sont conformes à la directive 98/37/CE (législation relative aux machines).
Ils sont destinés à être intégrés dans la machinerie faisant l’objet de ladite
directive, mais ne doivent pas être mis en service tant que la machinerie en
question ne sera pas déclarée conforme aux stipulations de la directive.
Le directeur des produits,
James M. Allocco
Product Manager
35
UR01211-0M-00 Page 223 of 257
IT T Systèmes d'alimentation
en eau commerciaux
GARANTIE LIMITÉE DE GOULDS PUMPS

La présente garantie s’applique à chaque pompe de système d’alimentation en eau fabriquée par Goulds Pumps.
Toute pièce se révélant défectueuse sera remplacée sans frais pour le détaillant durant la période de garantie suivante expirant la première : douze
(12) mois à compter de la date d’installation ou dix-huit (18) mois à partir de la date de fabrication.
Le détaillant qui, aux termes de cette garantie, désire effectuer une demande de règlement doit s’adresser au distributeur Goulds Pumps agréé chez
lequel la pompe a été achetée et fournir tous les détails à l’appui de sa demande. Le distributeur est autorisé à régler toute demande par le biais du
service à la clientèle de Goulds Pumps.
La garantie ne couvre pas :
a) les frais de main-d’œuvre ou de transport ni les frais connexes encourus par le détaillant ;
b) les frais de réinstallation de l’équipement réparé ;
c) les frais de réinstallation de l’équipement de remplacement ;
d) les dommages indirects de quelque nature que ce soit ;
e) ni les pertes découlant de la panne.
Aux fins de la présente garantie, les termes ci-dessous sont définis comme suit :
1) « Distributeur » signifie une personne, une société de personnes, une société de capitaux, une association ou autre entité juridique servant
d’intermédiaire entre Goulds Pumps et le détaillant pour les achats, les consignations ou les contrats de vente des pompes en question.
2) « Détaillant » veut dire une personne, une société de personnes, une société de capitaux, une association ou autre entité juridique dont les
activités commerciales sont la vente ou la location de pompes à des clients.
3) « Client » signifie une entité qui achète ou loue les pompes en question chez un détaillant. Un « client » peut être une personne, une société de
personnes, une société de capitaux, une société à responsabilité limitée, une association ou autre entité juridique se livrant à quelque activité
que ce soit.
CETTE GARANTIE SE RAPPORTE AU DÉTAILLANT SEULEMENT.
Goulds Pumps et le logo à blocs siglés ITT sont des

marques déposées et de commerce d’ITT Corporation.
LES CARACTÉRISTIQUES PEUVENT CHANGER SANS PRÉAVIS.
IM084R04 Décembre, 2006

© 2006, ITT Corporation
Engineered for life

36
UR01211-0M-00 Page 224 of 257
RSSHSMGR
Goulds Pumps
SSH REPAIR PARTS
Effective January, 2008
370 178 412F 126 513 383 184 108
100 103 408 199 422 412A 101 383A 383A 203 370B (FRAME MOUNTED)
(M-GROUP (S-GROUP 371 (CLOSED-COUPLED)
LOCATION) LOCATION
254JM- and
365TCZ FRAME
MOUNTED)
M-GROUP
140JM, 180JM,
210JM
Goulds Pumps is a brand of ITT Corporation.
www.goulds.com
Engineered for life
UR01211-0M-00 Page 225 of 257

IT T GOULDS PUMPS
Commercial Water
SSH S-Group
1 x 2-6 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-6 2 X 21⁄2-6 21⁄2 x 3-6 1 x 2-8 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-8 2 x 21⁄2-8 1 x 2-10
➀ ➁ ➀ ➀
Max.
Item 9SH 10SH 11SH Wt.
Part Description Material
No. 9SH Before 4SH 5SH 6SH 10SH Before 7SH 8SH 11SH Before (lbs.)
9A-SH Jan. 10A-SH Jan. 11-SH Jan.
2003 2003 2003
100 Casing with wear ring 1L450 1L453 1L456 1L459 1L451 1L454 1L457 1L452 17
65⁄8 2L889 2L856 63⁄4 2L876 67⁄8 2L766 75⁄16 2L771 827⁄64 2L898 81⁄4 2L879 81⁄4 2L770 103⁄32 2L897 2L865
67⁄16 2L888 2L733 63⁄8 2L874 67⁄16 2L765 71⁄8 2L772 81⁄16 2L893 2L861 713⁄16 2L756 73⁄4 2L769 917⁄32 2L896 2L742
511⁄16 2L887 2L853 61⁄16 2L872 513⁄16 2L763 615⁄16 2L773 711⁄16 2L892 2L859 7 2L877 71⁄2 2L768 91⁄8 2L895 2L863
53⁄8 2L886 2L730 55⁄8 2L871 51⁄2 2L882 611⁄16 2L774 73⁄8 2L891 2L858 63⁄4 2L876 73⁄16 2L767 83⁄4 2L894 2L862
AISI
101 Impeller 55⁄16 2L870 51⁄8 2L881 63⁄8 2L775 71⁄8 2L890 2L735 67⁄16 2L875 67⁄8 2L766 7
Type
411⁄16 2L869 413⁄16 2L880 61⁄16 2L776 61⁄8 2L751 63⁄16 2L764
316SS
43⁄8 2L868 47⁄16 2L759 55⁄8 2L777
43⁄16 2L867
103 Wear ring, casing 4L465 4L466 4L467 4L468 4L465 4L466 4L467 4L465 1
184 Seal housing with ring 1L465 1L469 1L472 1L466 1L470 1L467 3
203 Wear ring, seal housing 4L201 4L464 4L201
126 Shaft sleeve 316SS 4L473 4L456 4L473 4L456 4L473 4L456
178 Key, impeller 4K11 4K555 4K11 4K555 4K11 1
Steel
422 Stud, impeller 13K217
199 Washer, impeller 316SS 4L458
Motor adapter, 143-184JM Cast iron
1L554 1L50 1L99 1L560 1L52 1L99 1L562 1L97 25
108 and S-group brg. frame ASTM A48
Motor adapter, 213-256JM cl. 20 1L555 1L51 1L98 1L561 1L53 1L98 1L563 1L96 29
370 Bolt, casing 300SS 13L38 (8 req.) 13L89 13L38 (8 req.) 13L89 (8 req.) –
371 Bolt, adapter, 143-184JM
Steel SAE 13K360 13L43 13L43 13K360 13L43 13L43 13K360 13L43 25
or and S-Group brg. frame
1200
370B Bolt, adapter, 213-256JM 13K379 13L41 13K245 13K361 13L40 13K245 13K361 13L40 29
Mech. seal – standard 10K27 – carbon/silicon-carbide/viton
383 Mech. seal – high temp. Type 21 10K19 – Carbon/silicon-carbide/EPR
1
Mech. seal – severe duty 10K64 – Silicon-carbide/silicon-carbide/viton
383A Retainer, seal spring 316SS 4K517
408 Plug, vent and drain 316SS 6L19 2
412A O-ring, impeller washer Viton 5K320 standard (5K195 EPR option)
412F O-ring, shaft sleeve Viton 5K307 standard (5K306 EPR option)
1
O-ring, casing – standard Viton 5K407 5L70 5K408 5L70 5L71
513
O-ring, casing – optional EPR 5K393 5K317 5K394 5K317 5L110
➀ 9SH, 10SH and the 11SH units were obsoleted in January 2003 and replaced by the 9ASH, 10ASH and 11ASH units.
➁ New numbering system on September of 2006 dropped the "A". There was no mechanical change.
UR01211-0M-00 Page 226 of 257

IT T GOULDS PUMPS
Commercial Water
SSH M-Group (254JM-365TCZ)

Item Part Description Material 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-10 2 x 21⁄2-10 21⁄2 x 3-8 21⁄2 x 3-10 3 x 4-8 3 x 4-10 Max.
No. 24SH 25SH 22SH 27SH 23SH 28SH Wt. (lbs.)
100 Casing, with wear ring 1L455 1L458 1L460 1L461 1L463 1L464 17
97⁄8 2L778 97⁄8 2L790 91⁄16 2L808 103⁄8 2L804 91⁄16 2L825 105⁄8 2L836
9 ⁄2 2L779 9 ⁄2
1 1
2L791 83⁄4 2L809 915⁄16 2L805 811⁄16 2L826 101⁄4 2L837
9 ⁄16 2L780 9 ⁄8
3 1
2L792 8 ⁄2
1
2L810 99⁄16 2L806 87⁄16 2L827 913⁄16 2L838
87⁄8 2L781 813⁄16 2L793 81⁄4 2L811 91⁄4 2L807 81⁄16 2L828 97⁄16 2L839
89⁄16 2L782 83⁄16 2L794 77⁄8 2L812 83⁄4 2L809 711⁄16 2L829 91⁄16 2L825
101 Impeller
81⁄4 2L783 715⁄16 2L795 71⁄2 2L813 71⁄2 2L830 811⁄16 2L826 8
AISI Type
711⁄16 2L796 71⁄8 2L814 71⁄8 2L831
316L SS
611⁄16 2L815 67⁄8 2L832
61⁄2 2L816 61⁄2 2L833
6 2L834
51⁄2 2L835
103 Wear ring, casing 4L467 4L468 4L469 1
184 Seal housing, with ring 1L468 1L473 1L475 1L477 1L478 3
203 Wear ring, seal housing 4L201 4L464
126 Shaft sleeve 316 SS 4L457
178 Key, impeller 4K261 1
Steel
199 Washer, impeller 316 SS 4L463
Motor adapter, 254-256JM and Cast iron 1L91 1L89 1L93 1L94 31
108 M-Group bearing frame ASTM
Motor adapter, 280JM-365TCZ A48 cl. 20 1L90 1L88 1L92 1L95 44
370 Bolt, casing 300 SS 13L86 (6 req’d) 13L89 (8 req’d) 13L86 (8 req’d) 13K45 (8 req’d) –
Bolt, adapter, 254-256JM and
371 or Steel SAE 13L88 13L116 –
S-Group bearing frame
370B 1200
Bolt, adapter, 280JM-365TCZ 13L87 13L115 –
Mech. seal – standard 10K45 – carbon/silicon-carbide/viton
383 Mech. seal – high temp. Type 21 10K20 – Carbon/silicon-carbide/EPR
1
Mech. seal – severe duty 10K65 – Silicon-carbide/silicon-carbide/viton
383A Retainer, seal spring 316SS 4K500
408 Plug, vent and drain 316SS 6L19 2
412F O-ring, shaft sleeve Viton 5K309 standard (5K308 EPR option)
1
O-ring, casing – standard Viton 5L71 5L70 5L71 5L72
513
O-ring, casing – optional EPR 5L110 5K317 5L110 5L116
UR01211-0M-00 Page 227 of 257

SSH M-Group (140JM, 180JM & 210JM)

Item Part Description Material 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-10 2 x 21⁄2-10 21⁄2 x 3-8 21⁄2 x 3-10 3 x 4-8 Max.
No. 24SH 25SH 22SH 27SH 23SH Wt. (lbs.)
100 Casing, with wear ring 1L455 1L458 1L460 1L461 1L463 17
97⁄8 2L784 97⁄8 2L797 91⁄16 2L820 915⁄16 2L817 91⁄16 2L840
9 ⁄2
1
2L785 9 ⁄2
1
2L798 8 ⁄2
1
2L822 9 ⁄16
9
2L818 87⁄16 2L841
93⁄16 2L786 91⁄8 2L799 81⁄4 2L823 91⁄4 2L819 81⁄16 2L842
101 Impeller 8 ⁄8
7
2L787 8 ⁄16
13
2L800 7 ⁄8
7
2L824 8 ⁄4
3
2L821 71⁄2 2L843 8
89⁄16 2L788 83⁄16 2L801 71⁄8 2L772 71⁄8 2L844
AISI Type
81⁄4 2L789 715⁄16 2L802 611⁄16 2L774 61⁄2 2L845
316L SS
7 ⁄16
11
2L803 6 2L846
51⁄2 2L847
103 Wear ring, casing 4L467 4L468 4L469 1
184 Seal housing, with ring 1L467 1L472 1L474 1L476 3
203 Wear ring, seal housing 4L201 4L464
126 Shaft sleeve 316SS 4K501 4L456
178 Key, impeller 4K11 1
Steel
199 Washer, impeller 316 SS 4L458
Motor adapter, 143-184JM and Cast iron
1L97 1L99 N/A 1L123 25
108 S-group bearing frame ASTM
Motor adapter, 213-256JM A48 cl.20 1L96 1L98 1L100 29
370 Bolt, casing 300 SS 13L86 (8 req’d) 13L89 (8 req’d) 13L86 (8 req’d) –
Bolt, adapter, 143-184JM and
371 or Steel SAE 13L43 N/A 13L117 –
S-group bearing frame
370B 1200
Bolt, adapter, 213-256JM 13K245 13K44 –
Mechanical seal – standard 10K27 – carbon/silicon-carbide/viton
383 Mechanical seal – high temp. Type 21 10K19 – Carbon/silicon-carbide/EPR
1
Mechanical seal – severe duty 10K64 – Silicon-carbide/silicon-carbide/viton
383A Retainer, seal spring 316 SS 4K517
408 Plug, vent and drain 316 SS 6L19 2
412F O-ring, shaft sleeve Viton 5K320 standard (5K195 EPR) 5K307 standard (5K306 EPR option)
1
O-ring, casing – standard Viton 5L71 5L70 5L71
513
O-ring, casing – optional EPR 5L110 5K317 5L110
Goulds Pumps and the ITT Engineered Blocks Symbol are

registered trademarks and tradenames of ITT Corporation.
SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
RSSHSMGR July, 2008

Engineered for life
UR01211-0M-00 Page 228 of 257

Signet 2551 Magmeter English
*3-2551.090*
3-2551.090 Rev. F 02/07 English
Topic: Page Topic: Page

1. Quick Start Guide 1 8. Wiring the Magmeter
2. Specifications 2 with Frequency or Digital Output 6
3. Installation Pipe Fittings 3 9. Custom System Span and Setup Tool 7
4. Selecting a Location 3 10. Using the i-Go 0232 Converter
5. 2551 Magmeter Configuration 4 and Setup Tool 8
6. General Installation & Grounding Tips 5 11. Averaging and Sensitivity Settings 9
7. Wiring the Magmeter with 4-20 Loop 5 12. Calibration Data 10
13. Maintenance and Service parts 14
Ordering Information 16
Description
The Signet 2551 Magmeter is an insertion style magnetic flow sensor that features no moving parts. The patented sensor design
is available in corrosion-resistant materials to provide long-term reliability with minimal maintenance costs. Material options include
PP with stainless steel, PVDF with stainless steel, PVDF with Hastelloy-C, or PVDF with Titanium. Utilizing the comprehensive line
of Signet installation fittings, sensor alignment and insertion depth is automatic, delivering accurate flow measurement in pipe sizes
ranging from DN15 to DN300 (½ to 12 inches).
Signet 2551 Magmeters offer many output options of frequency/digital (S3L) or 4 to 20 mA. The frequency or digital (S3L) sensor output
can be used with Signet’s extensive line of flow instruments while the 4 to 20mA output can be used for a direct input to PLCs, chart
recorders, etc. Both the 4 to 20 mA output and digital (S3L) sensor interface is available for long distance signal transmission of up
to 1,000 ft. An additional benefit is the empty pipe detection which features a zero flow output when the sensors are not completely
wetted. Also, the frequency output is bi-directional while the 4 to 20mA output can be set for uni- or bi-directional flow using the RS232
set-up tool which connects to PCs for programming capabilities.
1. Quick Start Guide

This manual contains the general installation, wiring and calibration data for the Signet 2551-XX-11 Magmeter with Frequency or Serial
data output, and for the Signet 2551-XX-12 Magmeter with Currrent output. The basic steps are outlined on this page.
See each referenced section for detailed information.
1. Configure the Hardware

2551-XX-11 ONLY: Position this Jumper to select
digital (S3L) output or Frequency output. (Not used 4.
for Current output version) Sec. 8 Pg. 6 1. Connect output signals and power
JP2
to this 4-terminal block.

FREQUENCY OUT
SERIAL (S3L) OUT
2. Position the PIPE SIZE Jumper according to your 4
3
pipe size. Sec. 5 Pg. 4 2
2.
Sensor Type Pipe Size Jumper Position
2551-P0/T0/V0/W0 ½ in. to 2½ in.
3. Install the Magmeter into the pipe. DN15 to DN65
Use Signet installation fittings ONLY. 2551-P0/T0/V0/W0 3 in. to 4 in.
The installation fitting is critical to Magmeter DN80 to DN100
performance. Sec. 3-4, Pg. 3 2551-P1/T1/V1/W1 5 in. to 6 in.

DN125 to DN150
2551-P1/T1/V1/W1 8 in.
DN200
5.
2551-P2/T2/V2/W2 10 in. to 12 in. 4.

4. Connect POWER and OUTPUT wiring. DN250 to DN300
2551-XX-11 Frequency out: Sec. 8.1 Pg. 6
2551-XX-11 Serial data out: Sec. 8.2 Pg. 9
2551-XX-12 Current out wiring: Sec. 7 Pg. 5
GROUNDING
Without a good Earth Ground, the Magmeter may 3.
not operate efficiently. Sec. 6 Pg. 5
5. Route the wiring out through the two cable ports.

Use appropriate hardware to secure the 2551 from
moisture intrusion. One Liquid Tight Connector is
included. Sec. 5-6 Pg 4-5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 229 of 257

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1. Depressurize and vent system prior to installation or removal.
2. Confirm chemical compatibility before use.
3. Do not exceed maximum temperature/pressure specifications.
4. Wear safety goggles or face shield during installation/service.
5. Do not alter product construction.
6. Disconnect power before attempting any service or wiring.
2. Specifications
General
Standards and Approvals
Pipe size range: DN15 to DN 300 (0.5 in. to 12 in.)
CE
Flow Range
NEMA 4X / IP65 Enclosure (with cap installed)
• Minimum: 0.05 m/s (0.15 ft/s)
EMC: EN55011: 1998 +A1:99+A2:02
• Maximum: 10 m/s (33 ft/s)
Class B Emissions
Linearity: ±1% reading plus 0.01m/s (0.033 ft/s)
EN61326: 1997 +A1:98+A2:01
Repeatability: ±0.5% of reading @ 25°C (77°F)
EN61000-6-2:2001
Minimum Conductivity: 20 µS/cm
Safety: EN61010-1:2001
U.S. Patent No. 7,055,396 B1
Wetted Materials:
• Sensor body and Electrodes and Grounding ring:
• -P0, -P1, -P2: Polypropylene and 316L SS Dimensions
• -T0, -T1, -T2: PVDF and Titanium 94 mm
• -V0, -V1,-V2: PVDF and Hastelloy-C (3.7 in.)
• -W0, -W1, -W2: PVDF and 316L SS
• O-rings: FPM (standard)
EPDM, Kalrez® (optional)
The user is responsible for determining the chemical 79.25 mm

suitability of these materials for a specific application. (3.12 in.)
• Case: PBT
• Display window: Polyamide
Electrical -X0
Power Requirements -X1
• 4 to 20 mA: 21.6 to 26.4 VDC, 22.1 mA max. -X2
• Frequency: 5 to 26.4 VDC, 15 mA max.
• Digital (S3L): 5 to 6.5 VDC, 15 mA max.
Reverse polarity and short circuit protected Pipe Range
Current output (4 to 20 mA): 1/2 to 4 in. -X0 = 58 mm (2.3 in.)
• Loop Accuracy: 5 to 8 in. -X1 = 91 mm (3.6 in.)
32 µA max. error (25°C @ 24 VDC) 10 to 12 in. -X2 = 167 mm (6.6 in.)
• Isolation: Low voltage < 48 VAC/DC from electrodes and
auxilary power X = Sensor Body P, T, V, or W
• Maximum cable: 300 m (1000 ft.)
• Error condition: 22.1 mA
• Max. Loop Resistance: 300 Ω bar psi Pressure vs. Temperature
• Compatible with PLC, PC or similar equipment 14 200
Frequency output:
• Max. Pull-up Voltage: 30 VDC
11 160
Operating Pressure
• Compatible with Signet 5075, 5500, 5600, 8550, 8900
Digital (S3L) Output: 8 120

• Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps
• Compatible with Signet 8900 2551
6 80 Operating
Environmental Requirements Range
Storage Temperature: -20° to 70°C (-4° to 158°F)
Relative Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing) 3 40
Operating Temperature:
• Ambient: -10° to 70°C (14° to 158°F)
• Media: 0° to 85°C (32° to 185°F) °F 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Max. operating pressure:
°C -18 4 27 49 71 93 115
• 10.3 bar @ 25°C (150 psi @ 77°F)
• 1.4 bar @ 85°C (20 psi @ 185°F) Media Temperature
2 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 230 of 257
3. Installation: Pipe fittings
George Fischer Signet offers a wide selection of installation fittings that control the position of the Magmeter electrodes in relation to the
dimensions of the pipe. You will find a complete list of order numbers for installation fittings in the Calibration tables on pages 10-13.
Type Description Type Description

Plastic tees 0.5 to 4 inch versions Iron, Carbon Steel, 0.5 to 2 in. versions
PVC or CPVC 316 SS Threaded Mounts on threaded pipe ends
tees
PVC Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes only Carbon steel & 2 to 4 inch, cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe
Glue-on Cut 2-1/2 inch hole in pipe stainless steel Over 4 inch, cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe
Saddles Weld in place using solvent cement Weld-on
Weldolets
PVC 2 to 4 inch, cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe
Saddles 6 to 8 inch, cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe Fiberglass 1.5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert
tees & > 8 in. PVC insert
saddles:
FPT FPS
PP Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes only
Clamp-on Cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe Metric For pipes from DN 15 to 50 mm
Saddles Union PP or PVDF
tees
Iron 2 to 4 inch, cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe

Strap-on Over 4 inch, cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe
saddles
4. Selecting a Location
• The 2551 requires a full pipe and a fully developed turbulent flow profile for accurate measurement.
• If the piping system harbors air pockets or bubbles, take steps to locate the sensor so the air pockets will not contact the
electrodes.
• In vertical installations, assemble the 2551 so the conduit ports are facing downward. This prevents condensation inside the
conduit from being directed into the 2551 electronics housing.
Inlet Outlet
Flange +GF+
Reducer +GF+
90° Elbow +GF+
Select a location with sufficient 10 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 15 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 20 x I.D. 5 x I.D.
distance of straight pipe immediately
upstream of the sensor.
2 x 90° Elbow
2 x 90° Elbow +GF+
3 dimensions +GF+
Valve/Pump +GF+
25 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 40 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 50 x I.D. 5 x I.D.
Locating the sensor in a trap or where the

flow is upward helps to protect the sensor O.K. O.K. O.K.
from exposure to air bubbles when the
system is in operation. +
+GF
+GF+
+GF+
Vertical flow is OK IF the pipe remains full at all times.
These configurations are not +GF+
recommended because it is difficult to +G

F+
keep the pipe full.

+GF+
In a gravity-flow system, the tank must be designed so the level

does not drop below the outlet.
+GF+
This causes the pipe to draw air in from the tank.

If air bubbles pass across the Magmeter electrodes, the output
will become erratic.
2551 Magmeter 3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 231 of 257
5. 2551 Magmeter Configuration
Whether using the 2551-XX-11 (frequency or digital S3L output) or the 2551-XX-12 (with 4-20 mA output), the wiring terminals located
on the inside of the yellow cover are identical. All of the connections from the Magmeter to external equipment (PLC, Datalogger, Chart
Recorder, Flow meter, etc.) are made at the large 4-position terminal connector.
When the cover is removed the wiring from the sensor can be seen connected to the smaller terminal block. These connections should
always remain connected to prevent inadvertent damage or miswiring.
The terminals on the 2551 Magmeter are designed for conductors from 16 AWG to 22 AWG.
JP2 is for factory use only. The user must connect output cables to
MAKE NO CONNECTIONS. this 4-terminal block.
JP2
This blue jumper selects Blue
4 Brown The factory connects
frequency output or
Black the sensor cable to the terminals
S 3L serial data output 3
Red inside the yellow cover.
in the 3-2551-XX-11 2 Yellow
(Not used on 4-20 mA models) White
1
Not used
Set this blue jumper

according to the pipe size.
½ in. (DN15)
¾ in. (DN20)
1 in. (DN25)
1¼ in. (DN32)
1½ in. (DN40)
WARNING! 2 in. (DN50)
If the second conduit port is used, 2½ in. (DN65)
carefully drill the opening. (The 5 in. (DN125) External Earth Ground Terminal
plastic is too strong to be punched 6 in. (DN150)
out.) 10 in. (DN250)
• Secure the Magmeter in a vise 12 in. (DN300)
to prevent damage or injury.
• The plastic inside the port is 3 in. (DN80)
very thin. Do not allow the drill 4 in. (DN100) Flow
to penetrate too deeply and 8 in. (DN200)

damage the Magmeter wiring. 3-9000.392-1
Liquid tight connector
Use the yellow decal to mark (one supplied)
the direction of flow on the pipe
Sensor grounding ring
Important:
• The directional arrow on the body of the sensor must be pointed DOWNSTREAM.
• The FLOW arrow decal can be placed directly on the pipe to identify the direction of flow.
• Use a cable gland or a liquid tight connector to seal the cable ports from water intrusion.
• The yellow housing may be reversed to align the conduit ports as required.
• If the Magmeter is installed on a vertical pipe, the conduit ports should be turned to point downward.
This will prevent condensation from being channeled into the enclosure.
• Use plumber's tape or a suitable sealant on cable ports.
4 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 232 of 257
6. General Installation and Grounding Tips
Sensor conditioning
The Magmeter output signal may be unstable immediately after installation. Allowing the sensor to soak in a full pipe (or in any
container of water) for 24 hours will stabilize the performance.
• Very low conductivity fluids may require a longer conditioning period. (The Magmeter may not operate properly in fluids where the
conductivity is less than 20 µS/cm.)
Grounding
The 2551 Magmeter is unaffected by moderate levels of electrical noise. However, in some applications it may be necessary to ground
portions of the system to eliminate electrical interference. The grounding requirements will vary with each installation.
One or more of the following steps may be applied

if the 2551 Magmeter is affected by electrical Do not terminate
noise: shield at Magmeter
3. 1.
The ground terminal on the outside of the
yellow housing is connected internally Instrument
to the grounding ring at the tip of the
sensor. Connect a wire (14 AWG/2.08 mm2
4.
recommended) from this terminal directly to a
local Earth ground.
Install fluid grounding devices immediately Sensor
Grounding ring
upstream and downstream of the Magmeter.
Connect the fluid grounds to the Earth ground Earth ground
terminal on the 2551.
Use flanged grounding rings or metal
electrodes on plastic pipes, or metal clamps
on metal pipes.
Fluid grounds must be in direct contact with
the fluid, and as near to the Magmeter as 4 in. to 50 in. 4 in. to 50 in.
possible. (10 cm to 1.3 m) (10 cm to 1.3 m)
The shield from the output cable must be

terminated at the remote instrument ONLY. Grounding rings on plastic pipe
This shield must not be connected at both 2. (Install between flanges) 2.
ends! or
metal straps on metal pipe
Connect an additional wire (minimum AWG
14/2.08 mm2) from the remote instrument ground to the Magmeter ground terminal.
7. Wiring the 2551-XX-12 Magmeter with 4-20 mA Loop Output

The 2551-XX-12 Magmeter is a traditional 2-wire passive 4-20 mA loop transmitter.
• External loop power (24 VDC ±10%) is required. See Ordering Information for power supplies.
• The maximum loop resistance the Magmeter can accomodate is 300 Ω.
• All 2551-XX-12 Magmeters are shipped from the factory with the 4-20 mA output scaled for 0 to 5 m/s (0 to 16.4 ft/s). If this
operating range is suitable, no adjustments are necessary. The Calibration charts on pages 10-14 list the 20 mA setpoint for each
installation fitting. Use this information to program the 4-20 mA range of the loop device (PLC, Datalogger, recorder, etc.)
2551 Magmeter
Loop - (Ground) 4-20 mA Loop

3 + monitor
- (Maximum 300 Ω)
2
-
1 Loop + (24 VDC) 24 VDC ± 10%
+
2551 Magmeter 5
UR01211-0M-00 Page 233 of 257
8. Wiring the 3-2551-11 with Frequency or Digital (S3L) output
8.1 Wiring: Frequency output (Compatible with all POWERED Signet Flow instruments.)
• When the blue jumper illustrated here is placed over both pins, the 2551-XX-11 outputs an Frequency
open collector frequency signal that can be connected to any powered Signet flow meter.
(Models 5075, 5500, 5600, 8550, 8900.)
4
• 5 VDC power is provided to the 2551 Magmeter by all Signet flow instruments. No
additional power is required.
• If connecting the 2551 Magmeter to a flow instrument from another manufacturer, 5 to 24
3
VDC power must be provided to the 2551. A 10 KΩ pull up resistor must also be connected
between terminals 1 and 2.
Blue Jumper ON = FREQ OUT
• The frequency output will be displayed as positive flow regardless of the flow direction.
2551 Frequency Out to Signet 8550-1 2551 Frequency Out to Signet 8900
2551 Magmeter 8550-1 Flow Transmitter

4 Not used
4 Not used 3 Ground

Ground Sensr Gnd
3 9 (SHIELD) 2 Frequency Out
I/O Module 3-8900.401-X 3-8900.621C
Frequency Sensr IN +5VDC (Black) 1 5-24 VDC

8
1
Frequency
2 (RED) Input Freq. Input (Red) 2
1 2551 Magmeter
5-24 VDC Sensr V+ GND (Shield) 3
1 7 (BLACK) Frequency +5VDC (Black) 4
Input 2
Freq. Input 2 (Red) 5
OR
S3L S 3 L (Red) 6
AUX power MUST be connected on the 8550 to provide power to Input
7
2
the 2551. 8
2551 Magmeter
2551 Frequency Out to other Manufacturer's equipment
Not used
4
Ground
3
Frequency Out
2
10KΩ
5-24 VDC
1
Install a pull-up resistor when connecting the

2551 Magmeter to other manufacturer's flowmeters.
8.2 Wiring: S3L output (Compatible with 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller only)
• When the blue jumper illustrated here is removed (or placed over one pin for storage) the 2551-XX-11 outputs a digital (S3L) signal
compatible with the Signet 8900.
• The 2551 receives 5 VDC power from the 8900. No additional power is required.
• The 8900 will display 0 (Zero) flow rate during periods of reverse flow.
2551 Magmeter S3 L
3-8900.621C
4 Not used 4
I/O Module 3-8900.401-X
+5VDC (Black) 1 3 Ground
Frequency
Input
3
Freq. Input (Red) 2
1 3
GND (Shield) 3 2 S L Data
Blue Jumper OFF = S3L OUT
Frequency +5VDC (Black) 4
Input 2
1 +5 VDC
Freq. Input 2 (Red) 5
OR
S3L S3 L (Red) 6
Input
2 GND (White/Shield) 7
+5VDC (Black) 8
S3L
Input S3 L (Red) 9
1
GND (White/Shield) 10
11 NOTE:
Analog Output 1 +
(if applicable) - 12 The maximum cable length from the 2551 to the
13
8900 depends on the 8900 configuration. Refer
+
Analog Output 2
- to the 8900 manual for complete information.
(if applicable) 14
6 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 234 of 257
9. Custom System Span and Setup
• The 3-0232 Setup tool enables the user to configure the 2551 Magmeter to suit the application.
• The Setup tool connects the 2551 to a computer by converting the serial data output into standard RS232 format.
• The computer operating system must be Windows 98, 2000, 2000 Pro, XP, XP Pro ONLY.
• The 3-0232 Setup tool is not compatible with any other operating system.
• Managed and network systems may have security measures enabled that interfere with the installation of this program.
See the network administrator or IT staff if the program cannot be installed.
9.1 Collect the Equipment and information that will be required:

• 3-0232 Setup Tool (Includes one RS232 Converter and one CD-ROM with software)
• 24 VDC ISOLATED power source.
• Personal computer with:
Intel Pentium or Higher or AMD 1800 or Higher
Windows 98, 2000, 2000 Pro, XP, XP Pro operating system
CD ROM Reader capable of reading ISO 9660 Format
Free Disk Space Of 400 KB
• DB9 serial-to-USB converter cable
(required only for computers that do not have a DB9 serial port available.)
• Pipe data (id, K-factor from Sec. 12, Pg 10-14)
• Measurement Preferences (engineering units, timebase)
9.2 Install the software onto the computer:
1. Insert the CD-ROM into a computer that is running on Win98, Win2000, or Win XP.
2. Click the START button, then Run. Click the BROWSE button and navigate to the CD drive and select the Setup.exe file. Click
Open, then click OK.
3. If unable to install the program, contact the system administrator for assistance.
9.3 Connect the Magmeter to the computer:

1. Remove the cover from the Magmeter.
2. Connect the 2551 output terminals 2 and 4 to the input terminals of the RS232 Interface.
3. Connect the isolated 24 VDC power source to the 2551, terminals 1 and 3.
4. For 2551-11 version, configure the blue jumper for S3L operation. Remember to return it to the frequency position if necessary.
(section 8.2, Pg 6.)
5. Connect the DB9 serial output connector from the RS232 Interface to the computer.
Note: If the computer does not have an available DB9 serial port, use a serial-to-USB converter cable.
Signet recommends cable model USA-19HS by Keyspan. (www.keyspan.com)
CAUTION! 3
TURN 24 VDC POWER OFF 2

1
WHEN WIRING THE MAGMETER.
2551 Terminals
(Inside 2551 cover)
Isolated
-
24 VDC
+
For 2551-11 version, configure the blue jumper
for S3L operation. Remember to return it to the
frequency position if necessary. DB9-to-USB Adapter Cable
(Keyspan # USA-19HS)
S3 L
Windows PC
4
Vaux+
GND
S3L-to-RS232 DB9 Connector
3 5Vout+
Data
Converter
GND
The following page outlines each step in the 2551 Magmeter Setup Tool software.
2551 Magmeter 7
UR01211-0M-00 Page 235 of 257
10. Using the 3-0232 i-Go S3L to RS232 Converter and Setup Tool to customize the 3-2551 Magmeter
Procedure:
1. Set the general information about the pipe and application preferences in the Application Settings fields.
Note: Press the "Restore Factory Settings" button while all fields are blank to load the setup program with factory settings.
After a value is entered into any field, the "Restore Factory Settings" button will not change them.
Flow/Velocity Units (factory set: Meters)
• Select the engineering units from the list: meters, feet, cubic meters, liters, cu. ft., U.S. gallons, Imp. gallons.
Timebase (factory set: Seconds)
• Set the timebase preference: seconds, minutes, hours, days
Pipe ID (Inside Diameter) (factory set: 44.0)
• Enter the inside diameter of the pipe.
ID Units: (factory set: millimeters)
• Select inches or mm for the dimensions of the pipe.
NOTE: Check all associated settings after changing the units.
This program does not convert values automatically.
K-Factor (factory set: 65.7665)
• K-factors are published in the Magmeter manual as "pulses
per gallon" and "pulses per liter".
2. Set the 4-20 mA span (4-20 mA output models only)

• Enter the flow rate at 4 mA. (Factory set: 0 m/s)
• Enter the flow rate at 20 mA. (Factory set: 5 m/s)
• When the RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS button is pressed,
the 20 mA setpoint will be restored to the equivalent of 5 m/s, in
terms of the Flow units and Timebase selected above.
3. Set the Performance Settings to best accomodate the

unique conditions in the pipe.
Averaging Time in Seconds (Factory set: 14 seconds)**
• Select the time the Magmeter will use as the averaging
period.
Example: With averaging at 14 seconds, each display is an
average of the previous 14 seconds input.
Use higher averaging times to smooth the display and
current output where the flow in the pipe is erratic.
Quick Response Sensitivity (Factory set: 25% of Max Range, or 2.5 m/s)**
• Set the percentage of change in the flow rate required to
allow the Magmeter to override the AVERAGING and jump Note: If a Low flow Cutoff or a 4-20 mA field turns
to a new flow rate immediately. RED, the value entered is outside of the allowable
(2551 maximum range is 10 m/s) range. The maximum allowable value will be
A detailed explanation of averaging and sensitivity functions automatically loaded.
is provided on the following page.
Noise Rejection Frequency (Factory set: 60 Hz)** ** SELECT FROM PULL-DOWN MENU ONLY.
• Select 50 Hz or 60 Hz according to local AC power specifications. Direct text input will not be accepted. Error message
Low Flow Cut-off (Factory set: 0.05 m/s) will appear: "Cannot write all settings to sensor."
• Set the flow rate where all Magmeter outputs will be forced to zero.
(When the flow rate drops below this value, the frequency output will be 0 Hz. and the current output will be 4 mA.)
4. Click "Write Settings to Sensor" at the bottom of the display to download the new settings to the Magmeter.
• To repeat the same settings in another Magmeter, remove 24 VDC Power to the magmeter and connect the second Magmeter.
• Click "Write Settings to Sensor" again.
• Click "Read Sensor Settings" to validate the new settings.
Note: All settings are lost when you exit the program.
Sensor Information
Serial Number, Sensor Type:
• Information for these fields is read from the Magmeter when you press the "Read Sensor Settings" button.
Messages
• Displays messages related to the current selection. Error messages and procedure instructions appear here.
Controls
• Read sensor settings: Read information and setup values from the Magmeter into this setup display.
• Restore factory settings: Restores Loop and Performance settings to original factory values.
Press this button before entering any data into the program if you want to load all factory settings.
• Write settings to sensor: Copies all of the settings in this setup display into the Magmeter.
• Load settings from file: Load a saved meter setup file into the Magmeter Setup Tool.
• Save settings to file: Save a meter setup file on your local hard drive to be used again.
8 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 236 of 257
11. 2551 Magmeter Averaging and Sensitivity Settings
Because ideal flow conditions are often impossible to achieve, the flow rate is often erratic, which causes any control features (ie;
relays, 4-20 mA loops, etc.) that are associated with the flow rate to also be erratic.
The best solution to these problems is to correct the piping deficiencies that cause the instability. This may involve longer straight
runs upstream, reducing the pipe size to maintain a full pipe at all times, and other installation changes. But in many situations these
measures are simply not possible.
The 2551 Magmeter provides several tools that are designed to "work around" these deficiencies. They are called "Performance
Settings" and can be modified only through the i-Go S3L to RS232 Converter and the 2551 Magmeter Setup Tool. The noise rejection
and the Low Flow Cutoff settings are self-explanatory. The Averaging and the Sensitivity features should be studied before making
adjustments.
Averaging Time in Seconds (Factory set: 14 seconds)

• Set the time the Magmeter will use as the averaging period.
With averaging at 14 seconds, each display is an average of the previous 14 seconds input.
Use higher averaging times to smooth the display and current output where the flow in the pipe is erratic.
Quick Response Sensitivity (Factory set: 25% of Maximum Range, or 2.5 m/s)
• Set the percentage of change in the flow rate required to allow the Magmeter to override the AVERAGING and jump to a new flow
rate immediately. (2551 maximum range is 10 m/s)
The pictures below illustrate the effect of these settings.
No AVERAGING, no SENSITIVITY
With AVERAGING set to 0 (zero) the SENSITIVITY is ineffective,
and the flow rate may be very unstable. This will cause the output
Velocity
signals to respond erratically.
AVERAGING Only
With AVERAGING set to 60 seconds and SENSITIVITY set to
Velocity
100%, the flow rate is stabilized, but a sharp change in flow rate
is not represented for 60 seconds or longer. This can cause
system problems if one of the operating setpoints falls within this
range.
Time
10 s 20 s 30 s 40 s 50 s 60 s 70 s
AVERAGING and SENSITIVITY

With AVERAGING at 60 seconds and SENSITIVITY set to 25%,
Velocity
the flow rate is stabilized, but the sudden shift in flow is reflected
very quickly.
Time 10 s 20 s 30 s 40 s 50 s 60 s 70 s
2551 Magmeter 9
UR01211-0M-00 Page 237 of 257
12. Calibration Data: K-factors and Full Scale Current Values
Plastic Installation Fittings: PVC Tees and Saddles
PIPE SIZE FITTING K-Factor K-Factor 20 mA= 20 mA=

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters* in GPM in LPM
SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE

½ PV8T005 2289.37 604.85 13.1 49.6
¾ PV8T007 1430.41 377.92 20.97 79.38
1 PV8T010 876.86 231.67 34.21 129.5
1¼ PV8T012 447.06 118.11 67.1 253.99
1½ PV8T015 324.19 85.65 92.54 350.25
2 PV8T020 206.69 54.61 145.15 549.38
2½ PV8T025 131.46 34.73 228.2 863.74
3 PV8T030 82.52 21.80 363.55 1376.04
4 PV8T040 44.78 11.83 669.88 2535.49
SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 CPVC PIPE

½ CPV8T005 2496.03 659.45 12.02 45.49
¾ CPV8T007 1381.48 364.99 21.72 82.19
1 CPV8T010 857.98 226.68 34.97 132.34
1¼ CPV8T012 445.17 117.61 67.39 255.07
1½ CPV8T015 325.56 86.01 92.15 348.78
SCH 80 PVC SADDLES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE

2 PV8S020 193.83 51.21 154.77 585.81
2½ PV8S025 138.01 36.46 217.38 822.78
3 PV8S030 83.89 22.16 357.62 1353.60
4 PV8S040 40.88 10.80 733.88 2777.74
6 PV8S060 22.53 5.95 1331.85 5041.06
8 PV8S080 12.52 3.31 2395.41 9066.64
10 PV8S100 7.94 2.10 3778.75 14302.57
12 PV8S120 5.71 1.51 5256.69 19896.57
SCH 80 PVC SADDLES FOR SCH 40 PVC PIPE

2 PV8S020 180.01 47.56 166.66 630.81
2½ PV8S025 123.72 32.69 242.49 917.82
3 PV8S030 75.81 20.03 395.71 1497.76
4 PV8S040 41.87 11.06 716.56 2712.19
6 PV8S060 19.71 5.21 1521.92 5760.46
8 PV8S080 11.73 3.10 2558.12 9682.50
10 PV8S100 7.43 1.96 4037.60 15282.3
12 PV8S120 5.23 1.38 5734.87 21706.48
POLYPROPYLENE CLAMP-ON SADDLES ON SCH 80 PP PIPE

10 PPS100 7.94 2.10 3778.75 14302.57
12 PPS120 5.71 1.51 5256.69 19896.57
POLYPROPYLENE CLAMP-ON SADDLES ON SCH 40 PP PIPE

10 PPS100 7.43 1.96 4037.60 15282.3
12 PPS120 5.23 1.38 5734.87 21706.48
10 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 238 of 257
Plastic Installation Fittings for Metric Pipes:

Polypropylene True Union Tees and Wafers
PVDF True Union Tees and Wafers
PVC True Union Tees and Wafers

(Metric) TYPE Gallons Liters* in GPM in LPM
POLYPROPYLENE FITTINGS (DIN/ISO ,BS, ANSI)

DN15 PPMT005 2192.73 579.32 13.68 51.78
DN20 PPMT007 1327.81 350.81 22.59 85.52
DN25 PPMT010 737.16 194.76 40.70 154.04
DN32 PPMT012 453.46 119.81 66.16 250.41
DN40 PPMT015 275.03 72.66 109.08 412.86
DN50 PPMT020 164.17 43.35 182.74 691.66
DN65 PPMT025 112.02 29.59 267.82 1013.70
DN80 PPMT030 77.40 20.45 387.60 1467.06
DN100 PPMT040 51.76 13.68 579.58 2193.70
DN125 PPMT050 40.14 10.61 747.36 2828.74
DN150 PPMT060 24.51 6.47 1224.17 4633.48
DN200 PPMT080 15.66 4.14 1915.10 7248.67
PVDF FITTINGS (DIN/ISO ,BS, ANSI)

DN15 SFMT005 1946.49 514.26 15.41 58.34
DN20 SFMT007 1158.05 305.96 25.91 98.05
DN25 SFMT010 749.09 197.91 40.05 151.58
DN32 SFMT012 439.51 116.12 68.26 258.36
DN40 SFMT015 248.93 65.77 120.52 456.16
DN50 SFMT020 146.85 38.80 204.30 773.26
DN65 SFMT025 104.84 27.70 286.16 1083.10
DN80 SFMT030 72.01 19.02 416.64 1576.97
DN100 SFMT040 46.82 12.37 640.69 2425.00
DN125 SFMT050 31.93 8.44 939.63 3556.51
DN150 SFMT060 18.78 4.96 1597.70 6047.30
DN200 SFMT080 11.86 3.13 2529.84 9575.44
PVC FITTINGS (DIN/ISO ,BS, ANSI)

DN15 PVMT005 2067.76 546.30 14.51 54.91
DN20 PVMT007 1136.61 300.29 26.39 99.90
DN25 PVMT010 716.52 189.31 41.87 158.47
DN32 PVMT012 446.07 117.85 67.25 254.56
DN40 PVMT015 278.83 73.67 107.59 407.23
DN50 PVMT020 159.36 42.10 188.26 712.55
DN65 PVMT025 110.11 29.09 272.46 1031.26
DN80 PVMT030 73.92 19.53 405.84 1536.12
DN100 PVMT040 47.86 12.64 626.87 2372.70
DN125 PVMT050 36.18 9.56 829.10 3138.16
DN150 PVMT060 21.56 5.70 1391.30 5266.07
DN200 PVMT080 13.81 3.65 2172.63 8223.4
2551 Magmeter 11
UR01211-0M-00 Page 239 of 257
Metal Installation Fittings:

Carbon Steel Tees and Weld-o-Lets
Stainless Steel Tees and Weld-o-Lets
Galvanized Iron Tees

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters* in GPM in LPM
CARBON STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

½ CS4T005 1572.66 415.50 19.08 72.20
¾ CS4T007 1086.73 287.11 27.61 104.49
1 CS4T010 582.34 153.86 51.52 194.99
1¼ CS4T012 377.48 99.73 79.48 300.81
1½ CS4T015 267.79 70.75 112.03 424.02
2 CS4T020 167.85 44.35 178.73 676.48
STAINLESS STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

½ CR4T005 1601.26 423.05 18.74 70.91
¾ CR4T007 937.78 247.76 31.99 121.08
1 CR4T010 606.18 160.15 49.49 187.32
1¼ CR4T012 279.68 73.89 107.26 405.99
1½ CR4T015 147.65 39.01 203.19 769.06
2 CR4T020 111.90 29.56 268.09 1014.73
STAINLESS STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE

2½ CR4W025 106.31 28.09 282.19 1068.10
3 CR4W030 72.27 19.09 415.12 1571.25
4 CR4W040 36.84 9.73 814.34 3082.28
5 CR4W050 29.28 7.73 1024.70 3878.50
6 CR4W060 20.29 5.36 1478.26 5595.21
8 CR4W080 11.73 3.10 2557.72 9680.96
10 CR4W100 7.45 1.97 4028.83 15249.13
12 CR4W120 5.24 1.39 5722.73 21660.53
CARBON STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE

2½ CS4W025 105.70 27.93 283.82 1074.27
3 CS4W030 70.68 18.67 424.45 1606.56
4 CS4W040 36.38 9.61 824.65 3121.30
5 CS4W050 29.28 7.73 1024.70 3878.50
6 CS4W060 20.29 5.36 1478.26 5595.21
8 CS4W080 11.73 3.10 2557.72 9680.96
10 CS4W100 7.45 1.97 4028.83 15249.13
12 CS4W120 5.24 1.39 5722.73 21660.53
GALVANIZED IRON TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

1 IR4T010 558.50 147.56 53.71 203.31
1¼ IR4T012 334.45 88.36 89.70 339.51
1½ IR4T015 248.97 65.78 120.49 456.07
2 IR4T020 146.00 38.57 205.48 777.76
12 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 240 of 257
Metal Installation Fittings
Iron Saddles

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters in GPM in LPM
SCH 80 IRON SADDLE ON SCH 80 PIPE

2 IR8S020 194.85 51.48 153.96 582.75
2½ IR8S025 142.28 37.59 210.86 798.10
3 IR8S030 87.53 23.13 342.72 1297.20
4 IR8S040 40.62 10.73 738.58 2795.54
5 IR8S050 29.28 7.74 1024.43 3877.48
6 IR8S060 22.30 5.89 1345.58 5093.03
8 IR8S080 12.52 3.31 2395.41 9066.64
10 IR8S100 7.94 2.10 3778.75 14302.57
12 IR8S120 5.65 1.49 5311.45 20103.83
SCH 80 IRON SADDLE ON SCH 40 PIPE

2 IR8S020 185.35 48.97 161.85 612.61
2½ IR8S025 127.47 33.68 235.36 890.83
3 IR8S030 76.62 20.24 391.54 1481.99
4 IR8S040 40.23 10.63 745.72 2822.57
5 IR8S050 27.32 7.22 1098.24 4156.83
6 IR8S060 19.71 5.21 1521.92 5760.46
8 IR8S080 11.61 3.07 2584.23 9781.30
10 IR8S100 7.36 1.94 4078.8 15438.2
12 IR8S120 5.18 1.37 5793.39 21927.98
Metal Installation Fittings:

Bronze and Copper Tees and Brazolets

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters in GPM in LPM
BRONZE TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

1 BR4T010 582.34 153.86 51.52 194.99
1¼ BR4T012 330.54 87.33 90.76 343.53
1½ BR4T015 254.76 67.31 117.76 445.71
2 BR4T020 157.36 41.58 190.64 721.58
COPPER TEES FITTING ON COPPER PIPE SCH K

½ CUKT005 2459.19 649.72 12.20 46.17
¾ CUKT007 1108.02 292.74 27.08 102.48
1 CUKT010 649.87 171.70 46.16 174.73
1¼ CUKT012 422.03 111.50 71.09 269.06
1½ CUKT015 281.43 74.35 106.60 403.47
2 CUKT020 136.02 35.94 220.55 834.78
COPPER TEES FITTING ON COPPER PIPE SCH L

½ CUKT005 2406.30 635.75 12.47 47.19
¾ CUKT007 1174.77 310.37 25.54 96.66
1 CUKT010 672.28 177.62 44.62 168.90
1¼ CUKT012 402.84 106.43 74.47 281.87
1½ CUKT015 294.99 77.94 101.70 384.92
2 CUKT020 149.63 39.53 200.50 758.89
COPPER/BRONZE BRAZOLET ON SCH 40 PIPE

2½ BR4B025 117.31 30.99 255.74 967.96
3 BR4B030 78.62 20.77 381.58 1444.28
4 BR4B040 45.13 11.92 664.77 2516.15
5 BR4B050 32.79 8.66 914.91 3462.95
6 BR4B060 22.73 6.01 1319.87 4995.72
8 BR4B080 13.14 3.47 2283.68 8643.71
10 BR4B100 8.34 2.20 3597.17 13615.29
12 BR4B120 5.87 1.55 5109.58 19339.76
2551 Magmeter 13
UR01211-0M-00 Page 241 of 257
13. Maintenance
The 2551 Magmeter requires very little maintenance. There are no user-serviceable components in the Magmeter.
• If the fluid contains deposits and solids that may coat the electrodes, a regular cleaning schedule is recommended.
• Do not use abrasive materials on the metal electrodes. Clean with soft cloth and mild detergent only.
• Use a cotton swab and mild detergent to remove deposits on the metal electrodes at the tip of the sensor.
13.1. Environmental Recommendations:

• When used properly, this product presents no inherent danger to the environment.
• Please follow local ordinance when disposing of this or any product with electronic components.
13.2 Troubleshooting
Symptom Possible Cause Possible Solution
• Frequency, Digital or Current • Magmeter installed too close to • Move the Magmeter upstream at least
output is erratic. upstream obstruction. 10 pipe diameters from obstruction.
• Magmeter electrodes are coated with • Clean the electrodes with soft cloth.
solids. Do not use abrasives.
• Magmeter electrodes exposed to air • Eliminate air bubbles in the pipe.
bubbles/pockets. • Remove the Magmeter and reinstall
• Electrical noise is interfering with the with the flow direction arrow on the
measurement. sensor body pointed DOWNSTREAM.
• New sensor, metal surface not • Modify grounding as required
properly conditioned. to protect the Magmeter from
interference.
• Soak sensor overnight in fluid.
• Output is not 0 when flow is stopped. • Electrode not adequately conditioned. • Soak sensor overnight in fluid.
• Electrical noise is interfering with the • Modify grounding as required
measurement. to protect the Magmeter from
• Vibration or other movement in pipe interference.
causes magmeter to detect flow. • Set low flow cutoff higher.
• Defective Magmeter • Return to factory for service.
• 4-20 mA output is incorrect. • 4-20 mA is not scaled same as Loop • Use 3-0232 Span and Setup tool to
device. set output range.
• Loop device is not scaled same as • Respan Loop device to match
Magmeter. Magmeter.
• Range Jumper not placed correctly. • Set Range Jumper correctly.
• Defective Magmeter • Return to factory for service.
• Frequency output is inoperative • 2551 is wrong model. • Frequency model is 3-2551-11.

• Digital (S3L) output is inoperative. • Blue jumper not in correct position. • Place blue jumper correctly.
• Loop output is inperative. • Wiring is not correct. (Sec. 5 pg. 9)
• Frequency input to other • Check wiring, make corrections.
manufacturer's flow instrument does • Install 10kΩ resistor. Sec 8.1, pg. 6)
not have pull-up resistor.
• Output is 22.1 mA. • Conductivity is less than 20 µS/cm. • Unsuitable application for Magmeter.
• Electronic component failure. • Return to factory for service.
14 2551 Magmeter
UR01211-0M-00 Page 242 of 257
Troubleshooting with the RED and BLUE lights
4
No Lights: The power is off or the sensor is not connected 3
Solid Blue: The power is on but there is no flow in the pipe. 1

D7
Blinking Blue: Normal operation, blink rate is proportional to the flow rate. D6
Alternating Red-Blue: Empty pipe indication (electrodes are not wet.)
Blinking Red: System errors (Electrical noise interference)

Flow Flow
Solid Red: Instrument error (defective electronics component)
Reverse flow:
• Frequency out cannot distinguish reverse flow from forward flow. The output will be the absolute value.
• Digital (S3L) output: Reverse flow results in 0 flow rate displayed on 8900
• 4-20 mA output can be spanned into negative flow range using the custom setup tool. (example: 4-20 mA = -100 to +100 GPM)
Empty Pipe Detection

• Frequency output will be locked to 0 Hz if electrodes are not wet.
• Digital (S3L) output will be locked to 0 if electrodes are not wet.
• 4-20 mA will be locked to 4 mA if electrodes are not wet.
• Blue and Red LED indicators on the magmeter circuit will blink alternately if the electrodes are not wet.
Accessories and Replacement Parts

O-Rings
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (Viton®)
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, FFPM (Kalrez®)
Replacement Transducers
3-2551-P0 159 001 211 PP/316L SS, DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 in.) pipe
3-2551-P1 159 001 212 PP/316L SS, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe
3-2551-P2 159 001 444 PP/316L SS, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe
3-2551-T0 159 001 213 PVDF/Titanium, DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 in.) pipe

3-2551-T1 159 001 214 PVDF/Titanium, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe
3-2551-T2 159 000 445 PVDF/Titanium, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe
3-2551-V0 159 001 376 PVDF/Hastelloy-C, DN15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.) pipe
3-2551-V1 159 001 377 PVDF/Hastelloy-C, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe
3-2551-V2 159 000 446 PVDF/Hastelloy-C, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe
3-2551-W0 159 001 234 PVDF/316L SS, DN15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.) pipe
3-2551-W1 159 001 235 PVDF/316L SS, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe
3-2551-W2 159 001 447 PVDF/316L SS, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe
Replacement Electronics Module

3-2551-11 159 001 215 Magmeter electronics, no display, frequency or digital (S3L) output
3-2551-12 159 001 216 Magmeter electronics, no display, 4 to 20 mA output
Miscellaneous
7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power supply 7.5 W, 300 mA
7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power supply 15 W, 600 mA
7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power supply 30 W, 1.3 A
3-8551.521 159 001 378 Clear plastic cap for display
3-0232 159 000 865 4 to 20 mA spanning CD with RS232 Converter
2551 Magmeter 15
UR01211-0M-00 Page 243 of 257
Ordering Information
Sensor Part No.
3-2551
Sensor Body (Transducer) and electrodes/grounding ring materials - Choose one
-P Polypropylene and 316L SS
-T PVDF and Titanium
-V PVDF and Hastelloy C
-W PVDF and 316L SS
Pipe size - Choose one
0 DN15 to DN100 (1/2 to 4 in.)
1 DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.)
2 DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.)
Display Options - Choose One
-1 No Display
Output options - Choose One
1 Frequency, Digital (S3L)
2 4 to 20 mA output
3-2551 -P 0 -1 2 Example Part Number
Part Number Code Part Number Code

3-2551-P0-11 159 001 105 3-2551-V0-11 159 001 257
3-2551-P0-12 159 001 110 3-2551-V0-12 159 001 259
3-2551-P1-11 159 001 106 3-2551-V1-11 159 001 258

3-2551-P1-12 159 001 111 3-2551-V1-12 159 001 260
3-2551-P2-11 159 001 107 3-2551-V2-11 159 001 450

3-2551-P2-12 159 001 112 3-2551-V2-12 159 001 451
3-2551-T0-11 159 001 108 3-2551-W0-11 150 001 230

3-2551-T0-12 159 001 113 3-2551-W0-12 159 001 231
3-2551-T1-11 159 001 109 3-2551-W1-11 159 001 232

3-2551-T1-12 159 001 114 3-2551-W1-12 159 001 233
3-2551-T2-11 159 001 448 3-2551-W2-11 159 001 452

3-2551-T2-12 159 001 449 3-2551-W2-12 159 001 453
George Fischer Signet Inc., 3401 Aerojet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571-2770 • Fax (626) 573-2057
For Worldwide Sales and Service, visit our website: www.gfsignet.com • Or call (in the U.S.): (800) 854-4090
3-2551.090 Rev. F 02/07 English © George Fischer Signet, Inc. 2004 Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper
UR01211-0M-00 Page 244 of 257

2850 DryLoc™ Conductivity/Resistivity Sensor
3-2850.099 (B - 3 /03)
Features
• S3L™ Digital Interface
• Two-wire 4 to 20mA
output with many
range settings
• In-line integral mount
and submersible
installation versions
• Automatic electrode
cell constant recogni-
tion (0.01, 0.10, 1 .0,
10.0)
• Automatic tempera-
ture compensation
• DryLoc™ electrode
connector
• Optional EasyCal
with automatic
standard test solution
2850-1 2850-3 recognition
2850-2 2850-4 • Junction boxes for
convenient wiring
Description Applications
The 2850 Conductivity/Resistivity Sensors The DryLoc™ electrode connector quickly
provide two-wire 4 to 20mA output forms a robust assembly for submersible • Water Treatment &
without the expense of local display and and in-line installations. NEMA 4X Water Quality Moni-
other luxuries available in full-featured Junction Boxes are integral parts of the toring
transmitters. Eight 4 to 20mA output in-line version and are available as • Reverse Osmosis
ranges for each electrode cell constant, accessories for the submersible version. • Deionization
plus the ability to invert each range, are With the optional EasyCal feature, the • Demineralizer,
selectable by the user in the field. These devices automatically recognize stan- Regeneration & Rinse
sophisticated sensors also provide S3L™ dard conductivity test solution values for • Scrubber, Cooling
(Signet Sensor Serial Link) digital inter- simple field calibration. tower and Boiler
face, another example of leading-edge Protection
technology from +GF+ SIGNET. • Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems
g
System Features Options
a) 2850-1, -2 Sensor Electronics d d Sensor Options
b) DryLoc™ electrode connector
x
x
x
x
1-2
0-2
2-2
9-2
f
1
c) 2839-2842 DryLoc™ Conductivity/
283
284
284
284
283
Resistivity Electrodes (sold separately)

d) S3L™ or 4 to 20mA Output (field a 2850
selectable)
e) 2850-3, -4 Sensor Electronics
f) Extension pipe (customer supplied) b e
g) 8052-1CR, -2CR Junction Box (sold
separately)
In-line Submersible
‡ SIGNET
www.gfsignet.com 1
UR01211-0M-00 Page 245 of 257
Dimensions Wiring
EasyCal Board shown here.
94 mm/ c d
3.7 in.
b
136 mm/ SW2
5.6 in. SW1 Cal Run e
181 mm/ a D1
7.1 in. + Blk
Red
V-
OPEN - Wht

RS Grn
RS Brn
95 mm/ 4 3 2 1 V+ J1
3.7 in. 64 mm/ SW3
52 mm/
2.5 in.
2.1 in.
f
a) 4 to 20mA output range selection switches
b) Power and 4 to 20mA or S3L™ output terminal block
3-2839-2 3-2840-2 3-2841-2
3-2839-2D 3-2840-2D 3-2841-2D
c) Push-button calibration (EasyCal option)
3-2842-2 d) S3L™ output interrupt (EasyCal option)
Shown with
3-2842-2D
2850-1,-2 e) LED indicator (EasyCal option)
Shown with 2850-3, -4 f) I/O terminal block to sensor electronics
(available with either 3/4 in. NPT
or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threads) Note: Maximum wire length between 2850-X and
805X-XCR junction boxes is 4.5m (15 ft.)
Installation
In-line Installation
• Position the electrode to avoid entrap-
ment of air bubbles.
• The preferred installation for in-line
applications directs flow straight into
the electrode.
• If the electrode is mounted vertically in
a tee, do not recess the orifices inside
the tee. Mounting upside down may
help prevent air entrapment.
• An oversized tee or flow cell may be
helpful for inline installations.
Submersible/Tank Installation
Shown with J-Box • If installed in an aerated vessel,
accessory 3-8052
ensure that the electrode is in a
stillwell to avoid entrapment of air
bubbles.
• Select a location that will remain free
of sediment.
• To prevent moisture accumulation at
the cable-end of the electrode, fill the
lower 3 to 4 in. of conduit or extension
pipe with a flexible sealant, such as
silicone.
2 www.gfsignet.com
UR01211-0M-00 Page 246 of 257
Specifications
General Current Output (continued)
Compatible Electrodes: +GF+ SIGNET 2839-2842 Max Loop Resistance: 50Ω @ 12VDC
DryLoc™ CR Electrodes 325Ω @ 18VDC
Operational Range: 600Ω @ 24VDC
0.01 cell (2839-2X): 0.010 to 100µS Accuracy: ± 2% of full scale
0.10 cell (2840-2X): 1 to 1,000µS Resolution: 7µA
1 .0 cell (2841-2X): 10 to 10,000µS Update rate: < 600mS
10.0 cell (2842-2X): 100 to 200,000µS Error indication: 22mA
Temperature: -10° to 85°C (14° to 185°F)
Materials/Shipping Weight: S3L™ Output
2850-1, -2 (in-line): PBT = 0.75kg (1 .75 lbs.) Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps
2850-3, -4 (submersible): CPVC = 0.64kg (1 .4 lbs.) Accuracy: (Conductivity) 2% of reading
Temperature Compensation: Automatic (Temperature) ± 0.5°C
Cable: 4.5m/15ft., 5-conductor shielded Resolution: (Conductivity) <0.1% of reading
22AWG (2850-3, -4) (Temperature) <0.07°C
Optional EasyCal Update Rate: < 600mS
Automatic recognition using the following cond. values: Available Data: • Raw conductivity
10µS 1,000µS 50,000µS • Calibrated conductivity
100µS 1,408.8µS* 100,000µS • Calibrated temperature com-
146.93µS* 5,000µS pensated conductivity
200µS 10,000µS • Temperature
500µS 12,856µS* Error Indication: Open input and out of range
* = per ASTM D1125-95 diagnostics for conductivity and
All other values are standard test solutions available from VWR Scientific. temperature
Electrical
Power: 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output
5VDC ± 5% regulated, 2mA max., for S3L™ output Environmental
Reverse polarity and short circuit protected • Storage Temp: -20° to 85°C (-4° to 185°F)
3
Note: applied power determines output mode (S L™ or 4 to 20mA) • Operating Temp: -10° to 85°C (14° to 185°F)
Current Output • Relative Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
• 2850-1, -2 (in-line): Field-selectable ranges (without electrode connected)
• 2850-3, -4 (submersible): Full-scale fixed 4 to 20mA • Enclosure Rating:
dependent upon cell constant of electrode as follows: 2850-1, -2 (in-line): NEMA 4X/IP65 with elec-
0.01 cell (2839-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 100µS trode connected
0.10 cell (2840-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 1,000µS 2850-3, -4 (submersible): NEMA 6P/IP68 with
1 .0 cell (2841-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 10,000µS electrode and watertight conduit and/or
10.0 cell (2842-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 200,000µS extension pipe connected
Use 8050-XCR and 8052-XCR accessory J-Boxes for
field-selectable ranges. Standards & Approvals
• CE
• Immunity: EN61326-1
Field Selectable Ranges for 4 to20mA Operation • Emissions: EN55011 Class A
SW3 Switch Setting 0.01 Cell 0.10 Cell 1 .0 Cell 10.0 Cell • Manufactured under ISO 9001
#4 #3 #2 #1 Resistivity
Ranges in BOLD
and ISO 14001
O C C C 10 to 20 MΩ 0 to 2µS 0 to 20µS 0 to 200µS
C C C C 20 to 10 MΩ 2 to 0µS 20 to 0µS 200 to 0µS
O C C O 2 to 10MΩ 0 to 5µS 0 to 50µS 0 to 500µS
Pictured on the left is the 2831 Conductivity
C C C O 10 to 2 MΩ 5 to 0µS 50 to 0µS 500 to 0µS
Certification Tool and below is a sample
O C O C 0 to 2 MΩ 0 to 10µS 0 to 100µS 0 to 1,000µS
copy of the new label installed on each unit.
C C O C 2 to 0 MΩ 10 to 0µS 100 to 0µS 1,000 to 0µS
O C O O 0 to 1µS 0 to 50µS 0 to 500µS 0 to 5,000µS +GF+ SIGNET 2831
C C O O 1 to 0µS 50 to 0µS 500 to 0µS 5,000 to 0µS Conductivity
2.5 µS
O O C C 0 to 5µS 0 to 100µS 0 to 1,000µS 0 to 10,000µS Certification Tool
C O C C 5 to 0µS 100 to 0µS 1,000 to 0µS 10,000 to 0µS
O O C O 0 to 10µS 0 to 200µS 0 to 2,000µS 0 to 50,000µS 1.0 µS 0.01 Cell Constant
C O C O 10 to 0µS 200 to 0µS 2,000 to 0µS 50,000 to 0µS Simulates 1.0µS
O O O C 0 to 50µS 0 to 500µS 0 to 5,000µS 0 to 100,000µS and 2.5µS, ± 0.1µS
C O O C 50 to 0µS 500 to 0µS 5,000 to 0µS 100,000 to 0µS For use with
+GF+ SIGNET 3-2850
O O O O 0 to 100µS 0 to 1,000µS 0 to 10,000µS 0 to 200,000µS
Cond. / Res.
C O O O 100 to 0µS 1,000 to 0µS 10,000 to 0µS 200,000 to 0µS Sensor Electronics.
C = closed O = open Switch #4 inverts the output: OPEN = 4 to 20mA, CLOSED = 20 to 4mA
www.gfsignet.com 3
UR01211-0M-00 Page 247 of 257
3-2850-1 159 000 783 In-line Sensor Electronics
3-2850-2 159 000 784 In-line Sensor Electronics w/EasyCal
3-2850-3 159 000 785 Submersible Sensor Electronics, 3/4 in. NPT male threads
3-2850-4 159 000 857 Submersible Sensor Electronics, ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threads
Accessories
3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity Certification Tool (for system
verification per USP requirements)
3-2839-2 159 000 922 Cell 0.01, DryLoc™, 3/4 in. NPT
3-2839-2D 159 000 924 Cell 0.01, DryLoc™, ISO 7/1-R 3/4
3-2841-2 159 000 791 Cell 1 .0, DryLoc™, 3/4 in. NPT
3-2841-2D 159 000 793 Cell 1 .0, DryLoc™, ISO 7/1-R 3/4
3-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 Replacement Insulator w/FPM O-ring
3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box
3-8050-1CR 159 000 889 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR Cell Ranges
3-8050-2CR 159 000 802 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR EasyCal
3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral Mounting Kit
3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box
3-8052-1CR 159 000 890 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR Cell Ranges
3-8052-2CR 159 00 803 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR EasyCal
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, 1/2 in. NPT
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, PG 13.5
Engineering Specifications
• The sensor shall provide 4 to 20mA or S3L™ (Signet Sensor Serial Link) outputs, and be available with ISO and
NPT threads for the submersible model and include a junction box with/without EasyCal for the in-line version.
• The sensor shall be compatible with the 2839-2842 DryLoc™ Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes and will recog-
nize cell constant inputs of 0.01, 0.10, 1 .0 and 10.0.
• The sensor shall have an operating temperature of -10° to 85°C (14° to 185°F) and an accuracy of ± 2% of
reading at 25°C.
• The sensor shall have power requirements of 5VDC ± 5% regulated for S3L™, and 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA
current output, and shall meet CE requirements and be manufactured under ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 .
• The sensor shall be +GF+ SIGNET Model 3-2850.
For more information on these products, please contact your local sales company:
A Georg Fischer Rohrleitungssysteme GmbH, Sandgasse 16, A-3130 Herzogenburg, Tel. 02782/56 43-0, Fax 02782/51 56
AUS George Fischer IPS Pty Ltd., 186-190 Kingsgrove Road, Kingsgrove, NSW 2208, Tel. 02 9554 3977, Fax 02 9502 2561
B/L Georg Fischer N.V./S.A., Digue du Canal 109-111 – Vaartdijk 109-111, B-1070 Bruxelles/Brussel, Tél. 02/556 40 20, Fax 02/524 34 26
BAR George Fischer Ltda Av. dos Nações Unidas, 21689 CEP 04795-100 - S.Paulo - SP Tel.: 155111 247 1311 Fax: 155111 247 6009
CH Georg Fischer Rohrleitungssysteme (Schweiz) AG, Amsler-Laffon-Strasse 1, Postfach, CH-8201 Schaffhausen, Tel. 052/631 30 26, Fax 052/63128 97
D Georg Fischer GmbH, Daimlerstraße 6, Postfach 1154, D-73093 Albershausen, Tel. 07161/302-0, Telex 72 78 67, Fax 07161/30 2259
DK Georg Fischer A/S, Klintehøj Vænge 17, DK-3460 Birkerød, Tel. 42/8119 75, Fax 42/8116 22
E Georg Fischer S.A., Sistemas de tuber´ıas para la industria, Calle Isla de la Palma, 32 – Nave 1, E-28700 San Sebastián de los Reyes (Madrid),
Tel. 91/663 80 00, Fax 91/663 81 76
F George Fischer S.A., 105–113, rue Charles Michels, B.P.174, F-93208 Saint-Denis Cedex 1, Tél. 1/49 22 13 41, Fax 1/49 22 13 00
GB George Fischer Sales Limited, Paradise Way, Coventry, CV2 2ST, Tel. 01203/53 55 35, Telex 33 00 32, Fax 01203/53 04 50-51
I Giorgio Fischer S.p.A., Via Sondrio 1, I-20063 Cernusco S/N (MI), Agente generale di vendita Tufira S.r.I., Tel. 02/92 18 61, Fax 02/92 14 07 85
J Georg Fischer Ltd., 2-47, Shikitsuhigashi, 1-chome, Naniwa-ku, Osaka 556, Tel. 6/6 48 28 38, Telex 5 26 77 85, Fax 6/6 48 25 65
N Georg Fischer A.S, Bygdøy Allé 23, Postboks 3223 Elisenberg, N-0208 Oslo 2, Tel. 22/44 4110, Fax 22/43 40 19
PRC Georg Fischer Piping Systems, Ltd., No. 218 Kang Qiao Dong Road, Pudong Shanghai 201319 Tel. 86 21 58 13 33 33, Fax 86 21 58 13 33 66
RA George Fischer Inc., Lavalle 2614, 1640 Martinez Buenos Aires, Tel. 01/798 74 01, Fax 01/798 40 74
NL Georg Fischer N.V., Lange Veenteweg 19, Postbus 35, NL-8160 AA Epe, Tel. 0578678222, Fax 0578621768
S/SF Georg Fischer AB, Box 113, S-12523 Älvsjö-Stockholm, Tel. 08/72747 00, Fax 08/749 23 70
SGP George Fischer Pte. Ltd., 15 Kaki Bukit Road 2, KB Warehouse Complex, SGP-417 845 Singapore/Singapore, Tel. 7 47 06 11, Fax 7 47 05 77
USA* George Fischer Inc., 2882 Dow Ave., Tustin, CA 92780-7285, Tel. 714/7 31-88 00, Toll Free 800/854-40 90, Fax 714/7 31-46 88,
e-mail: info@us.piping.georgefischer.com, Internet: http://www.us.piping.georgefischer.com
*Serving North, Central, and South America
‡ SIGNET
Signet Scientific Company, 3401 Aerojet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571-2770 • Fax (626) 573-2057
For Worldwide Sales and Service, visit our website: gfsignet.com • e-mail: info@gfsignet.com
Specifications subject to change without notice. All rights reserved. All corporate names and trademarks stated herein are the property
of their respective companies.
3-2850.099 (B-3/03) © 2003 by Signet Scientific Company printed in U.S.A.
4 www.gfsignet.com
UR01211-0M-00 Page 248 of 257
‡ SIGNET 2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH and ORP Electrodes
Features
• Designed for use with
2750 DryLoc™ Sensor
3-2754 3-2756
• Foul-proof connector
3-2754-HF 3-2756-DI
3-2755 3-2757 • Gold-plated contacts
• Durable CPVC body
• Self-cleaning flat ver-
sions reduce risk of glass
breakage
• Large reference volume
and solid polymer elec-
trolyte
• Temperature sensor
included in pH
electrodes
• DI option for pure water
• HF option for pH
Applications
• Water & Wastewater
Treatment
• Neutralization Systems
Description • Scrubber Control
+GF+ SIGNET 275X DryLoc™ pH and reference volume and intelligent position- • Effluent Monitoring
ORP Electrodes feature a unique con- ing of internal elements combine to • Surface Finishing
nector designed specifically for use with extend the service-life of these depend- • Heavy Metal Removal
the 2750 Sensor Electronics (the robust able and highly responsive electrodes. and Recovery
configuration also supports the weight Flat versions allow sediment and par- • Toxics Destruction
and torque associated with the installa- ticles to sweep past the measurement • Sanitization Systems
tion and operation of integral junction surface, minimizing risks of abrasion, • Commercial Pools &
boxes, and the EasyCal accessory). breakage and coating. Spas
Rugged CPVC construction, large • Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems
Technical Features • Process Control
a) Foul-proof connector with gold-plated
contacts a
b) Keyed for a simple, sure fit b
c) Viton® O-rings (standard)
d) Silicone-bushing seal o c
n
e) Secondary junction: Nylon filament
f) Ag/AgCl reference element m d
g) Platinum sensing surface (ORP) or pH
glass
h) Primary junction: Porous UHMW c
polyethylene l
i) PT-1000 RTD (pH only) k
j) Solidified acrylamide reference j
electrolyte
k) Ag/AgCl measuring element i e
l) Large reference volume f
m) Epoxy seal
n) Shielding h g
o) 10KΩ I.D. resistor (ORP only)
96 www.gfsignet.com
UR01211-0M-00 Page 249 of 257
Dimensions Sensor Mounting
3-2754 Flat pH 3-2756 Bulb pH
3-2755 Flat ORP 3-2757 Bulb ORP YES
YES
1.06 in./F 1.06 in./F
27 mm 27 mm
1.4 in./F
1.4 in./F 35.3 mm
35.3 mm
30° 30°
4.3 in./F 4.6 in./F
116 mm NO NO
109 mm
3.2 in./F
2.9 in./F 81 mm
74 mm
For pH
NO Installations
• It isF recommended that you do not install

standard electrodes within 30° of horizontal.
0.72 in./F 0.72 in./F • Special electrodes for horizontal or inverted
18 mm 18 mm installation are available - contact factory.
Installation
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation
To prevent moisture accumulation at the cable-end of the
pre amplifier, fill the lower 3 to 4 in. of conduit or exten-
2750-1 or -2F sion pipe with a flexible sealant, such as silicone.
Sensor Electronics
ExtensionF
Pipe/WatertightF
Conduit CustomerF
Supplied
275X Electrode F
mounted in fitting
2750-3 Submersibe F
Sensor Assembly
Installation F
Fitting
275X Electrode
Fitting Types for In-Line Installations

Refer to Fittings section of +GF+ SIGNET catalog for a complete listing of part numbers.
Type Description Type Description
Plastic teesF • Available in 1/2 in. to 4 in. sizesF Carbon steel F • Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizesF
F • PVC, CPVC w/solvent cement socketF weldolets • Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipeF
• PVDF and PP w/union end fittings • Install by certified welder only
Carbon steel F
PVC saddles
• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizesF threaded tees • Available in 1/2 in. to 2 in. sizesF
• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe • Female NPT ends
Iron F UniversalF
• Use for installation in pipes > 4 in. (1-1/4 in. NPT)F
strap-onF pipe adapters
• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizesF • PVC, CPVC, or PVDF versionsF
saddles • Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe • Specify socket or 1-1/4 inch NPT male threads
www.gfsignet.com 97
UR01211-0M-00 Page 250 of 257
Technical Data
2754 and 2756 pH Electrodes
Operating Range 2754, 2756: 0 to 14 pH
Operating Range 2754-HF: 0 to 12 pH
Temperature:
2756: 0°C to 85°C (32° to 185°F)
2754: 10° to 85°C (50° to185°F)
2754-HF: 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F)
Storage Temperature: > -12° C (11° F)
Pressure: 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32° to 149°F)
4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150° to 185°F)
Pipe Size Range: 1/2 in. and up. Use +GF+SIGNET installation fittings from 0.5 to 4.0 in.
(use pipe adapter in pipes over 4 in.) Vertical mounting ± 60° required.
Submersion with 3-2750 sensor requires 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threaded
extension pipe.
Temperature Sensor: PT-1000 (1096.8Ω = 25°C)
Response Time, τ =140 secs. (2754), 196 secs. (2756)
Wetted Materials: CPVC Body
Glass
FPM - Viton® O-rings
Porous UHMW Polyethylene (Primary reference junction)
Reference: Electrolyte: Solidified Acrylamide Gel
3.5M KCI (2754, 2754-HF, 2756)
0.1 M KCl (2756-DI)
Secondary junction: Nylon filament
Element: Ag/AgCl
Primary Functions: 2754: Flat surface resists fouling
2756: Bulb surface for general use
2754-HF: Extended use in applications with trace hydrofluoric acid (<2%)
2756-DI: Extended use in pure waters (< 100 µS)
Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77° F)
pH Response Time: < 5 secs. for 95% of signal change (for flat and bulb style electrodes)
Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lb)
2755/2757 ORP Electrodes

Operating Range: ORP: ± 2,000 mV
Operating Temperature/Pressure:
6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32° to 149° F)
4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @150° to 185°F)
Storage Temperature: > -12° C (11° F)
Pipe Size Range: 1/2 in. and up. Use +GF+ SIGNET installation fittings from 1/2 to 4 in. (use
pipe adapters in pipes over 4 in.) Submersion with 3-2750 sensor requires 3/4 in. NPT
or ISO 7-1 /R 3/4 in. male threaded extension pipe.
Efficiency: > 97% @ 25°C (77 °F)
ORP Response Time: Application dependent
Materials: CPVC Body
Glass
FPM-Viton® O-rings
Porous UHMW Polyethylene (Primary reference junction)
Platinum sensing surface
Reference: Electrolyte: Solidified Acrlyamide Gel = 3.5M KCL BAR PSI
Secondary junction: Nylon filament 7 100
Element: Ag/AgCl
75
2754-HF max.
Primary Functions: 2755: Flat surface resists fouling 5

2754 min.
2757: Bulb surface for general use

Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lb) 3 50
2 25
Graph applies to both 0 10 25 50 75 °C

pH and ORP sensors 32 50 77 122 167 °F
98 www.gfsignet.com
UR01211-0M-00 Page 251 of 257
3-2754 159 000 747 Flat pH Electrode
3-2754-HF 159 000 748 Flat pH Electrode, HF Resistant
3-2755 159 000 749 Flat ORP Electrode
3-2756 159 000 750 Bulb pH Electrode
3-2756-DI 159 000 751 Bulb pH Electrode, DI Resistant
3-2757 159 000 752 Bulb ORP Electrode
3-2750-1 159 000 744 In-line Sensor Electronics w/Junction Box
3-2750-2 159 000 745 In-line Sensor Electronics w/Junction Box & Local EasyCal
3-2750-3 159 000 746 Submersible Sensor Electronics
Accessories
P31515-0P200 159 000 630 Universal Pipe Adapter PVC
P31515-0C200 159 000 631 Universal Pipe Adapter CPVC
P31515-0V200 159 000 459 Universal Pipe Adapter PVDF
3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit
3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP Simulator/System Tester
3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use w/2750
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (standard)
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPR
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez®
2759 pH/ORP System Tester Specifications

A) Power OFF Button F
B) Output simulation buttons and indicators. Simulate pH
and ORP output at five fixed values: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, E
-700 mV and +700 mV. Pressing one of these buttons
turns the 2759 on.
C) Low battery indicator
D) High Ω switch: Adds 1000 MΩ resistance in series with
output. Simulates high impedance of pH electrodes.
Used to verify proper preamplifier operation. D
E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use with 2750 ORP
F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable (included with 2759) B

pH
G
G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automatic sensor C
recognition software in +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP A
instrumentation.
Engineering Specifications
• The electrode shall have a foul-proof connector with gold-plated contacts.
• The electrode connector shall be keyed for simple, sure connection.
• The electrode body shall be constructed of CPVC.
• The electrode shall have flat measuring glass or include guard.
• The electrode shall have solidified acrylamide, solid polymer reference electrolyte.
• The electrode shall have a double UHMW reference junction.
• The pH reference element shall be placed opposite the TC element for accurate temperature compensation.
• The electrode shall be equipped for either in-line or submersible installation using manufacturer supplied hardware.
• Optional: 3-2754-HF The electrode shall be supplied with a measuring glass formulation resistant to chemical
attack from hydrofluoric acid/fluoride ions.
• The electrode shall indicate month and year of manufacture.
Kalrez® is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers.

www.gfsignet.com 99
UR01211-0M-00 Page 252 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 253 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 254 of 257
UR01211-0M-00 Page 255 of 257
HUARA
PROJECT # UR01211
Section
12
LOG SHEETS
O&M
UR01211-0M-00 Page 256 of 257

REVERSE OSMOSIS OPERATING LOG
OPERATOR:
TRAIN#
DESIGN SHIFT 1 SHIFT 2 SHIFT3
DATE
TIME
OPERATION HOURS
PRESSURE (PSIG)
FEED STAGE 1
FEED STAGE 2
PERMEATE STAGE 1
PERMRATE STAGE 2
CONCENTRATE
P (PSID)
CARTRIDGE
STAGE 1
STAGE 2
FLOW (GPM)
FEED
PERMEATE STAGE 1
PERMEATE STAGE 2
CONCENTRATE
RECOVERY(%)
CONDUCTIVITY (Ms/m)
FEED
PERMEATE STAGE 1
PERMEATE STAGE 2
CONECTRATE STAGE 1
COMBINED PERMEATE
CONCENTRATE STAGE 2
SALT PASSAGE (%)
RAW WATER
FEED
Ph
CONCENTRATE
PERMEATE
CL2 (MG/L)
FEED
SDI
TURBIDITY (NTU)
TEMPERATURE ©
LEVEL
ACID
REFILL (I)
CONSUMPTION (G/M3)
INHIBITOR
LEVEL
REFILL(I)
CONSUMPTION (G/M3)
NORMALIS
PERMEATE FLOW (GPM) STAGE 1

ED
PERMEATE FLOW (GPM) STAGE 2

SALT PASSAGE (%)
REMARKS
UR01211-0M-00 Page 257 of 257

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation and

Dec. 29, 2008

Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc.

Project Number: UR01211

Serial Number: 91623

Date of Manufacture: DEC 2008

Severn Trent Contact Information: 310-618-9700

Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc.

Phone: (310) 618-9700

SECTION 5 Start-Up and Operation

SECTION 6 Maintenance and Service

SECTION 7 Membrane Chemistry and Cleaning

UR01211-0M-00 Page 1 of 257

This User’s Manual outlines installation, operating, maintenance and troubleshooting

or colloidal clay, an antiscalant should be considered. Precipitation of sparingly soluble

be allowed to precipitate in the permeators. The system is designed to provide an

recovery for your application.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 2 of 257

2.1 5 Micron filtration

UR01211-0M-00 Page 3 of 257

2.1 Five (5) Micron Filtration (CF-401)

2.2 Reverse Osmosis system

The reverse osmosis process uses semi-permeable, spiral-wound membranes to separate

The major components on this skid mounted system are:

- High Pressure Pump with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 4 of 257

UR01211-0M-00 Page 5 of 257

3.1 Design Parameters

UR01211-0M-00 Page 6 of 257

UR01211-0M-00 Page 7 of 257

Micron Filtration (5μ)

High Pressure Pump

UR01211-0M-00 Page 8 of 257

Tag Location Part #

Tag Location Part #

Tag Location Part #

Tag Location Part #

UR01211-0M-00 Page 9 of 257

4.1 Unpacking the Equipment

UR01211-0M-00 Page 12 of 257

4.1 Unpacking the Equipment

Please perform an immediate check of the following items:

- PVC pipe, Valves and fittings

4.2 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

a) Never use smaller piping than required

UR01211-0M-00 Page 13 of 257

3. If any of the system components is damaged as a result of restrictions in piping, then

4.3 Electrical Connection

5. In case of doubts or questions, please contact the factory.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 14 of 257

5.1 First time Start-up after installation

UR01211-0M-00 Page 15 of 257

UR01211-0M-00 Page 16 of 257

The following steps should be followed in any start-up:

1. All RO product and concentrate valves MUST be open.

CAUTION: THE PUMP WILL BE DAMAGED IF IT IS

Starting -Immediately after starting the pump, verify the following:

UR01211-0M-00 Page 17 of 257

6.1 Preventative Maintenance

UR01211-0M-00 Page 18 of 257

6.1 Preventative Maintenance :

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE REMARKS

Complete RO System General inspection of the entire system

Clean any visible surface corrosion.